Patura Ranch and Pasture Equipment 2016 by Imagine Lovas

2016

Ranch and Pasture Equipment

PATURA Location Our headquarter in Laudenbach (70 km south east of Frankfurt am Main) includes over 50,000 mÂ˛ of factory premises. Our trade partners value not only the quality of our product line, but especially our fast delivery service. Shipments up to 30 kg are regularly sent via parcel service within 24 hours (for countries neighbouring Germany, 2 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 3 additional days).

Contents

Feeding Systems

Livestock Watering Systems

Pasture Gates, Panels, Handling Systems Weighing Systems

Feeders (B2 – B17) Self Feeders (B18 – B19) Troughs, Buckets, Wall Mount Hay Racks (B20 – B27) Basics (B30 – B31) Frost-Free Troughs (B32 – B39) Water Circulation Systems (B40 – B43) Heating Cables (B44 – B45) Water Troughs (B46 – B55) Drinking Bowls (B56 – B68) Pasture Water Troughs (B69 – B75) Steel Pasture Gates (B78 – B83) Fence Panels (B84 – B99) Handling Systems (B100 – B113) Basics (B116) Indicators (B117 – B119) Load Bars (B120) Accessories (B121 – B123)

Barn and Stable Equipment

Planning Examples (B126 – B135) Dividers, Gates (B136 – B159) Feed Front for animal treatment (B160 – B161) Hoof Care Crushes (B162 – B165) Feed Fronts (B166 – B193) Posts, Assembly Accessories (B194 – B205) Cubicles (B206 – B233) Calf husbandry (B234 – B247) Accessories (B248 – B249)

Wind Protection Systems

Basics (B252 – B254) Fixed Systems (B255 – B257) Bayscreen – Clip-On Screen (B258 – B259) Gates (B260 – B275) Multibay (B276) Side Ventilation Systems (B277 – B285) PVC Strip Doors (B286 – B287)

Product Range for sheep

Feeding Systems (B290 – B299) Handling Systems, Hurdles (B300 – B319)

Visit us at the EuroTier show in Hanover (15th - 18th November 2016)

Now vid eo from e 2014 a vailable xhibition

The PATURA team at the EuroTier show 2014 in Hanover

Salon phare mondial de la production animale The worldÂ´s leading trade fair for animal production

Feeding Systems Professional Rectangular Feeder

B2 – B9

Compact Rectangular Feeder

B10 – B11

Circular Feeders

B12 – B16

Small Bale Feeders

B17

Self Feeders

B18 – B19

Freestanding Feed Troughs

B20 – B21

Plastic Feed Troughs

B22 – B24

Salt Block Holder, Bucket

B25

Wall Mount Hay Racks, Wall Mount Feed Troughs B26 – B27

Feeding Systems - Professional Rectangular Feeders

The advantages: 205 cm 200 cm/ 285 cm

30 cm

Large trough for minimum feed loss

Hay Feeders To allow for heavy loading, PATURA feeders are manufactured from heavy gauge solid steel. All steel parts are hot-dip galvanised. In the case of corrosive feeds (such as silage), the base plates should be given a bitumen coating. Feeders are only suitable in open yards and stables under certain circumstances. They have to be positioned in a way that the animals have free access and that there are no bottlenecks or dead-ends. Delivered in kit form with full assembly instructions.

Professional Rectangular Feeder PATURA rectangular and big bale feeders are the ideal solution for providing extra feed on the pasture. PATURA feeders offer a selection of feed fronts for all requirements in the field. Heavy duty construction and perfect detailed solutions offer highest comfort and security for the operation of the feeder at your farm.

Type of feed

The side frames are attached to heavy-duty hinge plates

The following feed can be provided in the PATURA rectangular feeder: • Small bales • Round bales up to Ø 1.80 m (rectangular feeders: 1 bale, big bale feeders: 2 bales) • Large bales up to 1.80 m long (rectangular feeders) • Large bales up to 2.50 m long (big bale feeders) • Loose feed • Hay and silage

Your 8 decisive advantages:

Skid-type feet with end stop

Double support tubes below the bottom plate

Solid construction for easy attachment via linkage draw bar and heavy upper link attachment made of 8 mm square tubing B2

Advantage 1: Advantage 2: Advantage 3: Advantage 4: Advantage 5: Advantage 6: Advantage 7: Advantage 8:

Heavy weight, compl. hot-dip galvanised Sturdy towing frame Frame made of square tubing Easy-to-open side panel Large trough Double support tubes Skid-type feet Optimum price/performance ratio

Long life Safe transportation Long-term stability No filling problems For minimum feed loss Stability, even with silage bales Top stability in the pasture

Feeding Systems - Professional Rectangular Feeders

Professional Rectangular Feeder: lowest feed loss

Transport using a 3-point linkage, up to 10 km/h when empty

To facilitate filling, one side can be opened up completely

Feeding Systems - Professional Rectangular Feeders

Description

Type ① Roof-Edge Protection

①

All-round, galvanised steel tubing

Ref.

Weight

303545

22 kg

All-round roof-edge protection made of steel tubing for shielding the roof corners ② 3-Point Linkage Protection

②

303547

5.5 kg

Sturdy guard allows fast protection of 3-point linkage ③ Feed Saver Netting 2.80 x 2.80 m

303594

2.0 kg

③ Feed Saver Netting 2.80 x 2.80 m

303842

3.3 kg

③ Feed Saver Netting 2.80 x 2.80 m

303832

3.0 kg

③ Feed Saver Netting 3.60 x 3.60 m

303844

4.0 kg

303850 For rectangular feeders (max. bale diameter 1.40 m)

17 kg

Mesh size 10 x 10 cm

Mesh size 4.5 x 4.5 cm

⑤

NEW

Mesh size 3 x 3 cm

Mesh Size 4.5 x 4.5 cm

④ Frame for feed saver netting

③

④

⑤ Bitumen Protective Paint 5 l

Requirement 0.3 l /m²

339205

5 kg

④

Simple and easy: one-time assembly to the frame Fast mounting: immediate usage B4

Safe: fixation at the bottom - that's it!

Feeding Systems - Professional Rectangular Feeders Type

Ref.

Professional Rectangular Feeder with 303530 Tombstone Feed Front 12 feed spaces, for all breeds of horses and cattle, particularly suitable for horned cattle, 3-point linkage, double support tubes, internal dimensions 2.00 x 2.05 m, feeding height 76 cm, feet and roof are height adjustable, delivered in kit form with full assembly instructions

Weight

Description

410 kg

All feeders have in common: with potentially corrosive feeds (silage), use a bitumen coating!

225 cm

Our best-selling feeder

210 cm

265 cm

230 cm

210 cm

Professional Rectangular Feeder 303534 with Safety Horse Feed Front 12 feed spaces, neck width approx. 28 cm, 3-point linkage, double support tubes, internal dimensions 2.00 x 2.05 m, feeding height 76 cm, feet and roof are height adjustable, delivered in kit form with full assembly instructions

455 kg

All feeders have in common: with potentially corrosive feeds (silage), use a bitumen coating!

240 cm

Special safety horse feed front for minimal feed loss and highest safety

285 cm

230 cm

240 cm

210 cm

Please order Roof-Edge Protection/3-Point Linkage Protection separately

Feeding Systems - Professional Rectangular Feeders

Description

Type

225 cm

Professional Rectangular Feeder with Diagonal Feed Front • 12 feed spaces • Ideal for hornless cattle • 3-point linkage • Double support tubes • Internal dimensions: 2.00 x 2.05 m • Feeding height: 76 cm • Feet and roof are height adjustable • Delivered in kit form with full assembly instructions

210 cm

265 cm

230 cm

210 cm

Weight

303532

407 kg

Not suitable for horses

210 cm 225 cm

210 cm

265 cm

230 cm

210 cm

Professional Rectangular Feeder 303531 532 kg with Safety Self-Locking Feed Front • 12 feed spaces Not suitable for horses • Safety locking feed front for short-term containment of hornless cattle • 3-point linkage • Double support tubes • Internal dimensions: 2.00 x 2.05 m • Feeding height: 76 cm • Feet and roof are height adjustable • Delivered in kit form with full assembly instructions

210 cm 225 cm

210 cm

265 cm

230 cm

210 cm

Professional Rectangular Feeder with 303570 495 kg Swedish Feed Front • 8 feed spaces Not suitable for horses • Swedish feed front for short-term containment of cattle, also suitable for horned cattle • 3-point linkage • Double support tubes • Internal dimensions: 2.00 x 2.05 m • Feeding height: 76 cm • Feet and roof are height adjustable • Only suitable for adult livestock • Delivered in kit form with full assembly instructions

200 cm 205 cm

214 cm

268 cm

230 cm

200 cm

Self-Adjusting Feeder 303553 270 kg • With swinging, self-adjusting feed front • Internal dimensions: 1.88 x 1.50 m • Not suitable for horses • Max. bale Diameter: 1.40 m • Particularly suitable for red deer, • Feeding height: 51 cm roe deer, etc. • Swinging, self-adjusting feed front for minimal feed loss • Steel bar spacing: 14 cm • 3-point linkage • With roof (roof edge protection) and trough • Delivered in kit form with full assembly instructions

161 cm

All feeders have in common: with potentially corrosive feeds (silage), use a bitumen coating!

Ref.

Bitumen Protective Paint 5 l Requirement 0.3 l /m²

339205

5 kg

Feeding Systems - Professional Rectangular Feeders

Weight

303537

520 kg

Description 305 cm 235 cm

Not suitable for horses

210 cm

Big Bale Feeder with Diagonal Feed Front For 2 round bales or 1 large square bale • 16 feed spaces • Ideal for hornless cattle • 3-point linkage • Double support tubes • Internal dimensions: 2.85 x 2.05 m • Feeding height: 76 cm • Feet and roof are height adjustable • Delivered in kit form with full assembly instructions

Ref.

265 cm

Type

209 cm

305 cm

210 cm

235 cm

265 cm

Big Bale Feeder with Safety Self-Locking 303536 665 kg Feed Front For 2 round bales or 1 large square bale Not suitable for horses • 14 feed spaces • Safety self-locking feed front for short-term containment of hornless cattle • 3-point linkage • Double support tubes • Internal dimensions: 2.85 x 2.05 m • Feeding height: 76 cm • Feet and roof are height adjustable • Delivered in kit form with full assembly instructions

291 cm

209 cm 305 cm

235 cm

210 cm

265 cm

Big Bale Feeder with 303571 621 kg Swedish Feed Front For 2 round bales or 1 large square bale Not suitable for horses • 10 feed spaces • Swedish feed front for short-term containment of cattle, also suitable for horned cattle • 3-point linkage • Double support tubes • Internal dimensions: 2.85 x 2.05 m • Feeding height: 76 cm • Feet and roof are height adjustable • Only suitable for adult livestock • Delivered in kit form with full assembly instructions

209 cm

Bitumen Protective Paint 5 l Requirement 0.3 l /m²

339205

5 kg

291 cm

All feeders have in common: with potentially corrosive feeds (silage), use a bitumen coating!

Feeding Systems - Professional Rectangular Feeders

Description

Type ① Roof-Edge Protection

①

All-round, galvanised steel tubing

Ref.

Weight

303546

27 kg

All-round roof-edge protection made of steel tubing for shielding the roof corners ② 3-Point Linkage Protection

②

303547

5.5 kg

Sturdy guard allows fast protection of 3-point linkage ③ Feed Saver Netting 3.60 x 2.40 m

303595

2.2 kg

③ Feed Saver Netting 3.60 x 2.40 m

303843

3.5 kg

③ Feed Saver Netting 3.60 x 2.40 m

303833

3.3 kg

④ Frame for feed saver netting

303851

20 kg

⑤ Bitumen Protective Paint 5 l

339205

5 kg

Mesh size 10 x 10 cm

Mesh size 4.5 x 4.5 cm

⑤

NEW

Mesh size 3 x 3 cm For big bale feeders

Requirement 0.3 l /m²

③

④

Simple and easy: one-time assembly to the frame Fast mounting: immediate usage B8

Safe: fixation at the bottom - that's it!

Feeding Systems - Professional Rectangular Feeders Type

Ref.

Weight

Description

Big Bale Feeder with Tombstone 303535 525 kg Feed Front for 2 round bales or 1 large square bale, 14 feed spaces, for all breeds of horses and cattle, particularly suitable for horned cattle, 3-point linkage, double support tubes, internal dimensions 2.85 x 2.05 m, feeding height 76 cm, feet and roof are height adjustable, delivered in kit form with full assembly instructions

All feeders have in common: with potentially corrosive feeds (silage), use a bitumen coating!

305 cm

210 cm

265 cm

235 cm

209 cm

291 cm

Big Bale Feeder with Safety Horse 303539 580 kg Feed Front for 2 round bales or 1 large square bale, 16 feed spaces, neck width approx. 28 cm, 3-point linkage, double support tubes, internal dimensions 2.85 x 2.05 m, feeding height 76 cm, feet and roof are height adjustable, delivered in kit form with full assembly instructions

All feeders have in common: with potentially corrosive feeds (silage), use a bitumen coating!

320 cm

Special safety horse feed front for minimal feed loss and highest safety

285 cm

230 cm

240 cm

209 cm

291 cm

Please order Roof-Edge Protection/3-Point Linkage Protection separately

Feeding Systems - Compact Rectangular Feeder

Description

Type

①

NEW

Ref. Weight

① Roof-Edge Protection

303589

② Feed Saver Netting 2.80 x 2.80 m

303594 2.0 kg

② Feed Saver Netting 2.80 x 2.80 m

303842 3.3 kg

② Feed Saver Netting 2.80 x 2.80 m

303832 3.0 kg

② Feed Saver Netting 3.60 x 3.60 m

303844 4.0 kg

All-round, galvanised steel tubing

Mesh size 10 x 10 cm

Mesh size 4.5 x 4.5 cm

Mesh size 3 x 3 cm

Mesh Size 4.5 x 4.5 cm

303850 For rectangular feeders (max. bale diameter 1.40 m)

17 kg

339205

5 kg

③ Frame for feed saver netting

④

④ Bitumen Protective Paint 5 l

Requirement 0.3 l /m²

②

③

30 kg

Optional: 3-point linkage protection

③

Simple and easy: one-time assembly to the frame B10

Fast mounting: immediate usage

Safe: fixation at the bottom - that's it!

Feeding Systems - Compact Rectangular Feeder

Compact Rectangular Feeder The PATURA compact rectangular feeder impresses through intelligent solutions to details. It offers highest stability at minimized weight and thus an optimal price performance ratio. With 3 standard support tubes, the feeder offers an especially high level of stability at its base.

Transport using a 3-point linkage, up to 10 km/h when empty

Sturdy lifting attachment

3 square support tubes

Side filling

Type

Ref.

Compact Rectangular Feeder 303502 with Tombstone Feed Front • 12 feed spaces • 2 sides fold out • Internal dimensions: 2.00 x 2.00 m • Feet and roof are height adjustable • 3-point linkage • 3 sturdy square support tubes • Delivered in kit form with full assembly instructions

Weight

Description

300 kg

All feeders have in common: with potentially corrosive feeds (silage), use a bitumen coating!

240 cm

208 cm

265 cm

240 cm

213 cm Please order Roof-Edge Protection separately

213 cm

B11

Feeding Systems - Circular Feeders

The advantages:

Continuous tombstone feed front for maximum stability

Supplement feeding on pastures: why? Sturdy connection of the individual segments

The increasing tendency to open-air cattle husbandry on the pastures â&#x20AC;&#x201C; often throughout the year â&#x20AC;&#x201C; requires appropriate feeding facilities. The addition of dry food, at least during certain times of the year, is thus essential. In the spring, during the transition from feeding in the sheds to grazing on the pasture, the provision of a firm-structured feed to complement the protein-rich young grass is important. In summer, any unexpected feed shortage can be bridged by supplement feed in the form of hay or silage. The situation in autumn is similar to that in spring. In addition, the grazing period can be extended into the winter by the provision of supplement feed. For this, the provision of hay, silage or straw in the form of round and/or large square bales has found acceptance. The required technology is exceptionally sturdy and offers good value for money. Feeders are only suitable in open yards and stables under certain circumstances.

3-point linkage for transport with tractor draw bar

Circular feeder with 8 feed spaces for small high density bales

Circular feeder, 8 feed spaces, with roof, convenient for hobby animal keepers (roof not suitable for horses)

Retractable roof for easy filling from above

It is also possible to open one segment for side filling (or for rolling the bale in by hand) Circular feeder with feed saver netting for adequate feed consumption and minimal feed loss for horses

B12

Feeding Systems - Circular Feeders

Circular Feeders â&#x20AC;&#x201C; simple, effective and reasonably priced The standard model for use with round bales which has been tried and tested world-wide, is the circular feeder made up of 3 segments. It is suitable for all kinds of cattle and can be used simultaneously by animals of different ranks. It accommodates both round and normal bales, as well as loose feed. The complete feeder can be moved using a tractor by means of the 3-point linkage. The feeder can be filled either from above using a front loader, or by opening one of the segments and rolling the bale in by hand. A separately available roof protects the feed from the weather.

Circular feeder with roof and tombstone feed front (roof not suitable for horses)

B13

Feeding Systems - Circular Feeders

Type

55 cm

120 cm

Description

For loose feed or small high density bales

Ref.

Weight

Circular Feeder, 8 feed spaces • No 3-point linkage • Internal Ø 1.30 m • External Ø 1.45 m • Delivered in kit form • 4-part

303522

99 kg

Circular Feeder Segment 90° 2 tombstone hoops, 1 feed space

303528

24.5 kg

Roof for circular feeder Retractable

303523

46 kg

Rubber Roof-Edge Protection • For roof panels (price per metre) • Approx. 10 m required

303590

0.13 kg

Feed Saver Netting 2.40 x 2.40 m Mesh size 10 x 10 cm

303593

1.5 kg

Feed Saver Netting 2.40 x 2.40 m Mesh size 4.5 x 4.5 cm

303841

2.5 kg

Feed Saver Netting 2.40 x 2.40 m Mesh size 3 x 3 cm

303831

2.3 kg

2 decisive advantages:

120 cm

• Dismantled into 4 parts – transportable by car/van • One becomes two – the two halves can be mounted separately to a shed wall (do not use in a box or stall)

Oval Feeder, 16 feed spaces • With diagonal braces • No 3-point linkage • Internal dimensions: 3.36 x 1.85 m • Extendable as required • 4-part

303540

244 kg

Feeder Element, straight With 4 tombstone hoops

303541

61 kg

Diagonal Brace

303542

6 kg

Circular Feeder with Diagonal Feed Front 18 feed spaces • Internal Ø 2.10 m • External Ø 2.32 m • Suitable for hornless cattle in the pasture • Delivered in kit form • 3-part

303518

144 kg

cm 201 cm

155 cm

55 cm

35 cm

B14

Feeding Systems - Circular Feeders Ref.

Weight 210 kg

Profi Circular Feeder, 12 feed spaces without 3-point linkage

200 kg

303544

• Special heavy-duty design particularly suitable for cattle • Reinforced segments • All-around reinforced tubes • Additional braces

① 3-Point Linkage Protection

303592

5.0 kg

② Upper Link Protection

303598

1.0 kg

③ Roof for circular feeder

303521

93.5 kg

Rubber Roof-Edge Protection • For roof panels (price per metre) • Approx. 10 m required

303590

0.13 kg

④ Feed Saver Netting 2.80 x 2.80 m

303594

2.0 kg

④ Feed Saver Netting 2.80 x 2.80 m

303842

3.3 kg

④ Feed Saver Netting 2.80 x 2.80 m

303832

3.0 kg

Retractable

Mesh size 10 x 10 cm

Mesh size 4.5 x 4.5 cm

Mesh size 3 x 3 cm

③

Roof must be ordered separately (not suitable for horses)!

NEW

55 cm

Profi Circular Feeder, 12 feed spaces 303525 • 3-point linkage reinforced with a pipe-in-pipe system • Internal Ø 2.10 m • External Ø 2.32 m • For pasture use only • Delivered in Kit form • 3-part

Description

120 cm

Type

①

④

②

③

B15

Feeding Systems - Circular Feeders

55 cm

120 cm

Description

①

③

Type

Ref.

Weight

Compact Circular Feeder, 12 feed spaces • 3-point linkage reinforced with pipe-in-pipe system • Internal Ø 2.10 m • External Ø 2.32 m • For pasture use only • Delivered in kit form • 3-part

303520

177 kg

Circular Feeder, 12 feed spaces, without 3-point linkage

303519

166 kg

① 3-Point Linkage Protection

303592

5.0 kg

② Upper Link Protection

303598

1.0 kg

Roof for circular feeder Retractable

303521

93.5 kg

Rubber Roof-Edge Protection • For roof panels (price per metre) • Approx. 10 m required

303590

0.13 kg

③ Feed Saver Netting 2.80 x 2.80 m

303594

2.0 kg

③ Feed Saver Netting 2.80 x 2.80 m

303842

3.3 kg

③ Feed Saver Netting 2.80 x 2.80 m

303832

3.0 kg

Ring Feeder • Internal Ø 1.38 m • 4-part

303503

60 kg

Ring Feeder • Internal Ø 2.10 m • 3-part

303504

115 kg

Mesh size 10 x 10 cm

②

Mesh size 4.5 x 4.5 cm

Mesh size 3 x 3 cm

70 cm

138 cm

• No injury risk due to feed front • No 3-point linkage • Delivered in kit form

80 cm

210 cm

B16

Roof must be ordered separately (not suitable for horses)!

Feeding Systems - Small Bale Feeder

Horse Feeder Ideal The horse feeder Ideal was developed especially for small horse inventories. Loose feed and small high density bales can be easily loaded. Safety during feeding is of utmost importance: the roof edges are protected, all accessible parts have rounded edges.

Ref.

To remove lift up side section

Fill with hay

Plastic long trough (optional extra) for concentrate

Weight

Horse Feeder Ideal 303506 • For loose feed and small high density bales • Clear bar spacing: 6 cm • Side filling • Integrated roof edge protection, no injury risk • Also suitable for game • Feeding height: 79 cm • Incl. bolts for ground anchoring

126 kg

Plastic Long Trough 50 l Wall mounting D = 29 cm, w = 123 cm, h (w/o fixing extension) = 25 cm, h (with fixing extension) = 34 cm For screw attachment to walls (Screws not supplied)

6.8 kg

② Roof for double sided hay rack

Feeder dimensions incl. roof: L x w x h: 3.00 m x 1.48 m x 2.02 m

29 cm

①

123 cm

303507

2.5 kg 135

303605

145 cm

95 kg

②

• For calves, game, sheep and goats • Not suitable for horses

303606

37 kg

Roof must be ordered separately!

184 cm

Double Sided Hay Rack • L x w x h: 2.56 m x 0.76 m x 1.23 m • Sufficient for approx. 20 sheep • For small bales and loose hay • Clear bar spacing 6.5 cm • With trough for concentrate • For use in stables and on the pasture • Hot-dip galvanised • Delivered in kit form

Registered utility model

57 cm

With 2 T-clamps for horse feeder Ideal (For each trough 1 add-on bar is required)

100 cm

202 cm

① Add-On Bar

333120

Description

185 cm

Type

Push roof to one side

79 cm

B17

Feeding Systems - Self Feeders

Concentrate feeds in beef cattle farming In suckler cow farming, the milk production of breeds that have a high daily weight gain is insufficient to maximise the full growth potential of the calves. It is recognised that it is much more efficient to provide concentrate directly to the calves than to provide the same feed to raise the milk production of the cows. So that only certain animals take this food, a selective access system to the concentrate has to be arranged. This is done by providing a so-called calf creep – the width of which must be adjustable. So that this is also possible on the pastures, a special self feeder with an integrated calf creep has been developed. The unit stores 900 litres of concentrate, preferably in the form of pellets. The appropriate amount of concentrate is fed through an adjustable opening – which is suitable for varying pellet sizes. The self feeder – and especially the trough – has a large cover, protecting the feed from the rain. To ensure firm positioning in the pasture, the feeder stands on skids. The width of the calf creep can be regulated via 6 fully adjustable bars.

Easy filling by front loader

Transport via 3-point linkage with folded up calf creep enclosure

A large sliding top with 2 handles for easy filling - cannot be opened by the animals

The calf enters the enclosure in front of the concentrate feeder via the width-adjustable access

The calf can feed on the concentrate as inclined, the supply opening can be adjusted or can be closed completely

The calf leaves the self feeder having fed on the concentrate undisturbed by the herd

B18

Feeding Systems - Self Feeders

Ref.

Weight

Mineral Feeder 303600 • For optimized and cost-effective mineral feeding • High-impact, UV-stabilised plastic • 3 compartments for salt blocks and loose supplement • Completely rainproof due to heavy rubber flap (Ø 105 cm) • Ø 97 cm • Height: 41 cm

30 kg

Concentrate Feeder with Calf Creep • 900 litres • 3-point linkage • Height adjustable skids • Delivered in kit form • 2 handles on sliding roof • Calf creep can fold up for transport • 6 adjustable bars in front

303552

289 kg

Concentrate Feeder for calves • 900 l • Same as above, but without calf creep

303551

201 kg

Concentrate Feeder for calves, mounted on dividers Roof opens in two directions Capacity: 190 l

303555

Description

120 cm

Heavy-duty design

220 cm

65 kg

47 cm

66 cm

Type

120 cm

B19

Feeding Systems - Freestanding Feed Troughs

Description

Type ① Feed Trough for calves and sheep 2 m

W = 45 cm, d = 19 cm, h = 32 - 50 cm ② Feed Trough for calves and sheep 2.5 m W = 45 cm, d = 19 cm, h = 32 - 50 cm ③ Feed Trough for calves and sheep 3 m W = 45 cm, d = 19 cm, h = 32 - 50 cm

③ ②

④ Multi-Purpose Feed Trough 1 m

20 litres, w = 32 cm, h = 12 cm ⑤ Multi-Purpose Feed Trough 1.5 m 30 litres, w = 32 cm, h = 12 cm ⑥ Multi-Purpose Feed Trough 2 m 40 litres, w = 32 cm, h = 12 cm

④ ⑤ For calves + sheep

82 - 92 cm

58 - 68 cm

Angled Feed Trough 2.00 m Angled Feed Trough 2.50 m Angled Feed Trough 4.00 m Angled Feed Trough 4.50 m Angled Feed Trough 5.00 m Angled Feed Trough 6.00 m

82 - 112 cm

52 - 82 cm

With potentially corrosive feeds (silage), use a bitumen coating!

B20

18 kg

333511

22 kg

333512

24.5 kg

333500

3 kg

333501

5 kg

333502

6.5 kg

303612 303613 303614 303615 303616 303617

77 kg 89 kg 135 kg 147 kg 158 kg 193 kg

2 m 2.50 m 4 m 4.50 m 5 m 6m Outer dimensions 196 cm 243 cm 391 cm 438 cm 485 cm 586 cm

Bitumen Protective Paint 5 l Requirement 0.3 l /m² 80

333510

• Made of acid-proof and rot-resistant plastic - ideal for corrosive feeds • Easy to clean due to rounded edges • Absolutely tilt-proof set up on the ground

⑥

- 600

Weight

• Made of acid-proof and rot-resistant plastic - ideal for corrosive feeds • Easy to clean due to rounded edges and integrated drain • Height adjustable with extendable feet

①

200

Ref.

339205

5 kg

• Feed troughs are suitable for use with feed fronts • Length 2/2.5 m: 4 feet, 4/4.5/5 m: 6 feet, 6 m: 8 feet • Made of 2 mm sheet steel • Height adjustable feet • Delivered in kit form Supporting Frame For wood feed trough, height adjustable

303610

13.5 kg

• Supporting frame for feed troughs made of wooden planks • Height adjustable feet of tubing Ø 48/40 mm • Width 80 cm, trough width (bottom) 45 cm • Trough depth (front) 28 cm, trough depth (rear) 58 cm

Feeding Systems - Freestanding Feed Troughs

Plastic Feed Troughs • Made of high-density polyethylene, resistant to the acid silage pH values • Distance between feet 1.50 m • Versatile • No rough edges, therefore easy to clean • Safety bar ensures that cattle cannot fall into the trough • Hygienic advantage – easy and complete emptying and cleaning

Type Plastic Feed Trough 3 m With 2 safety bars Capacity: 619 l Plastic Feed Trough 4 m With 3 safety bars Capacity: 844 l Plastic Feed Trough 5 m With 4 safety bars Capacity: 1070 l Plastic Feed Trough 6 m With 4 safety bars Capacity: 1294 l

Ref.

Weight

351203

66 kg

Description

Ideal for corrosive feeds

3m 351204

89 kg

351205

111 kg 4m

351206

134 kg

Included on delivery: Safety bars and height adjustable feet

• 1.50 m end sections, together with 1 or 2 m extensions, are combined to make 3, 4, 5 or 6 m long troughs • Resistant against silage • 2 drain plugs – 2 overflow drains • Length of base Frame: 1.50 m • All steel parts hot-dip galvanised • Adjustable feet: 50 x 50 mm square tubing • Height: 414 mm, total height incl. feet: 600 - 750 mm • Total width including safety bar 880 mm

6m Safety Bar

B21

Feeding Systems - Plastic Feed Troughs

Plastic Troughs • Made of special food-safe plastic • Consistent high quality for long life • Plastic does not rust – rough edges and broken surfaces are avoided • Animal-adapted shape for minimal injury risk • Rounded edges and rims for easy cleaning • UV protected and unbreakable

Plastic Troughs: safety for the animal – longlasting for the owner

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

①

① Transportable Plastic Trough 11 l

333010

37x28x25

② Transportable Plastic Trough XL 30 l

333020

40x44x37

③ Large Plastic Trough 11.5 l

333030

28x31x39

④ Small Plastic Trough 7 l

333070

27x27x22

⑤ Foal Bars

333080

For hanging on partitions up to 60 mm

②

For hanging on partitions up to 60 mm

③

For screw attachment to walls (Screws not supplied)

④ ⑤

for foals and calves, for screw attachment to walls (Screws not supplied)

Suitable for plastic trough small, 7 l (ref. 333070), to use as foal trough (Please order separately!) Wide Plastic Trough 12 l For screw attachment to walls (Screws not supplied)

B22

333060

29x38x32

Feeding Systems - Plastic Feed Troughs Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Small Plastic Corner Trough 16 l For screw attachment to walls (Screws not supplied)

333090

See illustration

46 cm

24 cm

41 c

① Protection and Anti-Spill Lip

for horses, for plastic corner trough large

See illustration 49 cm

333100

333110

66 cm

24 cm

Large Plastic Corner Trough 21 l For screw attachment to walls (Screws not supplied)

① Plastic Trough Special 16 l (Without anti-spill lip) For screw attachment to walls (Screws not supplied) ② Anti-Spill Lip

for horses, for plastic trough special

333040

35x34x31

②

333050

Plastic Bridle Holder

333410

Ø 120 mm

Plastic Blanket Holder

333420

L = 110 cm

Plastic Feed Scoop Capacity: 3 l

333400

27x17x19

B23

Feeding Systems - Plastic Feed Troughs

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

NEW

B24

Plastic Long Trough 13 l For screw attachment D = 26 cm, w = 77 cm, h (back) = 27 cm, h (front) = 11 cm

333115

See in column "Type"

Plastic Long Trough 32 l Hanging type D (w/o fixing extension) = 29 cm, d (with fixing extension) = 36 cm, w = 80 cm, h = 23 cm For hanging on tubing up to 2"

333180

See in column "Type"

Plastic Long Trough 50 l Wall mounting D = 29 cm, w = 123 cm, h (w/o fixing extension) = 25 cm, h (with fixing extension) = 34 cm For screw attachment to walls (Screws not supplied)

333120

See in column "Type"

Plastic Long Trough 50 l Hanging type D (w/o hook) = 28 cm, d (with hook) = 36 cm, w = 120 cm, h = 23 cm For hanging on tubing up to 2”

333130

See in column "Type"

Plastic Long Trough 50 l Hanging type (raised) D (w/o hook) = 29 cm, d (with hook) = 36 cm, w = 123 cm, h (w/o hook) = 26 cm, h (with hook) = 42 cm For hanging on tubing up to 2”

333140

See in column "Type"

Plastic Long Trough 100 l Hanging type (raised) D (w/o hook) = 29 cm, d (with hook) = 40 cm, w = 200 cm, h = 23 cm, For hanging on tubing up to 2”

333160

See in column "Type"

Plastic Long Trough 120 l For hanging on tubing up to 2", without drain outlet

333150

51x160x28

Plastic Long Trough 120 l For ground mounting with support frame, with drain outlet

333151

51x160x80

Feeding Systems - Salt Block Holder, Buckets

Type

Ref. Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

① Plastic Salt Block Holder

333200 22x23x22

② Plastic Salt Block Holder

333210 22x24x21

③ Plastic Salt Block Holder

333220 11x24x14

333320

For 10 kg blocks, rectangular For screw attachment to walls For 10 kg blocks, round For screw attachment to walls For 2 kg blocks, small For screw attachment to walls

④ Plastic Bucket 10 l

Ø 28, h = 24

Small

Bucket Holder with Cage Ø 285 mm • Galvanised flat steel profile • Hooks for hanging on tubing up to 55 mm • For buckets with Ø 28 cm • Screws/bolts not supplied

332200 33x33x23

Calf Bucket 9 l, complete with teat and holder

361460

③

⑤

33 cm

23 cm

With spout

②

④ 333330 34x36x33

⑤ Plastic Bucket 18 l

①

⑥ Teat, white ⑦ Ball Valve, complete ⑧ Gasket Ring, red

Ø 30, h = 29

438001 0.03 kg 438002 438003

⑥

⑦

⑧

Plastic Bucket 20 l (Excluding mounting bracket) • Flat-back bucket with handle • Easy to carry, as the flat side acts as support

333300 38x39x29

⑨ Wall Mounting Bracket for plastic bucket

333310

(Please order separately!) •For screw attachment to walls •The bucket is hung on directly • Handle folds between the bucket and the wall

⑨

B25

Feeding Systems - Wall Mount Hay Racks and Troughs

Description

Type

26 cm

36 cm

59 cm

Ref.

Weight

332030

3.2 kg

332040

9.8 kg

Semicircle Hay Rack • Hot-dip galvanised • Universal mount • Screws/bolts not supplied

332010

8 kg

Corner Mount Hay Rack • Hot-dip galvanised • Ideal for cramped premises • Screws/bolts not supplied

332020

4.3 kg

Wall Mount Hay Rack, small • Hot-dip galvanised • Sturdy frame made of flat steel • Ideal flat shape for narrow facilities • Screws/bolts not supplied

7 cm

11 c

New design

42 cm

46 cm

86 cm

47 cm

Wall Mount Hay Rack, large • Hot-dip galvanised • Sturdy frame made of flat steel • For large dry food portions • Screws/bolts not supplied

8 cm

New design cm

64 cm

76 cm 42 cm

72 cm

10 cm

55 cm 55 cm

61 cm

12 cm

B26

Feeding Systems - Wall Mount Hay Racks and Troughs Type Hay Rack for dividers 1 m Hay Rack for dividers 1.75 m Hay Rack for wall mounting 1.75 m

Ref.

Weight

303601 303602 303607

22 kg 39 kg 39 kg

Description

120 cm / 195 cm

• Ideal for providing supplemental hay to calves • For small bales and loose hay • Clear bar spacing: 7.5 cm • With collection grill

100 cm / 175 cm

75 cm

50 cm

90 cm / 165 cm

Rectangular Trough • Hot-dip galvanised • Continuous tube frame for smooth edges • Bars minimise food spill • Drain for easy cleaning with rubber plug • Screws/bolts not supplied

332100

Semicircle Trough • Hot-dip galvanised • Continuous tube frame for smooth edges • Bars minimise food spill • Drain for easy cleaning with rubber plug • Screws/bolts not supplied

332110

Corner Trough • Hot-dip galvanised • Continuous tube frame for smooth edges • Bars minimise food spill • Drain for easy cleaning with rubber plug • Screws/bolts not supplied

332111

7.8 kg

44 cm

25 cm

32 cm

7.0 kg 44 cm

25 cm

32 cm

25 cm

7.9 kg

44 cm 44 cm

B27

Livestock Watering Systems Basics

B30 – B31

Frost-Protected Ball Waterers

B32 – B35

Heated Drinking Bowls

B36 – B39

Water Circulation Systems

B40 – B43

Heating Cables

B44 – B45

Water Troughs

B46 – B55

Compact Drinking Bowls

B56 – B57

Accessories

B58

Nose Paddle Bowls

B59

Pipe Valve Bowls

B60 – B65

Float Valve Bowls

B66 – B68

Pasture Water Troughs

B69 – B75

Livestock waterers - Basic principles

Information for planning and execution: Water is the most important and cheapest food for your animals. For this reason good quality water should always be provided in sufficient quantity. During the planning period various aspects and legal requirements have to be observed. The right choice of the drinker and an appropriate location are important basic requirements for a good supply and therefore healthy animals. Equally important is to ensure a proper and safe installation. We advise you in the selection of drinkers, inform you about its operation and the right location to install. Your installer advises you regarding the correct installation materials and he correctly connects your drinker to the water and main supply according to the norm. The following standards and specifications should be observed: • Electrotechnical standards (low voltage directive, earthing regulations, electrical installation regulations in agriculture VDE 0105-115, requirements of energy saving law) • Drinking water ordinance and regulations of the local water suppliers (DIN1988, EN1717) • National and local safety regulations • Ordinance on Industrial Safety and Health (VSG 1.1) • Regulations for fire prevention and insurance guidelines

DIN

EN 1717

Criteria for selection of the adequate water trough

Criteria for correct installation

• Is the water trough suitable for the animal type and for the age of the animal? ① • Is the water amount per minute, the water volume and the number of drinking positions consistent with the needs of the animal or animal group? ② • Is the water trough suitable for the type of penning (single or group)? • Is the water trough heatable which means suitable for installation in cold or open housing?

• The height of the water trough has to be adjusted to the size of the animal ③+④ • As far as possible away from the feeding site to eliminate the feed getting wet and the troughs getting soiled with the feed ⑦+⑧ • Choose installation site in free-stall barns so that drinking animals do not obstruct other animals ⑦+⑧ • Installation of the troughs needs to be secure from damages (by kicks, or crowding) ⑤+⑥ • Install water and electrical lines secure against browsing damages • Locate so that soiling with excrements is not possible ⑨ + ⑩

Optimum water troughs for cattle, sheep, goats and horses

Open Water Troughs "drinking from open water surfaces in nature is typical for pasture livestock" better than Float Valve Bowl "ideal for young stock and sensitive animals" better than Pipe Valve Bowl "suitable for all types of animals" better than Nose-Paddle Bowl "rugged, more difficult to activate, for fattening animals"

B30

①

Daily water requirement for cattle, sheep, goats and horses Cattle

50 l – 160 l

Cattle, 1 year and older

25 l – 70 l

Cattle, under 1 year

15 l – 30 l

Calves up to 6 months

5 l – 25 l

Sheep/Goats

2 l – 12 l

Large horse in pasture Mare, lactating

15 l – 60 l

Foal, 200 kg

15 l – 20 l

②

Livestock waterers - Basic principles

Mounting dimensions for cattle, sheep and goat troughs

③

Mounting dimensions for horse troughs

④

120 cm 80 cm

100 cm

60 cm

80 cm 60 cm

40 cm

Height in hands 1.45 m

Height in hands 1.65 m

Height in hands 1.80 m

20 cm

⑤

Configuration of water troughs in free-stall barns

⑦

⑨

30 cm

⑥

Configuration of water troughs for group penning of horses

⑧

⑩

Water level 60 - 80 cm

A water trough or ball waterer should be mounted on a raised concrete platform, each side of which is 30 cm wider than the drinker itself.

B31

Livestock Watering Systems - Frost-Protected Ball Waterers

The advantages:

Energy Free Frost-Protected Ball Waterers

Without electricity, without gas

How does a ball waterer operate?

Plastic float valve for trouble-free operation with all water types

Water comes from the ground at a temperature of about 10 °C and fills the drinking containers until the balls seal off the drinking holes. Whenever animals drink, the float valve allows the consumed water to be replaced. The energy of the replacement water flowing in keeps the water warm when it is cold, and cool when it is hot. By means of the patented ball-valve system, and without any additional power requirements, fresh, clean water which is free from algae, is provided at both -30 °C as well as +30 °C.

• While the animal is drinking, the ball rolls away • The supply must come from below frost level • Water pressure: 1 to 5 bars • A minimum of 5 animals guarantees frost-free operation down to -15 °C, or with 15 animals down to -40 °C • Ready for connection to ¾” water line (external thread) • The ball waterer should be positioned, slightly raised, on a 15 cm thick concrete platform, each side of which is 30 cm wider than the drinker itself • Large drain openings allow regular, quick and complete cleaning of the trough

After opening the inspection lid the float can be easily adjusted

Valve Ball

Polyurethane foam insulation

Drain plug - for easy draining and cleaning

Float assembly

Horizontal, flat concrete platform, approx. 15 cm thick

Insulation (by customer) Insulation (supplied) Sturdy and especially well insulated housing

Frost depth + 30 cm

Fill pipe Min. 30 cm Ø

3/4" supply line (Farmdrinker)

The valve is low-maintenance and very reliable B32

Rising geothermal heat, therefore do NOT cement in

Cross-section of concrete platform, fill pipe and supply line for Farmdrinker Note: The shaft for the fill pipe should not be insulated from the earth at the lower level

Livestock Watering Systems - Frost-Protected Ball Waterers

Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Farmdrinker 1 ball Capacity: 57 l, 15 – 25 animals, water flow: 40 l/min (at 5 bars)

433300

Float Valve for Farmdrinker Rubber Seal Rubber Plug

330521 330512 330322

71x66x55 -40° C

Very rugged, especially suitable for bulls and suckler cows www

Farmdrinker 2 balls Capacity: 76 l, 25 – 40 animals, water flow: 40 l/min (at 5 bars)

434650

Float Valve for Farmdrinker Rubber Seal Rubber Plug

330521 330512 330322

.pat

ura.

com

91x61x65 -40° C

Very rugged, especially suitable for bulls and suckler cows

Farmdrinker 4 balls Capacity: 266 l, 80 – 150 animals, water flow: 40 l/min (at 5 bars)

433540

Float Valve for Farmdrinker Rubber Seal Rubber Plug

330521 330512 330322

w. p

atu

ra.

com

140x83x58 -40° C

w w w.

Very rugged, especially suitable for bulls and suckler cows

patur

a.com

All temperatures given in respect of frost safety relate to the use in livestock buildings without direct influence from wind and weather

B33

Livestock Watering Systems - Frost-Protected Ball Waterers

The advantages:

Without electricity, without gas

Simple and easy draining to the side

Energy Free Frost-Protected Ball Waterers How does a ball waterer operate? Easy float adjustment, fixing possible

Thermolac: 6 wing nuts for easy opening – the float can be easily adjusted or turned off

• By means of the patented ball-valve system, fresh, clean water is provided at both -30 °C as well as +30 °C • While the animal is drinking, the ball rolls away • The supply must come from below frost level • Water pressure: 1 to 5 bars • A minimum of 5 animals guarantees frost-free operation down to -15 °C, or with 15 animals down to -25 °C (Thermo-Quell/Compact) or -30 °C (Thermolac) • Ready for hookup to ½” (Thermolac/Compact) or ¾” (Thermo-Quell) water line • The ball waterer should be positioned, slightly raised, on a 15 cm thick concrete platform, each side of which is 30 cm wider than the drinker itself • Large drain holes allow regular, quick and complete cleaning of the trough

Metal Bowl • With aluminium bowl in place of ball • Open access to the water • Due to the high conductivity of aluminium, the water does not freeze in the bowl

Thermolac: simple connection (½”) to the water supply using armoured tubing

Thermolac: large drain opening (Ø 100 mm) for easy cleaning B34

Thermo-Quell: large front drain hole for fast discharge

Simple connection (3/4") to the water supply using armoured tubing

The lid can be tilted upward and removed for easy access to the valve

Thermolac 40B/75B: standing water, therefore easy access to the water, e.g. for sheep

Thermolac 40B/75B: fast removal of the metal bowl without tools

Thermolac 40B/75B: easy cleaning of the metal bowl

Livestock Watering Systems - Frost-Protected Ball Waterers

Type

Compact Thermal Bowl, 2 ball Capacity: 71 l, 25 - 40 animals, water flow: 28 l / min (at 5 bars), 1/2" hookup with amoured tubing Float Valve Drain Plug

Ref. Size D x W x H (cm) 380118

90x60x45 cm

-25° C

38011801 38011802

Thermo-Quell Mod. 630, 1 ball 1300630 70x60x56 Capacity: 40 l, 10 - 25 animals, Maxiflow float valve, water flow: 40 l/min (at 5 bars), 3/4" hookup

Thermo-Quell Mod. 640, 2 ball 1300640 100x60x56 Capacity: 80 l, 25 - 40 animals, Maxiflow float valve, water flow: 40 l/min (at 5 bars), 3/4" hookup

High Pressure Valve 1310754 Low Pressure Float Valve Mod. 738 1310738 ¾” hookup, water flow: up to 19 l/min (at 1 bar) Seal Ring (10 pcs) 102049310 Cap 1321284

① Auxiliary Heating Element for Thermoquell 1316070

Thermolac 40, 1 ball 433800 66x64x56 Capacity: 40 l, 15 - 25 animals, water flow: 38 l/min (at 5 bars), 1/2" hookup

Thermolac 75, 2 ball 433801 99x66x53 Capacity: 75 l, 25 - 40 animals, water flow: 38 l/min (at 5 bars), 1/2" hookup

Thermolac 40B, 1 bowl 433804 66x64x56 Capacity: 40 l, 15 - 25 animals, water flow: 38 l/min (at 5 bars), 1/2" hookup

Thermolac 75B, 2 bowl 433805 99x66x53 Capacity: 75 l, 25 - 40 animals, water flow: 38 l/min (at 5 bars), 1/2" hookup

Float Valve, floater included Low Pressure Float Valve Mod. 738 1/2" hookup, water flow: up to 19 l/min (at 1 bar) Seal Ring (20 pcs) Drain Plug with seal ring Seal für drain plug Ref. 4110209 (2 pcs)

4110363 351613

1090729 4110209 1091036

24 V / 180 W, with thermostat control (ON at 5 °C; OFF at 15 °C) Ball waterer down to -35 °C / metal bowl waterers down to -25 °C

② Auxiliary Heating Element for Thermolac

Description

350335 24 Volt/30 Watt Ball waterer down to -35 °C / metal bowl waterers down to -25 °C

NEW

-25° C

①

-30° C

-15° C

②

All temperatures given in respect of frost safety relate to the use in livestock buildings without direct influence from wind and weather Please order transformer separately (page B39)

B35

Livestock Watering Systems - Heated Drinking Bowls

Perfection in detail

Heated Drinking Bowls

Recommendation: • Installation on concrete pipes, internal diameter: 30 cm or plastic thermo pipes: regulation Mod. 41A, nose-paddle valve through Mod. 43A, float valve thermostat • Wall or pipe mounting: Mod. 46, pipe valve • Hookup 1/2" Mod. 41A / 43A, hookup 1/2" or 3/4" Mod. 46 • Resistance heating with 80 - 180 W max. output • Transformers and thermostats have to be ordered separately • The water supply line for Mod. 46 is connectable to the bowl with a special heater cable (2.00 m length)

Special blow-back proof valve of 0.5 to 8 bar Self-sealing ball flange

Connection to transformer

Removable top

Gasket

Base of Mod. 41 with the automatic self-sealing ball flange

Casting for mounting on thermo pipe

Heating coil

Mod. 43 A with float valve

Keep the 24 V supply line as short as possible Protect water and electrical supply lines against damage caused by browsing animals

Drinking bowl Mod. 41A /43A

Close airtight Thermo-pipe

Polyurethane foam insulation

Insulation (by customer)

Bedding

Transformer

Close airtight Concrete platform (approx. 15 cm thick)

Mod. 46 with heating coil 80 W and heater cable 20 W - frost-free down to -20 °C

30 cm Ø

Frost depth + 30 cm

Supply cable to transformer

Mod. 46 with additional valve heater 5 W - frost-free down to -35 °C B36

Water supply

Rising geothermal heat, therefore do NOT cement in

Side view – mounting on thermo-pipe Note: the mounting tube should not be insulated from earth at the lower level

Livestock Watering Systems - Heated Drinking Bowls Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Nose-Paddle Bowl Mod. 41A 1000041 Incl. heating coil 24 V/80 W, water pressure 1 to 5 bars, regulation through exchangeable nozzle, ½” hookup, water flow: up to 14 l/min (at 5 bars) Nose-Paddle Bowl Mod. 41A - Sibiria Same as above, but with 180 W heating coil, frost-free down to -35 °C Seal Ring (10 pcs) Valve Spring (5 pcs)

1001041

Float Valve Seal Ring (10 pcs)

-25° C

35x35x26

102049310 10204945

Float Valve Bowl Mod. 43A 1000043 Incl. heating coil 24 V/80 W, water pressure 1 to 5 bars, for sensitive animals, ½” hookup, capacity: 2 l, water flow: up to 6 l/min (at 5 bars) Float Valve Bowl Mod. 43A-Sibiria Same as above, but with 180 W heating coil, frost-free down to -35 °C

35x35x26

1001043

35x35x25 -20° C

35x35x25

1021070 102049310

Thermo-Pipe for Mod. 41A, 43A Installation height 40 cm Installation height 60 cm Installation height 80 cm Installation height 80 cm (+30 cm)

1010344 1010346 1010348 1010345

42x42x40 42x42x60 42x42x80 42x42x110

Pipe-Valve Bowl Mod. 46 1/2" brass valve, including heating coil 24 V/80 W, water pressure 1 to 6 bars, continuous water regulation, hookup from above and below, suitable for circulation heaters, ½” hookup from above or below, water flow: up to 11 l/min (at 5 bars)

1000046

29x26x21 -20° C

Lower Part for valve with spring, brass made 10214251 Lower Part for valve with spring, V2A 10214291 Seal Ring (10 pcs) 102072710 Valve Spring (10 pcs) 102067310 Regulating Screw with O-Ring (5 pcs) 10206345 ① Frost Protection Heating Cord

381110

② Frost Protection Heater Cable

381100

③ Valve Heater 24 V/5 W

1011405

④ Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

⑤ Valve Guard

1020249

⑥ Pipe Bracket

1010180

with Thermostat Control (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 15 °C), 24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m 24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m

With thermostat (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 12 °C), cable 3 m

For Mod. 25R, 12P, 18P, 46, 375, 1200, 1200P

For 2” – 3” pipes, (order qty 2)

①

② ③

④ ⑤

All temperatures given in respect of frost safety relate to the use in livestock buildings without direct influence from wind and weather Please order transformer separately (page B39)

⑥

B37

Livestock Watering Systems - Heated Drinking Bowls

Basic information for the electrotechnical connection of heated drinking bowls and heater cables 1. Transformers Transformers are used with heated drinking bowls for safety reasons, in order to reduce the mains voltage from 230 V to an animal-safe 24 V. Thus there is no danger for the animals and, likewise, for humans if a cable is damaged, for example, through biting by animals. The transformer must be installed as close as possible to the drinking bowl, but out of reach of the animals. 2. Thermostat The thermostat is installed between the power outlet and the heating unit. If the temperature sinks below a certain degree, the equipment is automatically switched on. Once the frost risk no longer exists, the equipment is automatically switched off. The trigger criterion for the frost protection thermostat (ref. 381510) is the prevailing air temperature. The trigger criterion for the contact thermostat (ref. 381520) is the temperature of the water line (= water temperature). The thermostat pays for itself quickly since the equipment is only switched on when absolutely necessary. Depending on the equipment performance, the energy savings are considerable. In addition, contrary to manual switching it is always guaranteed that the heating unit is working whenever there is danger of frost. Ideally, the thermostats should be placed at the coldest location. Please note: Installation must be carried out by qualified personnel

Connection examples for a frost-free water supply … with heated drinking bowls Power Socket Thermostat

Transformer Mod. 200

Transformer Mod. 300

Drinking Bowls with 24 Volt / 80 W Heating Coils

Performance transfer over distance Cable cross-section Cross-section 1.5 mm² Cross-section 2.5 mm² Cross-section 4.0 mm² Cross-section 6.0 mm²

100 Watt max. 45 m max. 80 m max. 100 m max. 120 m

200 Watt max. 20 m max. 40 m max. 85 m max. 100 m

300 Watt max. 15 m max. 25 m max. 40 m max. 65 m

400 Watt max. 12 m max. 20 m max. 30 m max. 50 m

= 24 Volt Supply, 2-core (cross-section as per table)

with self-regulating heater cable Power Socket Thermostat Contact Thermostat

In order to obtain the full heating potential please note the following cross-sections for the 2-core 24 V cable:

= 230 Volt Supply, 3-core

Junction Box

Water Pipe

= 230 Volt Supply, 3-core = Self-Regulating Heater Cable, 230 V

Drinking Bowl

Sample calculation for transformers How to find the ideal transformer for your heated drinking bowls: Quantity of needed drinking bowls/auxilliary heating elements x indicated power (W) + quantity of needed frost protection heater cables x indicated power (W) • 5 Mod. 46 drinking bowls with 80 W heating capacity = 5 x 80 W = 400 W • 5 heating cords of 2 m length with 20 W capacity = 5 x 20 W = 100 W • Total 400 W + 100 W = 500 W • Requirement is met by 1 transformer of 300 W and 1 transformer of 200 W

B38

Livestock Watering Systems - Heated Drinking Bowls Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Transformer Mod. 100 24 V/100 W

381504

12x12x8

Transformer Mod. 200 24 V/200 W

381503

13x13x9

Transformer Mod. 300 24 V/300 W

381501

17x17x11

Transformer Mod. 400 24 V/400 W

381502

19x19x13

Protection Grade IP54, spray protected

• Protection grade IP54 (spray protected) 1. Mounting directly in stable area 2. No corrosion of hookups • Sturdy terminal strips with strain relief • Plug-in ready with standardised Euro plug

Frost Protection Thermostat 381510 for wall-mounting, for automatic switch-on of transformers, up to 16 A/230 V max. (max. switch capacity: 3.6 kW) adjustable from 0 – 50 °C for up to 2000 W continous load mount at the coldest location in the stable protection grade IP54, spray water protected

12x6x6

Contact Thermostat 381520 for mounting on water pipe, for automatic switch-off of the self-regulating heater cable, up to 16 A/230 V max. (max. switch capacity: 3.6 kW), adjustable from 0 – 50 °C, for up to 2000 W continous load, protection grade IP54, spray protected

12x6x6

Descriptions of further heating options can be found with the individual heaters

Installation has to be done by qualified personnel

B39

Livestock Watering Systems - Water Circulation Systems

Water Circulation Systems Provide frost-free water in your shed and stable via an electric auxiliary heating element. Areas of use from small stables up to large cold sheds can be covered by choosing the appropriate system. • Prerequisite: a water installation in which all drinking bowls are connected with one another via a ring main system • On system switch-on the pump sets the water in constant circulation. The heating element is controlled by the regulating thermostat • Length of supply line: 200 m - 350 m, including return line, is possible • Pipe cross section from 1/2“ to 1“ • The water pipes should be additionally insulated Master Switch

Thermostat Heating Rod

Circulation Pump

Master Switch

②

with return flow temperature control • Heating rod controlled through return flow temperature sensor Inflow • Especially for large livestock buildings, length of water line up to 250 m (Mod. 311) and 350 m (Mod. 312) Thermostat • Robust, high-performance circulation pump, protected against condensation with 400 W output power • Mounted plug-in ready on stainless steel plate • Supplied with: 3 kW (Mod. 311) and 6 kW heater (Mod. 312), regulating thermostat (0 – 40 °C), 3-stage circulation pump, master switch, pressure relief valve, automatic vent valve, check valve and flap trap, inflow and return flow temperatur sensor • Two 30 mA residual current devices (RCD) to be incorporated Heating Rod by user

Return Line Return Flow Temperature Sensor

Thermostat Inflow

③

Return Line

NEW

B40

• Enamelled cast iron housing • Heating rod with integrated regulating thermostat • Durable condensation-resistant circulation pump with 93 W output power • Mounted plug-in ready on stainless steel plate • System Length max. 200 m • Supplied with: 3 kW heater, regulating thermostat (0 – 40 °C), 3-stage circulation pump, master switch, pressure relief valve, automatic vent valve, check valve and flap trap • One 30 mA residual current device (RCD) to be incorporated by user

② Circulation heater Mod. 311 and 312

Circulation Pump

• A 30 mA residual current device (RCD) should be incorporated upstream • Note: Ensure that the supply line in which the water is not circulating is frost-protected by suitable measures (e.g. heater cable)

① Circulation Heater Mod. 300 and Mod. 303

Inflow

①

Return Line

Installation has to be done by qualified personnel

Pressure Relief Valve

Check Valve

Vent Valve

Flap Trap

③ Circulation Heater Mod. Compact

Great Value • Stainless steel case, pressure relief, mounting bracket included • Heating rod (230 V / 3 kW) • Circulation pump (230 V / 85 W), inside plasticcoated • Thermometer to indicate water temperatur • System length: 200 m max. • Water hookup: ¾” • One 30 mA residual current device (RCD) to be incorporated by user Pressure Relief Valve

Heating Rod Thermostat

Vent Valve

Check Valve

Livestock Watering Systems - Water Circulation Systems Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Circulation Heater Mod. 303 1010303 With thermostat in the inflow line, 1 x 230 V/3 kW heating coil, circulation pump (93 W), check valve, flap trap, pressure relief valve, automatic vent valve and master switch, mounted plug-in ready on stainless steel plate, 30 mA residual current device (RCD) to be incorporated by user, water pressure: 4 bars max., water hookup: ½” or ¾”, system length: 200 m max.

60x39x22

Circulation Heater Mod. 300 Same as circulation heater Mod. 303, but with 400 V power supply

1010300

60x39x22

Circulation Heater Mod. 311 1010311 With thermostat in the return line, 1 x 400 V/3 kW heating rod, high-performance circulation pump (400 W), check valve, flap trap, pressure relief valve, automatic vent valve and master switch, mounted plug-in ready on stainless steel plate, 2 x 30 mA RCDs to be incorporated by user, water hookup: ¾” or 1", system length: 250 m max.

60x39x22

Installation has to be done by qualified personnel

• Return flow temperature control • For drinking tubs as well

Circulation Heater Mod. 312 1010312 With thermostat in the return line, 2 x 400 V/3 kW heating rods, high-performance circulation pump (400 W), check valve, flap trap, pressure relief valve, automatic vent valve and master switch, mounted plug-in ready on stainless steel plate, 2 x 30 mA RCDs to be incorporated by user, water hookup: 1", system length: 350 m max.

60x39x22

• For large cold sheds • Return flow temperature control • For drinking tubs as well

Circulation Heater Mod. Compact with thermostat in the inflow line, 1 x 230 V/3 kW heating coil, circulation pump (85 W), inside plasticcoated, pressure relief valve, stainless steel, thermometer, check valve, automatic vent valve, 30 mA residual current device (RCD) to be incorporated by user, water pressure: 4 bars max., water hookup: ¾”, system length: 200 m max.

380115

70x16x15 cm

NEW

B41

Livestock Watering Systems - Water Circulation Systems

Assembly diagram for circulation heating system 6 11

Inflow

Bypass

12 Height difference 5 m max.

4 5

11 8

Installation has to be done by qualified personnel

14 14

15 Drinking bowls with connection from above and below

14 15

3 18

14 19

Supply line

Return Line

14 1 Screw-In Heating Rod (supplied) 2 Circulation Pump (supplied) 3 Check Valve (supplied) 4 ON/OFF Switch (Mod. 311 and 312 with temperature control) 5 Bleeder Screw (supplied) 6 Pressure Relief Valve (supplied) 7 Automatic Vent Valve (supplied) 8 Flap Trap (supplied) 9 Return Flow Temperature Control (supplied with Mod. 311 and 312 only)

10 Drain Tap (not supplied) 11 Shut-Off Valve (not supplied) 12 (RCD) Residual Current Device (not supplied) 13 Air Bleed Tap (not supplied) 14 Supply Line Insulation, min. 30 mm (not supplied) 15 Pipe Protector (available as accessory) 16 Flow Indicator (available as accessory) 17 Water Meter as Flow Indicator (available as accessory) 18 Filter (available as accessory) 19 Pressure Reducer (not supplied)

All PATURA drinkers suitable for installation in a ring main system connected to a heater can be identified by this symbol (additional parts might be required)

Circulation Pump Speed-Flow Circulation Pump 550 W

Control Unit

Automatic Vent Valve

Flowmeter Cut-Out Switch

Speed-Flow

Flowmeter

Waterers with 3/4" T-Fitting

Inflow

Insulating Jacket

Thermostat Floor Water Supply with Check Valve

Return Line with Check Valve

Speed-Flow - efficient frost protection without heating • For water lines up to 250 m with 3/4“ • Powerful circulation pump (550 W) provides fast and constant water circulation • Consumes 10 times less power compared to circulation heaters • Mounted plug-in ready to base plate B42

Water Supply

Polyethylene Pipes Ø 25 mm

• Installation into the ground to use the geothermal energy • Easy control with warning light • The pump stops automatically in case of lack of water (e.g. blockage or defective water supply)

Livestock Watering Systems - Water Circulation Systems Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Water Meter To monitor circulation or water consumption, hookups: 3/4" male thread, nominal flow: 2.5 m³/h, cold water range up to 30 °C max.

380109

23x70x70

Flow Indicator To monitor water circulation, water hookup: ¾”

1010309

12x5

Inspection glass with water driven indicator. Installed at the end of the return line, in front of the flap trap

Pipe Protector Bite and impact protection for water line and insulation, hot-dip galvanised, with 6 mm drill holes

380108

75x6x6

Automatic Vent Valve For automatic de-airing of the circulation system, water hookup: 3/8”

350552

8x5

Recommended for all water circulation systems

An automatic vent valve should be mounted at every high point in the circulation system

Water Filter 1” water hookup with 0.1 mm filter element, flow rate: 6 m³/h ① Filter Element

for water filter, 0.1 mm mesh size

350446

①

350445

Recommended for all dirt-sensitive drinkers like all float valve bowls and troughs

Alarm Systems for circulation heater Consisting of thermostat and signal-horn for 230 V connection, installation to water ring main, when the temperature falls e.g. under +5 °C, the signal horn sounds informing about a drop in temperature in the system

1010308

Circulation Pump Speed-Flow With control unit (operation indicator, warning light, ON-OFF-switch), powerful circulation pump 550 W with 230 Volt power supply, water hookup 3/4", flowmeter cut-out switch, automatic vent valve, mounted plug-in ready to base plate, 30 mA RCD (residual current device) to be incorporated by user, with thermometer, system length: 250 m max.

381669

58x20x30

Efficient frost protection without heater

B43

Livestock Watering Systems - Heater Cables

Frost Protection Heater Cable

Self-Regulating Heater Cable

• Prevents the water pipes from freezing in frosty conditions • Typical heat output 16 W per metre • Thermostat (plug-in ready): switch-on temperature 6 °C, switch-off temperature 11 °C • Spiral excess lengths around the end of the pipe (minimum clearance between loops 15 mm) • Protection grade IP X7 (waterproof protection)

• Prevents the water pipes from freezing in frosty conditions • Heat output 12 W per metre at 0 °C (9 W per metre at 10 °C ) • The heat output is automatically and continuously adjusted in relation to the pipe temperature • The cable can be shortened or lengthened • Multiple divisions are possible • Maximum section length 100 m • Damages can be repaired • The heat output is automatically adjusted to cope with different temperatures in different parts of the system • Maximum length 150 m with 16 A fuse • Note: to regulate the max. water temperatur, the contact thermostat (ref. 381520) must be installed TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

Place the thermostat with its sensor firmly against the pipe and wrap with insulating tape, be sure to place the thermostat at the coldest section of the pipe to be protected.

①

②

③

⑤ ④

Run the heater cable underneath the water pipe and affix at regular intervals with insulating tape, further protect the water pipe with pipe insulation of at least 13 mm.

Mode of operation: The two electrical conductors are set in an insulating polymer that contains graphite particles.

Frost protection with the use of heater cable: Water pipe diameter Without pipe insulation With 13 mm pipe insulation

22 mm 1/2” -13 °C -45 °C

28 mm 3/4” -10 °C -40 °C

① Electric Power Lines ② Heating Element ③ Protective Shell ④ Protective Earth ⑤ Outer Protective Shell

35 mm 1“ -7 °C -40 °C

42 mm 1 1/4“ -5 °C -35 °C

1. When it is cold: the polymer contracts, the graphite particles come into contact with each other, the cable becomes warm 2. When it is warm: the polymer expands. There is no contact between the graphite particles, the cable does not heat

General installation requirements for all heater cables • The installation should be carried out to VDE standard 0100 by a professional electrician • The water pipes must be earthed. A residual current device (30 mA RCD) must be in circuit • Ensure that the heater cable is laid taut along the underside of the pipe. Attach every 30 cm with insulating tape • The heater cable should never be laid so as to touch other heater cables • The water pipe, with its heater cable, should be covered with pipe insulation (min. 10 mm) • The heater cable should be protected against damage generally – but particularly against animal biting/chewing damage • Kinks in the heating cable should be avoided (min. bend radius 50 mm) • In the case of plastic water pipes, first wrap these with aluminium tape before affixing the heater cable, so as improve the thermal conductivity

Power Socket Thermostat Contact Thermostat

Junction Box

Water Pipe

= 230 Volt Supply, 3-core = Self-Regulating Heater Cable, 230 V

Drinking Bowl

Regulation through contact thermostat

B44

Livestock Watering Systems - Heater Cables Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Frost Protection Heater Cable 230 V, with thermostat, 16 W/m (at 0 °C) max., 2 m electrical lead and plug, residual current device (30 mA RCD) to be incorporated by user, protection grade IP X7 Length 1 m, 16 W Length 2 m, 32 W Length 4 m, 64 W Length 8 m, 128 W Length 12 m, 192 W Length 14 m, 224 W Length 18 m, 288 W Length 24 m, 384 W Length 36 m, 576 W Length 48 m, 768 W

380010 380022 380040 380080 380120 380140 380180 380240 380360 380480

Switch on at 6 °C and switch off at 11 °C Self-Regulating Heater Cable 230 V, 12 W/m (at 0 °C) max., residual current device 30 mA RCD, to be incorporated by user, protection grade IP54 (spray protected) Sold by the metre Starting at 20 m Starting at 50 m Starting at 100 m

380600 380601 380602 380604

① Mains Connection Kit

380611

To connect the self-regulating heater cable to your 230 V electric power supply

380612

③ T-Diverter Kit

380613

④ Cable Connector Kit

380614

To connect three cable ends with a socket

To connect a further cable end to a T-junction

⑤ Frost Protection Thermostat

381510 for wall-mounting, for automatic switch-on of transformers, up to 16 A/230 V max. (max. switch capacity: 3.6 kW) adjustable from 0 – 50 °C for up to 2000 W continous load mount at the coldest location in the stable protection grade IP54, spray water protected

⑥ Contact Thermostat

381520

⑦ Aluminium Tape

351181

for mounting on water pipe, for automatic switch-off of the self-regulating heater cable, up to 16 A/230 V max. (max. switch capacity: 3.6 kW), adjustable from 0 – 50 °C, for up to 2000 W continous load, protection grade IP54, spray protected 50 mm wide, 50 m roll, for wrapping plastic water pipes to improve thermal conductivity, approx. 5 m per metre required

Under no circumstances should this heater cable be shortened

This heater cable can be shortened as required

② Termination Kit

Seals the "far end" of each cable

Protect water lines and heating cables against bite and chew damage

①

②

③

④

12x6x6

⑤

⑥

⑦

B45

Livestock Watering Systems - Water Troughs

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

Valve Water Trough Mod. 500 Stainless steel, ¾” right-hand hookup, wall or pipe mounting, water flow: up to 30 l/min (at 5 bars)

1300500

41x40x45

Double Valve Water Trough Mod. 520 Stainless steel, ¾” side hookup, as above, but 2 drinking positions, water flow: up to 30 l/min (at 5 bars)

1300520

43x74x51

Seal Ring (10 pcs)

102049310

① Auxiliary Heating Element for Mod. 500

24 V/80 W

1310523

② Auxiliary Heating Element for Mod. 520, 600, 620 1310524

24 V/80 Watt, for Mod. 520, 600, 620 (Two elements necessary for Mod. 520 and 620)

③ Valve Heater 24 V/7 W

1310527

④ Frost Protection Heating Cord

381110

⑤ Frost Protection Heater Cable

381100

⑥ Pipe Connection Set 3/4“

1031984

⑦ Double Bracket for pipes

1010179

⑧ Guard Bracket for Mod. 500/600

1311391

⑨ Guard Bracket for Mod. 520/620

1311392

⑩ Wall Mounting Bracket 90°

1311050

⑪ Guard Bracket for Mod. 500/600

1311394

with Thermostat Control For heating the valve (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 15 °C) with Thermostat Control (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 15 °C), 24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m 24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m

To connect the ring main to a circulation heater

1 ¼” to 2” (pair)

①

②

③

for trough drinker for Mod. 500/600

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

for 90° wall fixation

Stainless Steel Troughs: ideal for free-stall barns • High water inflow up to 30 l/min - ideal for high-performance animals • Low water level for optimal hygiene and self-cleaning • Low water consumption: no tipping out required ⑧

⑩

B46

⑨

NEW

⑪

Please order transformer separately (page B39)

Livestock Watering Systems - Water Troughs Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Float Valve Water Trough Mod. 600 Stainless steel, ¾” side hookup, wall or pipe mounting, water flow: up to 50 l/min (at 5 bars), capacity: 10 l, large drain

1300600

40x40x49

Double Float Valve Water Trough Mod. 620 Stainless steel, ¾” side hookup, as above but 2 drinking positions, water flow: up to 50 l/min (at 5 bars), capacity: 18 l, large drain

1300620

43x74x49

High Pressure Float Valve Maxiflow ¾” hookup, water flow: up to 40 l/min (at 5 bars) Seal Ring (10 pcs) Drain Plug Set

1310700 102049310 1320672

① Auxiliary Heating Element for Mod. 520, 600, 620 1310524

24 V/80 Watt, for Mod. 520, 600, 620 (Two elements necessary for Mod. 520 and 620)

② Valve Heater 24 V/7 W

1310527

③ Frost Protection Heating Cord

381110

④ Frost Protection Heater Cable

381100

⑤ Pipe Connection Set 3/4“

1031984

with Thermostat Control For heating the valve (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 15 °C) with Thermostat Control (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 15 °C), 24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m 24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m

To connect the ring main to a circulation heater

①

⑥ Double Bracket for pipes

1010179

⑦ Guard Bracket for Mod. 500/600

1311391

⑧ Guard Bracket for Mod. 520/620

1311392

⑨ Wall Mounting Bracket 90°

1311050

⑩ Guard Bracket for Mod. 500/600

1311394

1 ¼” to 2” (pair)

for trough drinker for Mod. 500/600 for 90° wall fixation

③

⑦

⑨

Please order transformer separately (page B39)

②

④

⑤

⑥

⑧

NEW

⑩

B47

Livestock Watering Systems - Water Troughs

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

Compact Water Trough Mod. 6140 1306140 Stainless steel, Maxiflow float valve, ¾” side hookup left or right, wall or pipe mounting, drain 1”, water flow: up to 30 l/min (at 5 bars), capacity: 10 l

55x40x29

Compact Water Trough Mod. 6145 with heating 24 V / 180 W, otherwise like Mod. 6140

1306145

55x40x29

Seal Ring (10 pcs) Float Valve Drain Plug Set

102049310 1321065 1320672

① Auxiliary Heating Element for Mod. 520, 600, 620 1310524

24 V/80 Watt, for Mod. 520, 600, 620 (Two elements necessary for Mod. 520 and 620)

①

⑤

1310527

③ Frost Protection Heating Cord

381110

④ Frost Protection Heater Cable

381100

⑤ Pipe Connection Set 3/4“

1031984

⑥ Double Bracket for pipes

1010179

⑦ Guard Bracket for compact trough drinker

1311390

with Thermostat Control For heating the valve (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 15 °C)

②

④

③

② Valve Heater 24 V/7 W

⑥

with Thermostat Control (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 15 °C), 24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m 24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m

To connect the ring main to a circulation heater

⑦

NEW

1 ¼” to 2” (pair)

Mod. 6140/6145

-20° C

Float Valve Trough Mod. Cleanobac Water flow: up to 36 l/min (at 5 bars), ½” hookup

381690

96x45x32

Heatable Float Valve Trough Mod. Isobac 100 W Heater 24 V/2 x 50 W, water flow: up to 36 l/min (at 5 bars), ½” hookup, frost-free down to -20 °C

381649

96x45x32

Heatable Float Valve Trough Mod. Isobac 160 W Heater 24 V/2 x 80 W, frost-free down to -25 °C

381603

96x45x32

Bottom drain outlet

Float Valve, floater included 4110363 Seal Ring (20 pcs) 1090729 Drain Plug for Thermolac ball waterer 1190408 Low Pressure Float Valve Mod. 738 351613 1/2" hookup, water flow: up to 19 l/min (at 1 bar)

Discharge in front

Tipping Mechanism for Iso/Cleanobac Wall mounting

B48

380371

All temperatures given in respect of frost safety relate to the use in livestock buildings without direct influence from wind and weather Please order transformer separately (page B39)

Livestock Watering Systems - Water Troughs Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Water Trough Mod. 5900 1305900 Plastic tube made of UV-resistant polyethylene, with sloping bottom, trough capacity: approx. 130 l, stainless steel frame for wall mounting, Maxiflow float valve, ¾“ male thread, water flow: up to 40 l /min (at 5 bars)

206x45x44

Water Trough Mod. 5900 for floor mounting Same as Mod. 5900, but with full stainless steel base

206x45x86

Seal Ring (10 pcs) Drain Plug Set ① High Pressure Float Valve Maxiflow

¾” hookup, water flow: up to 40 l/min (at 5 bars)

1305910

102049310 1320672 1310700

② Low Pressure Float Valve Mod. 738

1310738 ¾” hookup, water flow: up to 19 l/min (at 1 bar)

③ Auxiliary Heating Element

1316063

④ Frost Protection Heating Cord

381110

⑤ Frost Protection Heater Cable

381100

⑥ Pipe Connection Set 1"

1315904

⑦ Metal Cover

1315905

⑧ Guard Bracket

1315907

For direct installation in the trough 24 V/180 W with Thermostat Control (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 15 °C), 24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m 24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m

For connection to a ring main

To protect the water pipe and the heater cable against livestock abuse

①

⑤

To protect the trough against blows and kicks from animals

④

③

②

⑥

⑦

⑧

Please order transformer separately (page B39)

B49

Livestock Watering Systems - Water Troughs

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

Tipping Water Trough 100 cm (45 l) Tipping Water Trough 150 cm (90 l) Tipping Water Trough 200 cm (135 l) For floor mounting, stainless steel, with float valve, 1/2" rear hookup, water flow: up to 25 l/min (at 5 bars)

1305711 1305712 1305713

97x55x95 147x55x95 197x55x95

Tipping Water Trough 100 cm (45 l) Tipping Water Trough 150 cm (90 l) Tipping Water Trough 200 cm (135 l) For wall mounting, stainless steel, with float valve, 1/2" rear hookup, water flow: up to 25 l/min (at 5 bars)

1305701 1305702 1305703

104x58x63 154x58x63 204x58x63

High Pressure Float Valve Mod. 671 ½" hookup, water flow: up to 25 l/min (at 5 bars) Membrane for float valve

1310671 1020649

① Auxiliary Heating Element Mod. 6060

1316060

② Auxiliary Heating Element Mod. 6061

1316061

③ Auxiliary Heating Element Mod. 6062

1316062

④ Auxiliary Heating Element

1316063

⑤ Frost Protection Heating Cord

381110

⑥ Frost Protection Heater Cable

381100

⑦ Frost Protection Guard

1310526

24 V/180 W, for trough length 1.0 m 24 V/180 W, for trough length 1.5 m 24 V/360 W, for trough length 2.0 m

① ② ③

For direct installation in the trough 24 V/180 W

④

⑤

with Thermostat Control (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 15 °C), 24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m

⑥

24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m

⑦

B50

Please order transformer separately (page B39)

Thermostatic Valve Including drain outlet set, eliminates freezing of the float by constantly supplying a small amount of water during freezing conditions, water supply: approx. 1 - 3 l/min, 3/4" hookup

Livestock Watering Systems - Water Troughs

Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Shallow Tipping Water Trough 100 cm (35 l) 1308731 Shallow Tipping Water Trough 150 cm (55 l) 1308732 Shallow Tipping Water Trough 200 cm (75 l) 1308733 For floor mounting, float valve Masterflow, water flow: 40 l/min (at 5 bars), ¾" hookup

98x55x95 148x55x95 198x55x95

Shallow Tipping Water Trough 100 cm (35 l) 1308721 Shallow Tipping Water Trough 150 cm (55 l) 1308722 Shallow Tipping Water Trough 200 cm (75 l) 1308723 For wall mounting, float valve Masterflow, water flow: 40 l/min (at 5 bars), ¾" hookup

104x58x63 154x58x63 204x58x63

Float Valve Masterflow Mod. 723 Seal Ring (10 pcs)

1310723 102049310

① Auxiliary Heating Element Mod. 6060

1316060

② Auxiliary Heating Element Mod. 6061

1316061

③ Auxiliary Heating Element Mod. 6062

1316062

④ Auxiliary Heating Element

1316063

24 V/180 W, for trough length 1.0 m 24 V/180 W, for trough length 1.5 m 24 V/360 W, for trough length 2.0 m

For direct installation in the trough 24 V/180 W

⑤ Frost Protection Heating Cord

with Thermostat Control (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 15 °C), 24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m

①

381110 ⑤

⑥ Frost Protection Heater Cable

381100

⑦ Circuit Pipe

1310590

24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m

Stainless steel, ¾” hookup to circulation heater

⑧ Valve Heater 24 V/7 W

with Thermostat Control For heating the valve (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 15 °C)

② ③

⑥

④

⑦

⑧

1310527

Please order transformer separately (page B39)

B51

Livestock Watering Systems - Water Troughs

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

Quick-Drain Trough 1.4 m (100 l) Quick-Drain Trough 1.9 m (130 l) Quick-Drain Trough 2.3 m (160 l) Quick-Drain Trough 2.85 m (200 l) For wall mounting, conical stainless steel trough tub, float valve Masterflow, water flow: 40 l/min (at 5 bars), ¾” side hook-up, drainpipe DN125

Bottom drain

1306214 1306219 1306223 1306230

140x52x48 190x52x48 230x52x48 285x52x48

Advantages of Quick-Drain Troughs

①

⑤

③

④

④ ②

⑥

⑦

⑧ ⑨

B52

•High water inflow up to 40 l / m •Fast and animal friendly water intake through to expansive drinking surface ① •Anti-Splash Guard •Slanting trough tub ② allows easy cleaning (stainless steel) •Easy access to float valve without tools ③ •Large drainage hole for fast draining. Plug operation outside from the water ④ •Mounting bracket for drainage tube •Overflow in drainage plug for use with frost protection guard ⑤ •Wall and floor mounting (Mounting feet are optional accessories) ⑥ •Various float valve combinations possible ⑦ (e.g. low pressure float valve for using preheated water from milk cooling system or additional Maxiflow valve) •Guard plate to protect the heater cable •Several heating systems available: ⑧ auxiliary heating element, ⑨ circuit pipe, ⑤ valve heater and frost protection guard

Livestock Watering Systems - Water Troughs

Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Float Valve Masterflow Mod. 723 1310723 Low Pressure Float Valve Mod. 738 1310738 ¾” hookup, water flow: up to 19 l/min (at 1 bar) Seal Ring (10 pcs) 102049310 Large Drain Plug with O-Ring 1326054 ① Auxiliary Heating Element Mod. 6060

1316060

② Auxiliary Heating Element Mod. 6061

1316061

③ Auxiliary Heating Element Mod. 6062

1316062

④ Auxiliary Heating Element

1316063

⑤ Frost Protection Heating Cord

381110

⑥ Frost Protection Heater Cable

381100

24 V/180 W, For trough length 140 cm

24 V/180 W, For trough length 190 cm

24 V/360 W, For trough lengths 230 cm and 285 cm

For direct installation in the trough 24 V/180 W with Thermostat Control (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 15 °C), 24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m 24 V/20 W, length 2.0 m

1316064

⑧ Valve Heater 24 V/7 W

1310527

with Thermostat Control For heating the valve (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 15 °C)

⑩ Legs for quick-drain trough

1316030

⑪ Frost Protection Guard Thermostatic Valve 1310521

Including drain kit, eliminates freezing of the float with a steady low supply of water during freezing conditions, water flow: approx. 1 to 3 l per minute, 3/4" hookup

⑫ Guard Plate for pipe connections

To protect the water pipe and the heater cable against animal abuse

④

⑤

⑥

⑧

⑩

1316067

(1 set = 4 pcs), galvanised, for ground mounting

③

⑨

⑨ Pipe Connection Set 1“

For connection to a ring main

②

⑦

⑦ Circuit Pipe

Stainless steel, ¾” hookup to circulation heaters

①

l = 92

⑪

⑫

1316085

Please order transformer separately (page B39)

B53

Livestock Watering Systems - Water Troughs

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

Thermo Water Trough Mod. 6523 Double-walled plastic tub made of UV-resistant polyethylene, 10 built-in hold downs, slanting, tapered bottom and large drainage hole, with float valve 700 Maxiflow, hookup: 3/4”, drainpipe DN 125, water flow: up to 40 l/min (at 5 bars), capacity: 150 l

-30° C

1306523

230x70x78

High Pressure Float Valve Maxiflow 1310700 ¾” hookup, water flow: up to 40 l/min (at 5 bars) Low Pressure Float Valve Mod. 738 1310738 ¾” hookup, water flow: up to 19 l/min (at 1 bar) Seal Ring (10 pcs) 102049310 Rubber Plug for Thermoquell 1326098 ① Auxiliary Heating Element ①

for Thermo Water Trough 24 V / 180 W, frost-proof up to -30 °C near the valve

②

1316069

② Frost Protection Guard Thermostatic Valve 1310521 ③

Including drain kit, eliminates freezing of the float with a steady low supply of water during freezing conditions, water flow: approx. 1 to 3 l per minute, 3/4" hookup

④

③ Pipe Connection Set 1"

1031985

④ Edge Protector (Bite Damage)

1316065

To connect the ring main to a circulation heater

Thermo Water Trough Mod. 6543 Double-walled plastic tub, 12 fixing holes, conical tub with lateral drain, float valve Maxiflow, water flow: 40 l / min (at 5 bars), safe water supply up to -10 °C, with heating up to -30 °C

-30° C

NEW

1306543

430x60x60

for Mod. 6543, 24 V / 180 W

⑥ Accessories

for Mod. 6543

⑤

B54

1031988

⑥

All temperatures given in respect of frost safety relate to the use in livestock buildings without direct influence from wind and weather Please order transformer separately (page B39)

Livestock Watering Systems - Water Troughs

Type

Ref. Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Water Trough Multi 220S Double-walled plastic tub, 10 fixing holes for floor attachment, quick drainage plug, capacity: 145 l, water flow: 36 l/min (at 5 bars)

382450 227x62x76

Water Trough Multi 220EL As water trough Mod. Multi 220S, additionally with heating system 24 V/4 x 80 W, frost-proof up to approx. -20 °C

382451 227x62x76

-20° C

Drain Plug with seal ring 4110209 Valve 1090955L Seal Ring (20 pcs) 1090729 Seal für drain plug 1091036 Ref. 4110209 (2 pcs)

Water Trough MultiTwin S Modular drinking system, double-walled plastic tub, 10 fixing holes for floor attachment, quick drainage plug, water flow: 64 l/min (at 3 bars), capacity: 200 l, now with two high pressure float valves

382470 216x72x81

Water Trough MultiTwin EL As above, additionally with heating system 24 V/3 x 80 W, frost-free up to -20 °C

382480 216x72x81

Drain Plug with seal ring Seal für drain plug Ref. 4110209 (2 pcs) Spare Float Valve Seal Ring (20 pcs)

4110209 1091036 4110343 1090729

382472 200x72x60

① Add-On Tub MultiTwin S

Capacity: 200 l

② Pipe Connection Set 3/4“ suitable for

-20° C

351383 Made of stainless steel suitable for Multi Twin S starting with Mod. 2010 For connection to a circulation heater, consisting of stainless steel return line and insulation

③ Circuit Pipe 3/4“

④ Add-On Float Valve Set

① ①

351382

Multi Twin S starting with Mod. 2010 To connect the ring main to a circulation heater, consisting of stainless steel return pipe and insulation

Bottom view with heating element

351384

②

③

④

All temperatures given in respect of frost safety relate to the use in livestock buildings without direct influence from wind and weather Please order transformer separately (page B39)

B55

Livestock Watering Systems - Compact Drinking Bowls

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

Pipe Valve Bowl Compact PATURA brand Plastic bowl, pipe valve, 3/4" hookup from above or below, water flow: 15 l/min (at 5 bars), suitable for circulation heaters

380110

33x23x17

Repair Set for nose-paddle bowl Compact 38011001

NEW ③ ①

① Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381356

② Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

③ Post Bracket

381316

④ Post Bracket

350315

mounting Mod. 3

for posts up to 75 mm (qty 2)

② ④

for posts up to 50 mm (qty 2) Nose-Paddle Bowl Compact PATURA brand Plastic bowl, vertical paddle, 3/4" hookup from above or below, water flow: 15 l/min (at 5 bars), suitable for circulation heaters

380112

33x23x17

Nose-Paddle Bowl Compact PATURA brand Plastic bowl, horizontal paddle, 3/4" hookup from above or below, water flow: 15 l/min (at 5 bars), suitable for circulation heaters

380111

33x23x17

Repair Set (5 pcs) ⑤ Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381356

⑥ Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

⑦ Post Bracket

381316

⑧ Post Bracket

350315

mounting Mod. 3

NEW ⑦ ⑤

for posts up to 75 mm (qty 2)

⑥ ⑧

for posts up to 50 mm (qty 2) Pipe Valve Bowl Compact, stainless steel Stainless steel bowl, pipe valve, water flow: 14 l/min (at 5 bars), 1/2" hookup from above

NEW

38011601 38011602

⑨ Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381356

⑩ Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

⑪ Post Bracket

B56

⑩

⑪

380116

Valve Lower Part with spring Repair Set mounting Mod. 3

⑨

38011101

for posts up to 76 mm (qty 2)

38011603

30x30x24

Livestock Watering Systems - Compact Drinking Bowls Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. Ideal Enamelled cast iron bowl, ½" hookup from above and below, suitable for circulation heaters, water flow: up to 9 l/m (at 5 bars)

1000061

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. Ideal-K Same as Mod. Ideal, but with plastic-coated iron cast bowl

1000066

Spare Valve Seal Ring (10 pcs) Valve Spring (10 pcs)

NEW

381355

② Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

③ Pipe Bracket

1310169

For 1 ½” to 2” pipes, (order qty 2)

Nose-Paddle Bowl Compact Mod. 1 380113 coated cast bowl, ½" hookup from above and below, suitable for circulation heaters, hole distance ca. 80 mm, bore diameter 10 mm Valve for nose-paddle bowl Inner Valve Sealing for nose-paddle bowl

381355

⑤ Mounting Plate for Mod. 380107

38010701

for 1 ½” to 2” pipes, (without screws)

Nose-Paddle Bowl Compact Mod. 2 Enamelled Cast Bowl, 1/2" hookup from above and below, suitable for circulation heater

380107

Valve for nose-paddle bowl Inner Valve Sealing for nose-paddle bowl

389001 389003

⑥ Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381355

⑦ Mounting Plate for Mod. 380107

38010701

mounting Mod. 2

for 1 ½” to 2” pipes, (without screws)

①

②

③

27x20x16

NEW

389001 389003

④ Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

mounting Mod. 2

26x21x18

10201841 102072710 102067310

① Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

mounting Mod. 2

26x21x18

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

26x20x17

B57

Livestock Watering Systems - Accessories

Brackets for drinking bowls Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

①

③

②

① Clamp 102, fastener for drinking bowls

341203

② Clamp 90, fastener for drinking bowls

303329

③ Clamp 76, fastener for drinking bowls

303469

④ Pipe Bracket

1010180

⑤ Double Bracket for pipes

1010179

⑥ Pipe Bracket

1310169

⑦ Mounting Plate for Mod. 380107

38010701

⑧ Pipe Bracket

1010167

⑨ Pipe Bracket M10 1" - 1 ½"

1310152

⑩ Post Bracket

381316

⑪ Post Bracket

350315

⑫ Post Bracket

38011603

(For Mod. 19R, 46, 115, 25R, 12P, 1200, Forstal, Lac 55, F30, F30A, F60, 10P, 20, 340, 370, 130, 350)

⑤

④

148

(Mod. 19R, 46, 19R, 46, 115, 25R,12P, 1200, Forstal, Lac 55, F30, F30A, F60, 10P, 20, 340, 370, 130, 350)

⑥

mm 64

m 4m

(Mod. 19R, 46, 19R, 46, 115, 25R, 12P, 1200, Forstal, Lac 55, F30, F30A, F60, 10P, 20, 340, 370, 130, 350)

For 2” – 3” pipes,

⑦

⑨

⑧

1 ¼” to 2” (pair)

m 50

m 64

For 1 ½” to 2” pipes, (order qty 2) for 1 ½” to 2” pipes, (without screws)

⑩

112

With support plate for pipes 1 ½” to 2”, (order qty 2)

⑪

112

for posts up to 75 mm (qty 2)

⑫

for posts up to 50 mm (qty 2)

for posts up to 76 mm (qty 2)

Flexible connection with stainless steel amoured hoses Description

Type

Ref.

Size

② 13 Flexible Connecting Hose

380130

600 mm

② 14 Flexible Connecting Hose

380131

300 mm

② 15 Flexible Connecting Hose

380132

500 mm

② 16 Flexible Connecting Hose

380133

300 mm

② 17 Flexible Connecting Hose

380134

500 mm

② 18 Flexible Connecting Hose

380135

700 mm

f/f connection 1/2"

f/m connection 1/2"

② 13

② 14

② 15

② 16

② 17

② 18

f/m connection 1/2" f/m connection 3/4" f/a connection 3/4"

f/m connection 3/4"

B58

Livestock Watering Systems - Nose-Paddle Bowls

Type

Ref. Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Nose-Paddle Bowl Mod. 115 Large, enamelled cast iron bowl, water regulation, stop tap, ½” hookup from above and below, suitable for circulation heaters, water flow: approx. 16 l/min (at 5 bars)

1000115 31x24x19

Valve 1020280 Seal Ring 10202775 Valve Spring (10 pcs) 102023410

① Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381355

② Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

③ Double Bracket for pipes

1010179

Nose-Paddle Bowl Mod. Forstal Plastic bowl, horizontal paddle, water regulation through exchangeable nozzles 2 - 6 bars, water flow: 15 l/min (at 5 bars), 3/4" hookup from above or below

383281 32x24x17

Nose-Paddle Bowl Mod. Forstal Plastic bowl, vertical paddle, lockable, water regulation through exchangeable nozzles 2 - 6 bars, water flow: 15 l/min (at 5 bars), 3/4" hookup from above or below, suitable for circulation heaters

383282 32x24x17

Nose-Paddle Bowl Mod. Forstal T Plastic bowl, hookup from above and below, suitable for circulation heaters

383284

Nylon Seal for nose-paddle bowl Forstal Valve Spring Exchangeable Nozzle (S) 2 – 4 bar (qty 10) Exchangeable Nozzle (H) 4 – 7 bars (qty 10) Exchangeable Nozzle (0) up to 1.0 bars, brass

1090713 1090734 1090720 1090721 1090715

④ Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381356

⑤ Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

⑥ Mounting Rail for drinking bowl

350308 74x19x7

⑦ Post Bracket

381316

⑧ Post Bracket

350315

mounting Mod. 2

1 ¼” to 2” (pair)

mounting Mod. 3

Height adjustable by 50 cm, 4 fixing points, hot-dip glavanised

for posts up to 75 mm (qty 2) for posts up to 50 mm (qty 2)

①

②

④

⑤

⑦

⑧

③

⑥

B59

Livestock Watering Systems - Pipe Valve Bowls

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. 25R 1/2" Large, enamelled cast iron bowl, continuous water regulation, ½" hookup from above and below, suitable for circulation heaters, water flow: up to 12 l/min (at 5 bars)

1000250

28x25x21

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. 25R 3/4" with ¾” stainless steel valve, otherwise same as Mod. 25R 1/2"

1000259

28x25x21

1011405

② Pipe Connection Set 1/2"

1031982

③ Pipe Connection Set 3/4"

1031983

④ Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381355

⑤ Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

⑥ Valve Guard

1020249

⑦ Double Bracket for pipes

1010179

With thermostat (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 12 °C), cable 3 m

To connect the ring main to a circulation heater

①

②③

⑤

mounting Mod. 2

④

⑥

⑦

For Mod. 25R, 12P, 18P, 46, 375, 1200, 1200P

1 ¼” to 2” (pair)

B60

All temperatures given in respect of frost safety relate to the use in livestock buildings without direct influence from wind and weather Please order transformer separately (page B39)

Livestock Watering Systems - Pipe Valve Bowls

Type

Ref. Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. 12P 1/2" Large bite-proof plastic bowl, continuous water regulation, 1/2" hookup from above and below, suitable for circulation heaters, water flow: up to 12 l/min (at 5 bars)

1000120 30x26x24

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. 12P 3/4" with ¾" stainless steel valve, otherwise same as Mod. 12P 1/2"

1000129 30x26x24

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. 12P-HK Heating through 3 m heater cable (1 m below drinking bowl and 2 m for feed line, 24 V/30 W), frost-free operation down to -20 °C, otherwise same as Mod. 12P 1/2", water flow: up to 12 l/min (at 5 bars)

1000121 30x26x26

View from below to the fastening bracket and the heater cable

View of the heater cable seating (1 m heater cable for drinking bowl and 2 m for feed line)

① Valve Heater 24 V/5 W

1011405

② Pipe Connection Set 1/2"

1031982

③ Pipe Connection Set 3/4"

1031983

④ Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381355

⑤ Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

⑥ Valve Guard

1020249

⑦ Pipe Bracket

1010167

With thermostat (ON at 5 °C, OFF at 12 °C), cable 3 m

To connect the ring main to a circulation heater

To connect the ring main to a circulation heater mounting Mod. 2

For Mod. 25R, 12P, 18P, 46, 375, 1200, 1200P

With support plate for pipes 1 ½” to 2”, (order qty 2)

-15° C

①

②③

⑤

All temperatures given in respect of frost safety relate to the use in livestock buildings without direct influence from wind and weather Please order transformer separately (page B39)

④

⑥

⑦

B61

Livestock Watering Systems - Pipe Valve Bowls

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. 1200 1/2" Large stainless steel bowl, ½" hookup from above and below, suitable for circulation heaters, water flow: up to 20 l/min (at 5 bars)

1001200

31x26x24

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. 1200 3/4" with ¾” stainless steel valve, otherwise same as Mod. 1200 1/2"

1001209

31x26x24

Lower Part for valve with spring, brass made 10214251 Lower Part for valve with spring, V2A 10214291 Seal Ring (10 pcs) 102072710 Valve Spring (10 pcs) 102067310 ① Pipe Connection Set 1/2"

1031982

② Pipe Connection Set 3/4"

1031983

③ Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381356

④ Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

⑤ Valve Guard

1020249

⑥ Pipe Bracket

1310169

To connect the ring main to a circulation heater

①②

To connect the ring main to a circulation heater

③

mounting Mod. 3

④

⑤

⑥

For Mod. 25R, 12P, 18P, 46, 375, 1200, 1200P

For 1 ½” to 2” pipes, (order qty 2) Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. 1200P Large plastic bowl, UV-resistant polyethylene, with drain in the bottom of the bowl, ½" hookup from above and below, suitable for circulation heaters, water flow: up to 20 l/min (at 5 bars)

1001210

Lower Part for valve with spring, brass made 10214251 Seal Ring (10 pcs) 102072710 Valve Spring (10 pcs) 102067310 ⑦ Pipe Connection Set 1/2"

1031982

⑧ Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381356

⑨ Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

⑩ Valve Guard

1020249

⑪ Pipe Bracket

1310169

To connect the ring main to a circulation heater mounting Mod. 3

⑦

⑧

For Mod. 25R, 12P, 18P, 46, 375, 1200, 1200P

Drainage hole with plug in the bottom of the bowl

For 1 ½” to 2” pipes, (order qty 2)

⑨

B62

⑩

⑪

29x31x26

Livestock Watering Systems - Pipe Valve Bowls

Type

Ref. Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. 20 Enamelled cast iron bowl, water regulation, ½" hookup from above, water flow: 3.5 l/min (at 5 bars)

1000020 23x22x27

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. 10P Rugged plastic bowl, water regulation, ½" hookup from above, water flow: up to 10 l/min (at 5 bars), 2.6 l/min (at 0 bar)

1000010 24x23x25

Lower Part for valve with spring, brass made 10214251 Seal Ring (10 pcs) 102072710 Valve Spring (10 pcs) 102067310

① Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381357

② Pipe Bracket

1310169

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. 375-VA ¾” 1003759 19x24x21 Enamelled cast iron bowl, pipe valve infinitely adjustable, with enticement basin, ¾” hook-up from above and below, corner installation possible, suitable for circulation heaters, water flow: up to 11 l/min (at 5 bars)

Lower Part for valve with spring, V2A Seal Ring (10 pcs) Valve Spring (10 pcs) Regulating Screw with O-Ring (5 pcs)

10214291 102072710 102067310 10206345

③ Pipe Connection Set 3/4"

1031983

④ Valve Guard

1020249

⑤ Pipe Bracket

1310169

⑥ Mounting Rail for drinking bowls

1010433 75x17x4

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. 370 Enamelled, ½" hookup from above, water regulation, with enticement basin for attracting lambs, sheep and other sensitive animals, water flow: up to 3.5 l/min (at 5 bars)

1000370 19x19x27

Lower Part for valve with spring, V2A Seal Ring (10 pcs) Valve Spring Regulating Screw with O-Ring (5 pcs)

10214291 102072710 10206805 10206345

⑦ Pipe Bracket M10 1" - 1 ½"

1310152

⑧ Mounting Rail for drinking bowls

1010433 75x17x4

mounting Mod. 4

For 1 ½” to 2” pipes, (order qty 2)

To connect the ring main to a circulation heater

For Mod. 25R, 12P, 18P, 46, 375, 1200, 1200P

For 1 ½” to 2” pipes, (order qty 2)

Height adjustable by 50 cm, 8 fixing points, stainless steel finish

①

②

③

⑦

④

⑤

⑥

⑧

B63

Livestock Watering Systems - Pipe Valve Bowls

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

Double Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. 19R 1/2" Large, enamelled cast iron bowl, continuous water regulation, ½" hookup from above and below, suitable for circulation heaters, water flow: up to 20 l/min (at 5 bars)

1000190

31x27x22

Double Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. 19R 3/4" With valve made of stainless steel, otherwise same as Mod. 25R 1/2"

1000198

31x27x22

Lower Part for valve with spring, brass made Lower Part for valve with spring, V2A Seal Ring (10 pcs) Valve Spring (10 pcs) Regulating Screw with O-Ring (5 pcs)

10214251 10214291 102072710 102067310 10206345

① Pipe Connection Set 1/2"

1031986

② Pipe Connection Set 3/4"

1031987

③ Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381356

④ Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

⑤ Double Bracket for pipes

1010179

To connect the ring main to a circulation heater

To connect the ring main to a circulation heater mounting Mod. 3

①②

③

1 ¼” to 2” (pair)

④

⑤

Double Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. F60 with Anti-Splash Guard Plastic coated cast bowl, ¾” hookup from above and below or from left and right, suitable for circulation heaters, water flow: 20 l/min (at 5 bars)

383060

Pipe Valve for pipe valve bowl Seal Ring (10 pcs) Drain Plug (10 pcs) Valve Spring (5 pcs)

4050918 1090798 1090744 1090923

⑥ Pipe Connection Set

381367

⑦ Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381354

⑧ Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 6

381359

⑨ Valve Guard for Mod. F60

381341

For connection to a ring main mounting Mod. 1

⑥

⑧

B64

⑦

⑨

To protect the valve

43x33x20

Livestock Watering Systems - Pipe Valve Bowls

Type

Ref. Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. F30 Plastic coated cast bowl, ¾” hookup from above and below or from left and right, suitable for circulation heaters, water flow: 20 l/min (at 5 bars)

383051 25x32x18

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. F30A with Anti-Splash Guard Plastic coated cast bowl, ¾” hookup from above and below or from left and right, suitable for circulation heaters, water flow: 20 l/min (at 5 bars)

383071 25x32x18

Pipe Valve for pipe valve bowl Seal Ring (10 pcs) Drain Plug (10 pcs) Valve Spring (5 pcs)

4050952 1090798 1090744 1090923

① Pipe Connection Set

381367

② Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381356

③ Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

④ Valve Guard for Mod. F30/F30A

381342

For connection to a ring main

mounting Mod. 3

①

To protect the valve

383283 24x32x17

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. Forstal T Plastic bowl, ¾” hookup from above and below, suitable for circulation heaters

383285 24x32x17

Pipe Valve for Forstal pipe valve bowl 4050894 Seal Ring (10 pcs) 1090798 Valve Spring, Mod. Forstal, stainless steel 1090766

⑤ Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381356

⑥ Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

⑦ Mounting Rail for drinking bowl

350308 74x19x7

⑧ Post Bracket

381316

⑨ Post Bracket

350315

Height adjustable by 50 cm, 4 fixing points, hot-dip glavanised

for posts up to 75 mm (qty 2) for posts up to 50 mm (qty 2)

③

④

Pipe Valve Bowl Mod. Forstal Plastic bowl, with pipe valve, 0.5 - 6 bars, continuous water regulation, water flow: 15 l/min (at 5 bars), ¾” hookup from above or below, suitable for circulation heaters

mounting Mod. 3

②

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

⑨

B65

Livestock Watering Systems - Float Valve Bowls

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

Float Valve Bowl Mod. 340 Large, enamelled cast bowl, ½” hookup from right, 5 bars max., capacity 4 l, water flow: approx. 9 l/min (at 5 bars) Float Valve Seal Ring (10 pcs)

②

381356

② Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

③ Elbow Coupling

1020352

④ Mounting Rail for drinking bowls

1010433

Float Valve Bowl Mod. 130P Large, sturdy plastic bowl, ½" hookup from right or left, 5 bars max., capacity 3.9 l, water flow: up to 9 l/min (at 5 bars)

1000130

Float Valve Bowl Mod. 130PH Integrated heating element 24 V/20 W with thermostat (ON at 5 °C; OFF at 12 °C), otherwise same as Mod. 130P

1001305

Float Valve Seal Ring (10 pcs) Drain Plug Float Valve for Mod. 130 PN, 1/2"

1020504 102049310 1020258 1020488

½” female thread x ½” male thread, for hookup from above or below

③

④

-10° C

Height adjustable by 50 cm, 8 fixing points, stainless steel finish

Float Valve Bowl Mod. 130PN Low pressure float valve Large, sturdy plastic bowl, ½" hookup from right or left, water flow up to 3.5 l/min (at 1 bar) or 1.7 l/min (at 0 bar)

⑥

⑤

1011410

⑥ Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381356

⑦ Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

⑧ Elbow Coupling

1020352

⑨ Mounting Rail for drinking bowls

1010433

mounting Mod. 3

½” female thread x ½” male thread, for hookup from above or below

⑧ ⑦ ⑨

B66

Height adjustable by 50 cm, 8 fixing points, stainless steel finish

75x17x4

1000131

⑤ Heating Plate 20 W

24 V - to keep the valve frost-free, with thermostat (ON at 5 °C; OFF at 12 °C)

31x26x15

1020504 102049310

① Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

mounting Mod. 3

①

1000340

75x17x4

All temperatures given in respect of frost safety relate to the use in livestock buildings without direct influence from wind and weather Please order transformer separately (page B39)

Livestock Watering Systems - Float Valve Bowls

Type

Ref. Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Float Valve Bowl Mod. Lac 5 Plastic-coated cast iron bowl with drain, capacity: 5.5 l, water flow: 8 l/min (at 4 bars), bottom water hookup to ¾” horizontal pipe (B) or to ½” vertical pipe (A)

381627 31x24x17

Spare Valve for Mod. LAC 5 / LAC 55 Seal Ring (20 pcs) Drain Plug (10 pcs) Low Pressure Nozzle

4650302 1090728 1090744 4220510

① Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381355

② Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

③ Pipe Bracket

1010180

mounting Mod. 2

For 2” – 3” pipes, (order qty 1)

①

②

③

A Double Bowl Mod. Lac 55 with Float Valve Plastic-coated cast iron bowl, water flow 8 l/min (at 4 bars), capacity: 6.2 l, bottom water hookup to ¾” horizontal pipe (B) or to ½” vertical pipe (A)

381620 45x24x17

Spare Valve for Mod. LAC 5 / LAC 55 Seal Ring (20 pcs) Drain Plug (10 pcs) Low Pressure Nozzle

4650302 1090728 1090744 4220510

④ Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381354

⑤ Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 6

381359

⑥ Pipe Bracket

1010180

mounting Mod. 1

For 2” – 3” pipes, (order qty 1)

B A

④

⑤

⑥

B67

Livestock Watering Systems - Float Valve Bowls

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

Float Valve Bowl Mod. 350 Ideal for sheep and goats, enamelled cast iron bowl, ½” hookup from the right, 5 bars max., capacity: 2 l, water flow: up to 7 l/min (at 5 bars) Float Valve Seal Ring (10 pcs)

②

24x27x12

1020504 102049310

① Elbow Coupling

1020352

② Mounting Rail for drinking bowls

1010433

75x17x4

383260

26x32x22

½” female thread x ½” male thread, for hookup from above or below

①

1000350

Height adjustable by 50 cm, 8 fixing points, stainless steel finish

Float Valve Bowl Mod. Lac 10 Plastic bowl with drain plug, water flow: 7 l/min (at 4 bars), capacity: 5.5 l, 1/2" bottom hookup ③ Guard Bracket

381352

③

Float Valve Bowl Mod. 125 Large bowl made of aluminium with plastic lining, with drain plug, 1/2" hookup from right or left, capacity: 2.5 l, water flow: up to 3 l/min (at 5 bars) Float Valve Mod. 125 Seal Ring (10 pcs) Drain Plug ④

B68

④ Elbow Coupling

½” female thread x ½” male thread, for hookup from above or below

1001250

1021086 102049310 1020258 1020352

22x22x13

Livestock Watering Systems - Pasture Water Troughs Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Frost-Proof Yard Hydrant High-quality enclosure parts of chrome-plated zinc die-casting, brass, stainless steel and red brass, inlet and outlet 3/4" each, 2 hose connections possible, valve mechanism with long-lasting, maintenance-free ceramic discs, standpipe drains completely, maintenance-free shutoff below frost line

383600

82x61x78/150

Provides running water outdoors in winter with no problems! No shut-off of external water line necessary

Frost line

Water supply with 3/4" pressure pipe

Cut-off valve at a depth of approx. 80 cm Drain into gravel

Connector Set for IBC-Container Hookup to drinking bowl ½”, consisting of reducing adaptor S60 x 6 mm to ¾" male thread, 70 cm armoured hose, ¾" female thread, straight reducing adaptor ¾" male to ½” female

1032020

When connected to drinking bowl with 1/2 " female thread an additional straight pipe nipple with 1/2 " male thread is needed

Female connection 1/2"

Female connection 3/4"

Male Connection 3/4"

Female connection 60x6 mm

For this purpose we recommend this float valve bowl:

Float Valve Bowl Mod. 130PN Low pressure float valve Large, sturdy plastic bowl, ½" hookup from right or left, water flow up to 3.5 l/min (at 1 bar) or 1.7 l/min (at 0 bar)

1000131

① Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381356

② Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

mounting Mod. 3

①

②

B69

Livestock Watering Systems - Pasture Water Troughs

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

Membrane Pasture Pump Aquamat II Including 1” hose connector

380102

75x32x38

Membrane Pasture Pump Aquamat II MK Suckler cow Mod., including 1” hose connector “The mother pumps the water for the calf”

380101

75x40x38

Membrane for pasture pump Valve for pasture pump

1290104 1091021

① Spiral Suction Hose, inner diameter 30 mm 380103

(Per metre)

Especially smoothrunning

② Suction Strainer with Check Valve

And 1” hose attachment support

380104

Pasture Pump - clean water on the pasture By multiple operation of the supply lever, the animals pump themselves water from depths of up to 7 m into the drinking bowl. The animals learn to operate the pasture pump very quickly. One pump supplies approx. 15 – 20 cattle. In the suckler cow Mod., the cow pumps the water for the calf. The small drinking bowl at the side is specially designed to suit the mouths of calves. Water constantly flows out of the main bowl, whose size fits larger animals, into the small drinking bowl. • The animals pump the water themselves from a depth of up to 7 m (1 m vertically = 10 m horizontally) • Pump performance: 0.5 litre/ lift • Suction basket diam. 58 mm, 1” hookup ①

B70

②

Livestock Watering Systems - Pasture Water Troughs

Type

Ref. Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Pasture Pump Mod. 545 Smooth-running membrane pasture pump, operating lever made of cast iron, bowl made of solid UV-resistant polyethylene, incl. hose connector and hose clamp

1000545 66x31x42

Pasture Pump Mod. 546 Same as Mod. 545, but with additional lateral drinking bowl for young stock

1000546 66x40x42

1020812 1020811 102095510

① Spiral Suction Hose, inner diameter 30 mm 380103

② Suction Strainer with Check Valve

Membrane for pasture pump Valve Plug for pasture pump Short Bearing Bush (10 pcs) (Per metre)

And 1” hose attachment support

380104

②

①

Pasture Pump Mod. Winterproof 552 1000552 76x49x102 Membrane pasture pump mounted on a double-walled and very well insulated mounting base, large service aperture which can be opened without use of tools, ensures easy access to the paraffin heating element, mounting base made of stainless steel, 6 fixing holes for floor mounting, for heating a paraffin heating element inside the enclosure is used Please order separately, ref 1010550

Pasture Pump Mod. Winterproof 553 Same as Mod. 552, but with additional lateral drinking bowl for young stock

1000553 76x49x102

1020812 1020811 102095510

③ Spiral Suction Hose, inner diameter 30 mm 380103

④ Suction Strainer with Check Valve

Membrane for pasture pump Valve Plug for pasture pump Short Bearing Bush (10 pcs) (Per metre)

And 1” hose attachment support

380104

-15° C

⑤ Paraffin Heating Element

1010550

⑥ Spare Burner for paraffin heater

1021164

⑦ Spare Wick for paraffin heater

1021163

Capacity: approx. 2.25 l, continuous burning up to 5-8 days

Suitable for pasture pumps Winterproof

Suitable for pasture pumps Winterproof, qty 2/pack

Caution: use only petroleum jelly

③

④

⑥

All temperatures given in respect of frost safety relate to the use in livestock buildings without direct influence from wind and weather

⑤

⑦

B71

Livestock Watering Systems - Pasture Water Troughs

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

Built-In Float Valve, high pressure Stainless steel housing, plastic valve, lockable, ½” water hookup, water flow: 29 l/min (at 5 bars)

351601

17x32x26

Built-In Float Valve, low pressure (< 1 bar), water flow: 15 l/min (at 0.5 bars)

351608

17x32x26

Built-In Float Valve Mod. Lacabac 72 Stainless steel housing, plastic valve, lockable, 3/4" water hookup, water flow: up to 72 l/min (at 3 bars)

350672

27x19x19

Add-On Drinking Bowl Mod. 98 For water containers, special cast aluminium, water flow: up to 5 l/min

380106

29x25x26

Spare Gasket for mounting flange To fit Mod. 98/180 and Compact Seal Ring (10 pcs) Valve Spring (5 pcs)

1021804 102049310 10204945

Add-On Drinking Bowl Mod. 180 For water containers, plastic

1000180

Spare Gasket for mounting flange To fit Mod. 98/180 and Compact Seal Ring (10 pcs) Valve for Mod. 180 P O-Ring 12x4

1021804

Add-On Drinking Bowl Compact For pasture water containers

102049310 1021802 1021806 380114

Spare Gasket for mounting flange 1021804 To fit Mod. 98/180 and Compact ① Spare Valve for aluminum pasture water trough 1029803 With seal ring and 2 screws

NEW

①

B72

②

② Guard Bracket for wall and pipe

381355

③ Guard Bracket for wall mounting Mod. 5

381358

mounting Mod. 2

③

27x25x27

29x24x20

Livestock Watering Systems - Pasture Water Troughs Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Add-On Double Drinking Bowl Mod. FT80 1600280 for water containers, Capacity: 80 l low pressure float valve (up to 1 bar), 3/4" water hookup Float Valve Seal Ring (10 pcs) Drain Plug Set

98x40x39

NEW

1321137 102049310 1620001

Water Trough for free stalls and pasture Mod. WT30, capacity 30 l, rectangular With high pressure valve, 3/4" hookup to the side, water flow: up to 40 l/min (at 5 bars)

1600030

Water Trough for free stalls and pasture Mod. WT30-N, capacity 30 l, rectangular With low pressure valve, 3/4" hookup to the side

1600031

High Pressure Valve Low Pressure Valve Drain Plug Set

1310754 1310755 1320672

53x49x30

NEW

53x49x30

①

① Guard Bracket for water trough Mod. WT30 1311301

Add-On Double Drinking Bowl Mod. Biglac 55T Capacity: 55 l, low pressure float valve

380105

Low Pressure Valve Seal Ring (20 pcs) Drain Plug (10 pcs)

4110361 1090729 1090744

86x30x30

High water flow rate

• With attachment flange for fibreglass and steel water tanks • Made of polyethylene

Pasture Water Trough Mod. Prebac, 90 l Including high pressure float valve, 1/2" hookup, water flow: 40 l/min (at 5 bars)

382253

Float Valve Drain Plug (10 pcs)

4110342 1090744

160x48x46

NEW

B73

Livestock Watering Systems - Pasture Water Troughs

Description

Type

Ref.

Size D x W x H (cm)

B74

Pasture Water Trough Mod. Prebac, 70 l, rectangular Including high pressure float valve, ½” hookup, water flow: 40 l/min (at 5 bars)

350700

106x39x32

Pasture Water Trough Mod. Prebac, 70 l, rectangular Including low pressure float valve (up to 0.5 bar)

350710

106x39x32

Seal Ring (20 pcs) Cover Plate for Mod. Prebac 70/200/1500

1090729 4110802

High Pressure Valve (Black) with float, water flow: 40 l/min (at 5 bars), (water pressure 1 - 6 bars)

351603

Low Pressure Valve (Blue) with float, (water pressure 0 - 1 bar)

351617

Pasture Water Trough Mod. Prebac, 200 l, rectangular ½” hookup, order float valve separately

352001

160x46x44

Pasture Water Trough Mod. Prebac, 550 l, oval Order float valve separately

382275

147x105x60

Pasture Water Trough Mod. Prebac, 950 l, oval Order float valve separately

382278

203x115x60

Pasture Water Trough Mod. Prebac, 1500 l, circular Order float valve separately

351501

Ø 200, h=60

Seal Ring (20 pcs) Cover Plate for Mod. Prebac 70/200/1500 Drain Plug for Mod. Prebac 550/950

1090729 4110802 4110418

High Pressure Valve (Black) with float, water flow: 40 l/min (at 5 bars), (water pressure 1 - 6 bars)

351603

Low Pressure Valve (Blue) with float, (water pressure 0 - 1 bar)

351617

Livestock Watering Systems - Pasture Water Troughs Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

Water Trough for freestalls and pasture 1600102 Mod. WT 80 With high pressure valve 1/2" hookup, water flow: up to 25 l/min (at 5 bars), capacity: 80 l High Pressure Float Valve Membrane for float valve Drain Plug Set

1320533 1020649 1620001

Water Trough for freestalls and pasture Mod. WT 80-N With low pressure valve for 1 bar max., 3/4" hook-up

1600106

Seal Ring (10 pcs) Drain Plug Set Low Pressure Float Valve Mod. 675 ¾” hookup, water pressure: up to 1 bar max., water flow: up to 19 l/min (at 1 bar)

98x40x39

102049310 1620001 1310675

Pasture Water Trough Mod. WT200, 200 l 1600103 Lateral fixing loops for ground mounting, order float valves separately

153x54x46

Pasture Water Trough Mod. WT400, 400 l 1600104 Lateral fixing loops for ground mounting, order float valves separately

125x82x63

Pasture Water Trough Mod. WT600, 600 l 1600100 Order float valve separately

140x100x63

Pasture Water Trough Mod. WT1000, 1000 l 1600101 Order float valve separately

180x120x63

Seal Ring (10 pcs) Drain Plug Set

102049310 1620001

High Pressure Float Valve Mod. 671 ½" hookup, water flow: up to 25 l/min (at 5 bars)

1310671

Low Pressure Float Valve Mod. 675 ¾” hookup, water pressure: up to 1 bar max., water flow: up to 19 l/min (at 1 bar)

1310675

Pasture Water Trough Mod. WT1500, 1500 l 1600105 Order float valve separately Seal Ring (10 pcs) Drain Plug Set High Pressure Float Valve Maxiflow ¾” hookup, water flow: up to 40 l/min (at 5 bars)

220x160x65

102049310 1620001 1310700

Low Pressure Float Valve Mod. 738 1310738 ¾” hookup, water flow: up to 19 l/min (at 1 bar)

The pasture water troughs are made of premium UV-resistant polyethylene. No water spillage thanks to internally rolled rim. A large drainage hole ensures fast and easy discharge and cleaning. The pasture water troughs are available from 70 l to 1500 l with the appropriate float valves (high and low pressure).

• Made of polyethylene • With drainage plug • With carry handle (from 550 l) • ½” hookup

B75

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment Adjustable Steel Pasture Gates

B78 – B81

Accessories for pasture gates

B82

Fixed Steel Pasture Gates

B83

Mobile Handling Systems

B84 – B85

Mobile Systems with Panels

B86 – B87

Covered Mobile Panel Stalls

B88 – B89

Fence Panels

B90 – B99

Cattle Crushes

B100 – B107

Headbail Units

B108 – B109

Complete handling systems

B110 – B113

Adjustable Steel Pasture Gates

Adjustable Steel Pasture Gates The safe and user-friendly access to your pasture: • 6 models for widths from 1.00 to 6.00 m, each extendable by 1.00 m, with mounting kit for wooden posts • Heavy duty steel tubing construction, with tube-in-tube adjustment, tube Ø 42.4 mm / 34 mm • Height 0.90 or 1.10 m • Clearance between tubes (0.90 m) 14 / 14 / 18 / 26 cm, clearance between tubes (1.10 m) 23 cm

Steel pasture gates with 7 advantages: ①

Advantage 1: completely hot-dip galvanised

④

Advantage 4: rounded, auto-latch

B78

②

Advantage 2: extendable

⑤

Advantage 5: sleeve for secure fixture of eyebolts

③

Advantage 3: lockable, padlock (optional extra)

⑥

Advantage 6: 2 solid, easily adjustable eyebolts

⑦

Advantage 7: electrification (optional extra)

Adjustable Steel Pasture Gates

For frequently used gates and for highest safety we recommend using our steel pasture gates!

Mounting dimensions = distance centre of hole to centre of hole

① ⑤

⑥

The gate width is always right! All gates extend by 1 meter

④ ③

⑥ ⑤ ② B79

Adjustable Steel Pasture Gates

1.10 m

Pasture gate 1.10 m high: the safe and easy to use gate for horse paddocks and cattle pastures

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

Adjustable Pasture Gate, height 1.10 m Sturdy, hot-dip galvanised gate made of steel tubing, complete mounting kit included, extendable by 1 m, tube diameters: main frame 42.4 mm / main frame inner 34 mm / extension section frame 34 mm / extension section inner 27 mm, clearance between tubes 23 cm

For horses and cattle

23 cm

1.10 m

23 cm

B80

1.10 – 1.70 m 410200 1 vertical brace (mounting dimensions: 1.00 - 1.60 m)

25 kg

1.45 – 2.00 m 410300 1 vertical brace (mounting dimensions: 1.35 - 1.90 m)

28 kg

2.00 – 3.00 m 420300 1 vertical brace (mounting dimensions: 1.90 - 2.90 m)

38 kg

3.00 – 4.00 m 430400 2 vertical braces (mounting dimensions: 2.90 - 3.90 m)

49 kg

4.00 – 5.00 m 440500 3 vertical braces (mounting dimensions: 3.90 - 4.80 m)

60 kg

5.00 – 6.00 m 450600 4 vertical braces (mounting dimensions: 4.80 - 5.80 m)

68 kg

Complete mounting kit included

Adjustable Steel Pasture Gates

0.90 m

Pasture gate 0.90 m high: the safe and sturdy gate for cattle pastures, and even safe for lamb on sheep paddocks

Type

Ref.

Weight

Description

Adjustable Pasture Gate, height 0.90 m Sturdy, hot-dip galvanised gate made of steel tubing, complete mounting kit included, extendable by 1 m, tube diameters: main frame 42.4 mm / main frame inner 34 mm / extension section frame 34 mm / extension section inner 27 mm, clearance between tubes (bottom up) 14 cm / 14 cm / 18 cm / 26 cm 1.10 - 1.70 m 371020 1 vertical brace (mounting dimensions: 1.00 - 1.60 m)

24 kg

1.45 - 2.00 m 371030 1 vertical brace (mounting dimensions: 1.35 - 1.90 m)

26 kg

2.00 – 3.00 m 372030 1 vertical brace (mounting dimensions: 1.90 - 2.90 m)

36 kg

3.00 – 4.00 m 373040 2 vertical braces (mounting dimensions: 2.90 - 3.90 m)

47 kg

4.00 – 5.00 m 374050 3 vertical braces (mounting dimensions: 3.90 - 4.80 m)

58 kg

5.00 - 6.00 m 375060 4 vertical braces (mounting dimensions: 4.80 - 5.80 m)

66 kg

For cattle and sheep

Complete mounting kit included

0.90 m

26 cm

18 cm

14 cm

B81

Accessories for pasture gates

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

240036

11 kg

② Offset Insulator Gate Set

166300

1.3 kg

③ Drop-Over Frame for

240039

4.2 kg

240041

5.6 kg

① Metal Post for pasture gates 2000 x 80 x 80 mm • Pre-drilled • Incl. screws

② ①

200 cm

Ideal for placing an electrified wire either side of steel pasture gates, complete mounting kit included (with electric rope)

adjustable pasture gates For setting up 2-wing gates Mounting to extension section only (Not for pasture gates 5.05 - 6.00 m)

70 cm

③

Drop-Over Frame for fixed pasture gates For setting up 2-wing gates

For gates - max. overall width 8 m

Complete mounting kit included

④ Support Wheel for adjustable pasture gates 303452

3.4 kg

⑤ Support Wheel for fixed pasture gates

303456

3.5 kg

⑥ Sure-Stop Gate Anchor for pasture gates

240040

3.3 kg

⑦ Gap Guard Kit

303419

2.0 kg

⑧ Latch Lock

240038

1.5 kg

⑨ Attachable Lock ⑩ Socket Screw Set (pack of 5)

323090

2.5 kg

303414

0.1 kg

For large gates, to reduce the strain on the posts (Mounting to extension section only) For large gates, to reduce the strain on the posts Allows the gate to be held in position even when it is open, especially recommended when installing 2-wing gates, guarantees that when one wing is opened the other wing stays in the desired position

⑥

④/ ⑤

German utility patent DE 20 2007 001 487

⑦

⑧

Reliably prevents animals – especially horses – from being caught in the gap between the hinged side of the gate and the gate post when jumping up Guard rod, including extension tube and safety screw

⑨ As extra or spare latch

⑩

for 5 mm wrench size

B82

Fixed Steel Pasture Gates

21 cm

1.00 m

20 cm

21 cm

Fixed Steel Pasture Gates • 7 models for widths from 3.00 m to 7.00 m, available with or without wire mesh • With mounting kit for wooden posts • Heavy duty steel tubing construction, tube Ø main frame 48.3 mm / main frame inner 34 mm • Height 1.00 m Complete mounting kit included

Type

Ref.

Weight

451003 451004 451005 451006 451007 451008 451009

34 kg 38 kg 43 kg 47 kg 51 kg 60 kg 69 kg

451023 451024 451025 451026 451027 451028 451029

45 kg 49 kg 56 kg 62 kg 67 kg 80 kg 91 kg

Description

Fixed Pasture Gate, height 1 m Sturdy, hot-dip galvanised gate Made of steel tubing, complete mounting kit included 3.00 m 1 vertical brace 3.50 m 1 vertical brace 4.00 m 2 vertical braces 4.50 m 2 vertical braces 5.00 m 2 vertical braces 6.00 m 3 vertical braces 7.00 m 3 vertical braces

For horses and cattle

Fixed Pasture Gate with Wire Mesh, height 1 m Sturdy, hot-dip galvanised gate Made of steel tubing with wire mesh, complete mounting kit included 3.00 m with Wire Mesh 1 vertical brace 3.50 m with Wire Mesh 1 vertical brace 4.00 m with Wire Mesh 2 vertical braces 4.50 m with Wire Mesh 2 vertical braces 5.00 m with Wire Mesh 2 vertical braces 6.00 m with Wire Mesh 3 vertical braces 7.00 m with Wire Mesh 3 vertical braces

For sheep B83

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Mobile Handling Systems

The basics about handling systems

All animals in the holding pen

One group in the circular crowding pen

Mobile Handling Systems Mobile handling systems are essential for quick, easy and secure catching of cattle in differing sites. Due to the modular principle, a complete system consists of several component parts. Many animal-related tasks make a handling system necessary for every owner: identification and marking (ear tags), parasite control, blood sampling, artificial insemination, pregnancy testing, animal wounds, hoof care, etc.

What does a handling system consist of? Individual animals in the working alley

A mobile handling system can be assembled in a modular system for all applications and herd sizes using just a few components. Basically, a handling system consists of: • Holding Pen with Panels • Circular or Funnel Crowding Pen • Working Alley • Crush or Headbail

Several animals in the working alley

Separating the animals in the working alley

Safely arrived in the crush

B84

A mobile handling system with the PATURA crush enables safe and quick work with cattle

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Mobile Handling Systems

The Working Alley • To ensure the safe herding of animals into a crush or headbail • Alley frames for side stabilisation • An alley frame with sliding gate ensures peace in the working alley and prevents animals doubling back in the alley

• Requirement for a working alley of 6.10 m: 3x 310200 Panel 3.00 m 1x 310205 Panel with Gate 3.00 m 2x 310110 Frame for working alley 2x 310108 Frame with Sliding Gate

Circular Crowding Pen • To ensure the safe herding of animals into the working alley • Man and animal are separated by the swing gate • The swing gate can be fixed in 9 steps by double locks • Semi- or quartercircle depending on herd size

• Requirement for the semicircle solution: 4x 310210 Curved Panel 3x 310211 Stabilising Bar 1x 310206 Panel with Alley Frame 1x 310207 Swing Gate • Requirement for the quartercircle solution: 2x 310210 Curved Panel 1x 310211 Stabilising Bar 1x 310206 Panel with Alley Frame 1x 310207 Swing Gate

Detailed instructions for the configuration of an installation to suit your individual needs can be found on the following pages. We would also be pleased to put together a made-to-measure installation for you.

1 2 B85

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Mobile Systems with Panels

Mobile Systems with Panels • With only 3 different basic elements you can assemble various mobile systems like horse stalls, riding arenas and round pens to suit your requirements. • Fencing elements or so called panels made of oval steel tubing are available in 5 models and 3 different lengths each. • For the safety of horse and rider all edges are rounded. PATURA panels are completely hot-dip galvanised after welding.

Horse stall using 3 panels and one panel with gate

Flexibility in construction of mobile horse stalls with panels B86

Watch demonsntrow onfarm video ation

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Mobile Systems with Panels

Single Stall

Round Pen Ă&#x2DC; 17 m

Consisting of: 3 x 3.00 m Panel 1 x 3.00 m Panel with Gate

Consisting of: 17 x 3.00 m Panel 1 x 3.00 m Panel with Gate

Round Pen: easy to set up or move

4-Unit Stall Consisting of: 8 x 3.00 m Panel 4 x 3.00 m Panel with Gate

2 x 3-Unit Stall Row Consisting of: 14 x 3.00 m Panel 6 x 3.00 m Panel with Gate

Riding Arena 40 x 18 m Consisting of: 36 x 3.00 m Panel 1 x 3.00 m Panel with Gate 1 x 3.00 m Swing Gate

On long, straight sections drive one T-post each (length 1.82 m) in the ground between panels and link with chain

B87

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Covered Mobile Panel Stalls

Covered Mobile Panel Stalls Mobile horse stalls constructed of panels have proofen their practicality over time. Tarpaulin covers expand their utility so that animals in the stalls are also protected from rain and sun. Open-air stall systems are now possible as well as pasture shelters. Choice of two variations: • Covered Double Stall 6.00 m x 3.60 m Order panels separately: 4 x 310200 Panel 3.00 m 1 x 310208 Panel 3.60 m with Gate 1 x 310201 Panel 3.60 m

• Covered Single Stall 3.00 m x 3.60 m Order panels separately: 2 x 310200 Panel 3.00 m 1 x 310208 Panel 3.60 m with Gate 1 x 310201 Panel 3.60 m

The optimum weather protection for your horses

Simple installation: quick and easy to build up by just 2 persons

Watch demonsntrow onfarm video ation

①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

313060

Wind protection netting for covered panel stalls suitable for the respective panel lengths (6.00 or 3.00 m) and the gable side. Execution: • Special mesh, colour green (other materials and colours available upon request) • With eyelets on all sides, eyelet diameter 16 mm, eyelet spacing approx. 50 cm • With bottom flap made of green tarpaulin • Fastening to frame of covered panel stall and to lowest brace of the panel (not supplied)

B88

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Covered Mobile Panel Stalls

Note our especially rugged roof construction

The stability advantage: The roof construction is supported by four square tube posts each with wide base plates (3 x 3.6 m = 4 posts, 6 x 3.6 m = 6 posts) Type

Ref.

Length

Width

Covered Mobile Panel Stall 6 m x 3.6 m w/o Panels Covered Mobile Panel Stall 6 m x 3.6 m incl. Panels (4 x 310200, 1 x 310201, 1 x 310208) Covered Mobile Panel Stall 3 m x 3.6 m w/o Panels Covered Mobile Panel Stall 3 m x 3.6 m incl. Panels (2 x 310200, 1 x 310201, 1 x 310208) Ground Peg 400 x 16 mm (Please order separately)

313052 313053 313042 313043 313070

6.00 x 3.60 m 6.00 x 3.60 m 3.00 x 3.60 m 3.00 x 3.60 m

3.10/2.50 m 3.10/2.50 m 3.10/2.50 m 3.10/2.50 m

Solid Cover for gable side of covered mobile panel stall Solid Cover for side parts of covered mobile panel stall, l = 3 m Solid Cover for side parts of covered mobile panel stall, l = 6 m

313066 313067 313068

3.60 m 3.00 m 6.00 m

2.10/2.80 m 2.00 m 2.00 m

Wind Protection Netting for gable side of covered mobile panel stall 313060 Wind Protection Netting for side frame of covered mobile panel stall, l = 3 m 313061 Wind Protection Netting for side frame of covered mobile panel stall, l = 6 m 313062 Bungee Cord 335041 Order separately: Gabel side = 23 pieces, side frame 3.00 m = 22 pieces, side frame 6.00 m = 32 pieces

3.60 m 3.00 m 6.00 m

2.10/2.80 m 2.00 m 2.00 m

Height 383 kg 642 kg 211 kg 392 kg

20 cm

It is imperative to pay attention to storm safety. Do not utilize without panels!

5 cm

20 cm Square tube posts extend all the way to the ground for optimum stability

Ground Peg 400 x 16 mm

Base plates provide a safe anchoring using ground pegs

B89

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Fence Panels

The advantages:

Raised end tubes prevent the legs of animals that jump up slipping between the panels

Fence Panels 1. Fields of application: • Mobile handling systems for cattle • Mobile stall systems for cattle and horses • Round pens and riding areas for horses • 5 base models at 3 heights from 1.35 to 1.85 m • NEW: Panel-3: 3 tubes, the lightweight alternative for horses • NEW: Panel-8: 1.85 m high • NEW DESIGN: The well-established Panel-6: now with even more lateral stability due to optimised arrangement of the tubes (patent pending).

2 tubes turned around

Skid-type legs provide optimum stability on the ground and allow the panels to be slide

2. Wide choice of special versions for various applications: • With Gate • With Gate and Feed Front • With Calf Creep • With Treatment Gate 3. Wide range of accessories for a professional setup of cattle handling systems

Fully hot-dip galvanised

A special chain lock for quick connection of panels even on uneven ground. With stainless steel screw link

PATURA Panels: recommended application Panel-3

Cattle Heavyweight / mediumweight breeds Lightweight breeds Spring-loaded gate latch for secure closure of gate

Calves Alleys

Horses Large horses Special hot-rolled 50 x 30 x 1.5 mm oval tubing for the highest level of stability with low weight B90

Small horses, foals Covered Mobile Panel Stalls

Panel-5

Panel-6

Panel-8

Panel-8 Plus

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Fence Panels Weight

Panel-6 2.40 m Width 2.40 m, height 1.70 m (1 central brace)

310202

33 kg

Panel-6 3.00 m Width 3.00 m, height 1.70 m (1 central brace)

310200

39 kg

Panel-6 3.60 m Width 3.60 m, height 1.70 m (2 central braces)

310201

47 kg

Description

160 cm

Ref.

170 cm

Type

Panel-6 with Gate 2.40 m Width 2.40 m, height 2.20 m

310204

51 kg

Panel-6 with Gate 3.00 m Width 3.00 m, height 2.20 m

310205

57 kg

Panel-6 with Gate 3.60 m Width 3.60 m, height 2.20 m (1 central brace)

310208

65 kg

2 tubes turned around now with even more lateral stability

110 cm

160 cm

170 cm

220 cm

B91

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Fence Panels

Description

Type

2 tubes turned around now with even more lateral stability

Weight

Panel-6 with Gate and Feed Front 2.40 m, 310434 1 feeding slot Width 2.40 m, height 2.20 m

53 kg

Panel-6 with Gate and Feed Front 3.00 m, 310435 1 feeding slot Width 3.00 m, height 2.20 m

59 kg

Panel-6 with Gate and Feed Front 3.60 m, 310436 1 feeding slot Width 3.60 m, height 2.20 m (1 central brace)

67 kg

170 cm

160 cm

28 cm

220 cm

110 cm

Ref.

Swing Gate 310207 86 kg Width 3.18 m (outer frame) / 3.05 (gate), height 2.20 m / 2.70 m Clear tubing distance 20 cm

+ 50 cm (270 cm)

220 cm

2 x adjustable height

305 cm

318 cm

B92

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Fence Panels

Type

Ref. Weight

Description

27 kg

Panel-5 3.00 m Width 3.00 m, height 1.45 m (1 central brace)

310410

33 kg

Panel-5 3.60 m Width 3.60 m, height 1.45 m (2 central braces)

310411

39 kg

Panel-5 with Gate 2.40 m Width 2.40 m, height 2.20 m

310414

47 kg

Panel-5 with Gate 3.00 m Width 3.00 m, height 2.20 m

310415

52 kg

Panel-5 with Gate 3.60 m Width 3.60 m, height 2.20 m (1 central brace)

310418

58 kg

135 cm

310412

145 cm

Panel-5 2.40 m Width 2.40 m, height 1.45 m (No central brace)

220 cm

135 cm

145 cm

110 cm

① Bucket Holder, simple

334028

1.80 kg

② Bucket Holder, double

334029

2.80 kg

③ Feeding Bowl 5 l, Ø 28 cm ④ Feeding Bowl 8 l, Ø 28 cm

361450

0.3 kg

361440

0.4 kg

Ø 280 mm For mounting onto hurdles and panels or tubing up to 35 mm Ø 280 mm For mounting onto hurdles and panels or tubing up to 35 mm

①

②

④

③ B93

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Fence Panels

Ref.

Weight

Panel-3 2.40 m Width 2.40 m, height 1.70 m (1 central brace)

310243

22 kg

Panel-3 3.00 m Width 3.00 m, height 1.70 m (1 central brace)

310240

25 kg

Panel-3 3.60 m Width 3.60 m, height 1.70 m (2 central braces)

310241

28 kg

310242

44 kg

160 cm

Type

170 cm

Description

Panel-3 with Gate 3.00 m Width 3.00 m, height 2.20 m The lightweight alternative for horses

B94

160 cm

220 cm

110 cm

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Fence Panels

Type

Ref. Weight

Description

Panel-8 2.40 m Width 2.40 m, height 1.94 m (1 central brace)

310245

42 kg

Panel-8 3.00 m Width 3.00 m, height 1.94 m (1 central brace)

310246

50 kg

Panel-8 3.60 m Width 3.60 m, height 1.94 m (2 central braces)

310247

60 kg

Panel Transport Frame

310250

121 kg

185 cm

Difference from Panel-6: • One additional rail on top: harder to jump over • One additional rail at bottom: harder for livestock to dislodge – especially important at the working alley

194 cm

Application recommendation: • For the working alley • For medium and heavy cattle • For large horses • For covered mobile panel stalls

• Safe and easy transport of Panel-5, Panel-6 and Panel-8 (with 3-point-linkage or pallet fork) • The panels can be stored on the transport frame: No loading or unloading at the farm necessary • Holds up to 20 panels • Dimensions (d x w x h): 131 x 96 x 139 cm • Including lashing strap

B95

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Fence Panels

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

Panel-6 with Treatment Gate 3 m Width 3.00 m, height 2.20 m

310212

63 kg

① Screw-On Lock Bracket for panels

310213

1 kg

70 cm

170 cm

220 cm

2 tubes turned around now with even more lateral stability

• With 2 Panel-6 with treatment gate + 1 frame for working alley (310110) a treatment cage can be set up in the working alley (width 70 cm) • The gate can be installed left or right hinged • Accessories: screw-on lock bracket (310213) is required to lock the treatment gate when a panel without gate is installed in the working alley opposite the Panel-6 with treatment gate

① 300 cm

Panel-6 with Calf Creep 3 m Width 3.00 m, height 1.70 m

310209

45 kg

• Allows the installation of a separate section for calves even on pastures • 2 bars to narrow or to shut off the calf creep

100 cm 300 cm

B96

170 cm

52 cm

2 tubes turned around now with even more lateral stability

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Fence Panels

Type

Ref. Weight

Description

Panel-8 Plus 2.40 m With sheet metal lining Width 2.40 m, height 1.94 m

310220

66 kg

Panel-8 Plus 3.00 m With sheet metal lining Width 3.00 m, height 1.94 m

310221

81 kg

96 kg

310225

Panel-8 Plus with Gate 3.00 m With sheet metal lining Width 3.00 m, height 2.20 m • Ideal for optimum animal passage through the working alley • Sheet metal lining prevents calves and young stock from pushing their heads through • 25 cm higher than standard panels: prevents animals from jumping up

185 cm

194 cm

• Ideal for optimum animal passage through the working alley • Sheet metal lining prevents calves and young stock from pushing their heads through • 25 cm higher than standard panels: prevents animals from jumping up

194 cm

220 cm

110 cm

B97

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Fence Panels

①

②

③

Description

Type Panel with Alley Frame Width 3.05 m, height 2.10 m Clear tubing distance 20 cm

④

Ref.

Weight

310206

48 kg

70 cm

① Swing Gate

310207 86 kg Width 3.18 m (outer frame) / 3.05 (gate), height 2.20 m / 2.70 m Clear tubing distance 20 cm

2 x adjustable height

+ 50 cm (270 cm)

220 cm

B98

Curved Panel Width 2.44 m, height 1.70 m Clear tubing distance 20 cm

310210

44 kg

Stabilising Bar Nominal length 3.05 m

310211

7 kg

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Fence Panels

Type

Ref. Weight

Description

Frame for working alley Width 0.88 m, height 2.05 m Clear passage width when installed 70 cm

310110

16 kg

Frame for working alley XL Width 1.03 m, height 2.05 m Clear passage width when installed 85 cm

310112

20 kg

Frame with Sliding Gate Width 0.90 m, height 2.05 m Clear passage width when installed 70 cm

310108

64 kg

Frame with Sliding Gate XL Width 1.18 m, height 2.08 m Clear passage width when installed 85 cm

302305

106 kg

②

③

310108 Connecting Cage Allows easy opening of the rear gate of the crush A5000 and the safe connection of the crush to the working alley, extends the working alley by 48 cm Clear passage width when installed 70 cm

310104

50 kg

Treatment Cage Double swing gate allows safe access from behind to the animal in the crush, as the working alley is blocked off to the rear, extends the working alley by 80 cm Clear passage width when installed 70 cm

310103

75 kg

302305

④

B99

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Cattle Crush A5000

Also available hot-dip galvanised

The PATURA Cattle Crush A5000

The ideal crush for cattle on pasture: safe for man and animal ①

②

12 advantages that will convince you Advantage 1: Advantage 2: Advantage 3: Advantage 4: Advantage 5: Advantage 6: Advantage 7: Advantage 8: Advantage 9: Advantage 10: Advantage 11: Advantage 12:

Baulk Gate Variable neck width Headbail Units 4 large doors Completely safe operation Optimised access to the animal 3-Point Linkage Large release opening Comfortable Belly Strap Winch Front Foot Winch Rump Bar Hind Foot Winch

Baulk gate and central one-handed operation for safe capture

⑦

The neck width can be readily adjusted by means of a crank

⑧

Especially safe and comfortable due to professional winches

Transportable using linkage draw bar and upper link

B100

Release of the animals through wide front opening

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Cattle Crush A5000

When you weigh, you win!

The PATURA cattle crush with the electronic Tru-Test scales, consisting of the indicator with digital display and 2 load bars (see "Weighing Systems")

③

The headbail holds all sizes of animals

⑨

A comfortable belly strap winch for easy holding and release of the animals

④

4 large gates allow access to all parts of the animal

⑩

Recoilless front foot winch for easy lifting the front feet

⑤

All work on the head of the animal is done in complete safety

⑪

Safe restraint of the hind foot by a fixing bar

⑥

Optimised access to the animal for (e.g.) parasite treatment

⑫

Recoilless hind foot winch for easy lifting the hind feet

B101

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Cattle Crush A5000

Description

①

Type

Ref.

Weight

Cattle Crush A5000 4 side gates, baulk gate, 3-point linkage

302402

544 kg

Cattle Crush A5000 V Same as 302402, but hot-dip galvanised

302403

566 kg

• Sturdy frame of 50 x 50 mm steel tubing, base of anti-slip steel plate • Adjustable headbail with safety baulk gate • Automatically sliding back stop • Side 3-point linkage for draw bar • Prepared for later addition of hoof care equipment • Inner dimensions: length 2.20 m, width 0.82 m, height 1.65 m • Outer dimensions: length 2.95 m (3.35 m with open door), width 1.25 m, height 1.90 m

②

① Front Foot Winch with Two Adaptors With strap for hoof care crush

③

② Hoof Care Kit for A5000

30250001 For retrofitting belly strap winch and hind foot winch with straps

③ Mounting Feet

Adjustable, with mounting plates for load bars MP1010

Secure attachment of baulk gate B102

300011

303009

Secure guiding of rump bar

12 kg 31 kg 10 kg

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Cattle Crush A5000 Type

Ref.

Weight

Cattle Crush A5000 K, hoof care With front foot rest, 4 side gates, baulk gate, 3-point linkage

302500

579 kg

Cattle Crush A5000 KW, hoof care Same as 302500, but incl. front foot winch

302510

587 kg

Cattle Crush A5000 KVW, hoof care Same as 302500, but completely hot-dip galvanised and with front foot winch

302502

609 kg

①

• Sturdy frame of 50 x 50 mm steel tubing, base of anti-slip steel plate • Adjustable headbail with safety baulk gate • Automatically sliding back stop • Side 3-point linkage for draw bar • Hoof care: comfortable belly strap winch with double belly straps, hind foot winch with foot strap, front foot rest or front foot winch (optional) • Inner dimensions: length 2.20 m, width 0.82 m, height 1.65 m • Outer dimensions: length 2.95 m (3.35 m with open door), width 1.25 m, height 1.90 m

① Front Foot Winch

310011

10 kg

② Mounting Feet

303009

10 kg

With strap for hoof care crush

Adjustable, with mounting plates for load bars MP1010

Completely recoilless winches

Description

Secure attachment of baulk gate

②

Secure guiding of rump bar B103

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Cattle Crush A8000

WINNER

PATURA Cattle Crush A8000 The universal cattle crush for all intended purposes • All animals of one herd, from young stock to breeding bull, can be restrained and handled via the infinitely adjustable parallel squeeze system. • Young stock cannot turn around inside the crush. • Hoof care for small and large-framed cattle is possible at anytime. • The large inside compartment allows a fast and stressfree work process for man and animal. • The cattle crush has been designed for a large throughput of stock.

10 advantages that will convince you Advantage 1: Advantage 2: Advantage 3: Advantage 4: Advantage 5: Advantage 6: Advantage 7: Advantage 8: Advantage 9: Advantage 10:

Parallel Squeeze System (85 cm – 40 cm) Hoof Care Equipment with Recoilless Winches 2 Baulk Gate Options Headbail Units (12 cm – 85 cm) Steel Mesh Floor Optimum access to the animals from both sides Rump Bar Functional inside length of 2.75 m Wide to open front section Variable transport possibilities

⑤

Optimal traction due to steel mesh floor

B104

Fr e n

c h Innovation Award

①

40 cm

85 cm

Side gates for easy access to all body parts

⑥

Side gates for easy access to all body parts

⑦

Animal restraint from the rear with rump bar

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Cattle Crush A8000

The cattle crush for professional herd management Work efficiently, check the state of health, weight and weight gain of your animals regularly. An important part of professional herd management is an electronic animal weighing unit which can be combined with a crush and which will store the data of each animal against its ear tag number (see "Weighing Systems").

②

Hoof care equipment with recoilless winches

③

Baulk gate for easy and safe capture

⑧

Inside length (2.75 m) enables a separation of the work process "entering" and "restraining"

④

Headbail to restrain all animal sizes

⑨

Release of the animals through the wide-open front section

⑩

Transport via pallet fork, 3-point linkage or single-axle trailer

B105

85 cm

40 cm

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Cattle Crush A8000

PATURA Cattle Crush A8000 Significance for practical use and animal welfare • Sturdy steel pipe frame 50 x 50 mm, additional frame in some sections • Skid-proof steel mesh floor • Fully adjustable headbail unit A3500 (12 – 85 cm) with automatic brake • Automatically sliding back stop with emergency release • 3 side gates on both sides • Type A8000: two-sided parallel squeeze system (85 – 40 cm) with hydraulic hand pump operation Description

Please order baulk gate and hoof care kit separately!

• Smooth-running, self-locking rear sliding gate • Integrated fork lift channels for wheel loader, tractor or fork lift • Further transport equipment (single-axle trailer, 3-point linkage) upon request • Integrated mounting plates for load bars MP1010 • Internal dimensions: length 2.75 m, width 0.85 m (type A7500: 0.80 m), height 1.85 m • External dimensions: length 3.10 m, width 1.45 m, height 2.20 m Type

Ref.

Weight

Cattle Crush A8000 Completely hot-dip galvanised, fully adjustable headbail A3500, 3 side gates on both sides, two-sided parallel squeeze system, rear sliding gate, head-chain-fixation included

302800

810 kg

Cattle Crush A7500 Same as A8000, but excluding squeeze system

302750

760 kg

Watch demonsntrow onfarm video ation

B106

Patent pending EP 2 708 117 EP 2 708 118

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Cattle Crush A8000

Type

Ref. Weight

Description

① Baulk Gate, double-leaf

For A3500, A4000, A7500, A8000 Hot-dip galvanised, l x w x h: 120 x 113 x 215 cm

② Baulk Gate, single-leaf

For A3500, A4000, A7500, A8000 Hot-dip galvanised, l x w x h: 73 x 110 x 211 cm

Hoof Care Kit For A7500, A8000 Belly strap winch with double belly strap, hind foot winch with foot strap, front foot winch with foot strap

302307

77 kg

① 302308

55 kg

302360

48 kg

②

B107

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Headbail Units

Safety for man and animal

Headbail Unit – the value for money alternative For smaller herd sizes the headbail unit offers the same safety and restraint facilities as the complete cattle crush A5000. All the same work on the animal can be carried out as in the cattle crush, with the exception of the hoof trimming. The headbail unit is suitable for all animal frame sizes, from calves to breeding bulls. The integrated baulk gate ensures that the animal cannot escape. Behind the headbail unit, two 3 m panels should be attached, one of them should have a gate. A sliding gate at the back completes the installation. (Panels and sliding door must be ordered separately!)

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

Headbail Unit A3000 With baulk gate and steel frame

300083

232 kg

Headbail Unit A3000 With baulk gate and steel frame, hot-dip galvanised

300084

232 kg

• The headbail unit A3000 is suitable for smaller holdings, for building into existing stationary or mobile working alleys • With integrated baulk gate for easy and safe restraint • Suitable for all breeds of cattle even for animals with long horns • Frame width 92 cm, frame length 72 cm, height 185 cm, inside width 82 cm, length including baulk gate 118 cm (135 cm with open door)

With baulk gate, especially safe

Headbail Unit A2000 With automatic head yoke and stand

300085

195 kg

Headbail Unit A2000 With automatic head yoke and stand, hot-dip galvanised

300086

195 kg

• The headbail unit A2000 is only suitable for capturing hornless cattle • Suitable for dairy cattle and suckler cows • Neck size adjustable from 10 to 28 cm • For larger, uniform herds • For building into existing stationary or mobile working alleys • Frame width 92 cm, frame length 58 cm, height 185 cm, inside width 82 cm, total length 80 cm • Left and right hand operation possible

B108

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Headbail Units, Weighing Cage

Type

Ref. Weight

Description

Headbail Unit A4000 302341 220 kg with Stand fully adjustable headbail unit A3500 (12 – 85 cm) with automatic locks with stand, head-chain-fixation included, hot-dip galvanised, l x w x h: 100 x 140 x 217 cm

Headbail Unit A3500 Fully adjustable headbail unit A3500 (12 – 85 cm) with automatic locks, hot-dip galvanised, l x w x h: 25 x 140 x 211 cm

302340

150 kg

• The headbail unit A3500/A4000 is suitable for smaller holdings, for building into existing stationary or mobile working alleys • 2 baulk gate options (order separately) • Suitable for all breeds of cattle even for animals with long horns

Please order baulk gate separately!

① Baulk Gate, double-leaf

For A3500, A4000, A7500, A8000 Hot-dip galvanised, l x w x h: 120 x 113 x 215 cm

② Baulk Gate, single-leaf

302307

77 kg

① 302308

55 kg

Weighing Cage, heavy livestock Painted, with 2-wing gate in front and back With 3-point linkage

430330

403 kg

Mounting Feet Adjustable, with mounting plates for load bars MP1010

303009

10 kg

For A3500, A4000, A7500, A8000 Hot-dip galvanised, l x w x h: 73 x 110 x 211 cm

②

• For cattle • For combination with Tru-Test scales, i.e., with all Tru-Test indicators and load bars MP1010 • Internal dimensions: length 2.45 m, width 0.82 m, height 1.70 m • External dimensions: length 2.60 m (with gate open 3.00 m), width 1.25 m, height 1.90 m

B109

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Complete Handling System 1

Professional handling system for medium to large animal holdings Consisting of:

• Cattle Crush • Working Alley • Circular Crowding Pen • Holding Pen

ndlin nal Ha io s s e f s Pro System

①

⑤

②

⑥

Holding pen for approx. 35 animals

④ ③

⑧

⑦

⑨ This handling system is made up of the following individual parts: 1x

①

302800

Cattle Crush A8000

②

310103

Treatment Cage

③

310110

Frame for working alley

④

310108

Frame with Sliding Gate

⑤

310200

Panel-6 3.00 m

⑥

310205

Panel-6 with Gate 3.00 m

⑦

310206

Panel with Alley Frame

⑧

310207

Swing Gate

⑨

310210

Curved Panel

⑩

310211

Stabilising Bar

The handling system can be re-arranged as needed within the requirements of the construction kit. B110

⑩

Watch demonsnow onfarm video tration

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Complete Handling System 2

Standard handling system for medium to large animal holdings Consisting of:

• Cattle Crush • Working Alley • Funnel Crowding Pen • Holding Pen

① ⑤

This handling system is made up of the following individual parts: 1x

①

302402 Cattle Crush A5000

②

310104 Connecting Cage

③

310110 Frame for working alley

④

310108 Frame with Sliding Gate

②

10x ⑤ 310200 Panel-6 3.00 m

⑥

310205 Panel-6 with Gate 3.00 m

⑦

310207 Swing Gate

⑤

The handling system can be re-arranged as needed within the requirements of the construction kit.

⑥

③

④

⑦

Holding pen for approx. 25 animals

⑤

g Syst

dlin d Han andar

ems

We recommend the following accessories: Electronic scales standard: • Indicator Tru-Test EziWeigh 5i • Load bars MP1010 Electronic scales with memory and computer interface (also for electronic ear tags) • Indicator Tru-Test Model EziWeigh 7i or XR5000 • Load bars MP1010 or a separate weighing unit in the alley ahead of the crush (see complete handling system 5). For further information regarding electronic weighing systems see section „Weighing Systems“.

B111

Panel, Livestock Handling Equipment - Complete Handling System 3

Handling systems for smaller animal holdings Consisting of:

• Headbail Unit • Working Alley • Circular Crowding Pen • Holding Pen

ng Sys

Handli

①

tem

②

④

⑦ ⑤

③

Holding pen for approx. 15 animals

⑥ ⑨

⑧

⑤

This handling system is made up of the following individual parts: 1x

①

302341 Headbail Unit A4000

②

310110 Frame for working alley

③

310108 Frame with Sliding Gate

④

310200 Panel-6 3.00 m

⑤

310205 Panel-6 with Gate 3.00 m

⑥

310206 Panel with Alley Frame

⑦

310207 Swing Gate

⑧

310210 Curved Panel

⑨

310211 Stabilising Bar

The handling system can be re-arranged as needed within the requirements of the construction kit. B112

Panels, Livestock Handling Equipment - Complete Handling Systems 4 and 5

Handling System Consisting of:

igh,

e you w When u win! yo

• Headbail Unit incl. Baulk Gate • Treatment Cage

③

①

②

This handling system is made up of the following individual parts: 1x

①

300083 Headbail Unit A3000

②

310110 Frame for working alley

③

310200 Panel-6 3.00 m

④

310205 Panel-6 with Gate 3.00 m

⑤

310108 Frame with Sliding Gate

⑤ ④

Please note that above installation can be extended as needed within the requirements of the construction kit.

Weighing Unit Consisting of:

①

•A luminium Weighing Platform, l x w x h: 222 x 61 x 29 cm, for mounting with load bars • Weighing Platform

and Simple ctive e f f cost-e

③

②

We recommend the following accessories: Electronic scales standard: • Indicator Tru-Test EziWeigh 5i • Load bars MP600 E lectronic scales with memory and computer interface (also for electronic ear tags) • Indicator Tru-Test Model EziWeigh 7i or XR5000 • Load bars MP600 For further information see section „Weighing Systems“.

This weighing unit is made up of the following individual parts: 2x

①

310202 Panel-6 2.40 m

②

310108 Frame with Sliding Gate

③

410000 Aluminium Weighing Platform 223

Please note that above installation can be extended as needed within the requirements of the construction kit. B113

Weighing Systems Basics

B116

Walk-over weighing

B117

Compact Series EziWeigh

B118

Pro Series 5000

B119

Load Bars

B120

Accessories

B121 – B122

Overview

B123

Weighing Systems - Basics

The world No. 1 in electronic scales for livestock farming Compatible with the software from DSPAgrosoft and Agrocom

What does a weighing system consist of?

A system consists of an indicator and 2 load bars or 4 weighing feet. The load bars take the weight and can be mounted under platforms, crushes or other weighing containers. They are connected by cables to the indicator. The values measured by the load cells are converted to a weight in the indicator that is shown on the display. The indicator automatically adapts itself to all weighing elements. Tru-Test weighing systems are not weights and measure approved.

How does the weighing system get power?

The indicator can be powered either by a 12 V car/tractor battery, or by an appropriate mains adaptor. Alternatively, all models can be powered by a built-in rechargeable LiFePo battery.

Quick, easy weighing

The unique SUPERDAMP III software shows an accurate and stable weight in seconds, even with restless animals. For maximum accuracy the displayed, stable weight is continuously updated. Tru-Test weighing systems are specialised for weighing livestock.

Easy operation

The keys of the scales are large, easy to read, logically arranged and are intuitively operable. The large LCD display is easy to read in all light conditions. Clear operating instructions complete the userfriendly package. All Tru-Test products comply with the quality standards of ISO 9001 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s highest quality standard.

Is the system compatible with ear tag readers? The indicator units of the 3000, 5000 serie and the models EziWeigh 6 and 7 have an EID-interface for linking to electronic animal identification systems (electronic ear tags, implants, etc.) as per ISO 11784/11785 standards.

Simple installation

The scale can be installed and is ready for operation in a few minutes. You need a sturdy, level base (preferably a concrete slab). Depending on application, you then install a stable platform, a crush or other weighing container to the load bars or weighing feet.

Can I download to a computer? 1. Data transmission by software

The indicator units of the 3000, 5000 series and the models EziWeigh 6 and 7 include software for downloading and/or uploading the stored data to or from a personal computer. The data files can be opened and treated with various spreadsheet programmes. Additionally, you can produce detailed reports on the indicators. B116

Weighing Systems - Walk over weighing

2. Data transmission by data app

Free of charge Android / Apple App for all Tru-Test indicators with Bluetooth interface

Walk over weighing - the revolution in weighing Ear tag reader

XR3000 WOW indicator

Aluminium platform

Load bars

Type Indicator XR3000 WOW With walk-over weighing function

Walk over weighing will revolutionise weighing. Weighing time is reduced without having to stop the animal. The animal is identified electronically and the weight is automatically captured as animals walk across the platform. Identification process works via an ear tag reader which forwards the information to the indicator XR3000 WOW. Walk over weighing requires that the animals pass the platform regularly and smoothly, as e.g. with dairy cows after milking WOW Walk over weighing, no more animal stoppages

Ref.

Weight

480020

3.5 kg

Description

• Large, easy to read, illuminated display, bright lamp showing stable weight • Exact weight measurement in seconds, even with restless animals • Alphanumeric data entry • Stores individual animal data: 3 ear tags, weight and 8 additional parameters (free configuration) • Storage capacity for up to 50 000 individual animal records in up to 200 files • 10-way drafting function by different criteria • Group weighing mode • Monitors weight gain and displays the predicted weight gain in a line graph • Display of all stored data on an individual animal (breed, sex, sire, dam ...) • 2 serial interfaces for personal computer, printer and animal identification • Incl. 12 V cable, built-in NiMH-rechargeable battery, mains adaptor, serial data cable, serial to USB adaptor and data transmission software Walk over weighing function • Works totally hands free • Over 90 % of animals recorded successfully per session • Over 97 % accuracy of weights – improvements achieved through subsequent recordings • Recommended when weighing dairy cows after milking B117

Weighing Systems - Compact Series EziWeigh

Description

Type Indicator EziWeigh 5i

Ref.

Weight

400045

2 kg

• Easy to use • Fast and precise weighing thanks to SUPERDAMP III technology • Fine mode for smaller weights (resolution 100 g) • Auto zero function, ensuring any accumulated dirt is not weighed • Large, easy to read display with LED backlight • Durable, double wall case, 100 % water and dust proof, IP67 • Built-in rechargeable LiFePo battery for up to 20 hours continous operation • Including power adaptor 230 V to 5 V and 5 V USB charging cable

Weighing Set EziWeigh 5i Indicator including Load bars MP600 (for description see chapter "Load Bars") Weighing range up to 1 500 kg

400055

16 kg

Indicator EziWeigh 6i

400046

2 kg

Same as EziWeigh 5i but additionally with: • Data entries of animal codes with up to 13 characters • Compatible with readers with USB interface for electronic animal identification (serial cable available separately) • USB interface to connect to the personal computer, software included • Manual 3-way drafting function by weight • Storage capability for up to 10 000 individual animal records in up to 50 files • Fully automated weighing, including data storage • Statistics function

Weighing Set EziWeigh 6i Indicator including Load bars MP600 (for description see chapter "Load Bars") Weighing range up to 1 500 kg

400056

16 kg

Indicator EziWeigh 7i Bluetooth

400047

2 kg

Same as EziWeigh 6i but additionally with Bluetooth interface and weight gain calculator

B118

Weighing Systems - Pro Series 5000

Type Indicator ID5000

Ref.

Weight

480022

4 kg

• 7" (17.8 cm) display, sunlight viewable transflective LCD • Robust, double wall case, 100 % water and dust proof, IP 67 • Accurate weight measurement, extremely quickly, even with restless animals • Alphanumeric data entry • Stores individual animal data: 3 ear tags, weight and 3 additional parameters • Storage capacity for up to 250 000 individual animal records in up to 250 files • 5-way drafting function by different criteria • Monitors weight gain • Saves preferred settings • Data transmission to the personal computer with USB, to ear tag readers with Bluetooth or serial data cable (available separately) • One site data transmission with Android/Apple data App or USB stick • 2 USB interfaces • Incl. carry box made of robust plastic, built-in LiFePro battery, mains adaptor, USB cable and USB stick with data transmission software Indicator XR5000

480023

Description

NEW

4 kg

• 7" (17.8 cm) display, sunlight viewable transflective LCD • Robust, double wall case, 100 % water and dust proof, IP 67 • Accurate weight measurement, extremely quickly, even with restless animals • Alphanumeric data entry • Stores individual animal data: 4 ear tags, weight and 100 additional parameters • Storage capacity for up to 1 000 000 individual animal records in up to 1 000 files • 10-way drafting function, even by several criteria at the same time • Monitors weight gain • Saves preferred settings • Data transmission to the personal computer with USB, to ear tag readers with Bluetooth or serial data cable (available separately) • One site data transmission with Android/Apple data App or USB stick • 2 USB interfaces • Incl. carry box made of robust plastic, built-in Li-Ion-rechargeable battery, mains adaptor, USB cable and USB stick with data transmission software

NEW

B119

Weighing Systems - Load Bars

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

Load Bars MP600 1 set = 2 bars

400600

13.9 kg

Load Bars MP800 1 set = 2 bars (not illustr.)

400800

16.5 kg

The MP600/MP800 type load bars are designed for use in a wide variety of applications. They can be used for mounting under platforms for all types of animals, or with sheep and pigs in crushes. The universal MP600/MP800 load bars have a weighing capacity of up to 1500/2000 kg. The length of the bars is 600/800 mm. The bars contain aluminium load cells – to improve the corrosion protection the steel container is galvanised and gold-plated.

Load Bars MP1010 1 set = 2 bars

401010

22.0 kg

The MP1010 type load bars are designed for use in a wide variety of applications. They can be used, for example, for general application underneath platforms and particularly also for the mobile application under crushes for cattle. The universal MP1010 load bars have a weighing capacity of up to 2000 kg. The length of the bars is 1010 mm. The bars contain aluminium load cells – to improve corrosion protection the steel container is galvanised and gold-plated.

Load Bars HD1010 1 set = 2 bars

481014

35.0 kg

The HD1010 type load bars are designed especially for use under non-mobile cattle crushes. Design allows for severe loadings and high usage rates. Unique foot design absorbs large side loads. The HD load bars have a weighing capacity up to 2000 kg. The length of the bars is 1010 mm. The bars have aluminium load cells, the galvanised steel housing ensures corrosion resistance.

Weighing Feet 1 set = 4 feet Compl. with junction box and 6 m connector cable

430004

3.9 kg

The weighing feet have been designed for general purpose weighing of animals and handle up to 3000 kg total weight. Weighing feet are especially suitable for weighing pigs and cattle when mounted under platforms up to 5 m x 5 m, and for weighing pigs and calves in crates. The weighing feet are completely enclosed in rubber, all metal parts are stainless steel. They will withstand exposure to the elements and are suitable for the harsh farm environment (IP68) and are thus especially suitable for extreme strains like in hog/pig barns. Dimensions: total height 94 mm, diameter 80 mm, bolt dia. 14 mm, thread length 45 mm The weighing feet are also suitable for all other weighing applications in the agricultural field.

All Tru-Test load bars meet the highest quality standards. They are designed specially for agricultural use and excel by offering accurate weighing and a long life. Tru-Test weighing systems are not weights and measures approved. • The load cells are manufactured in computer-controlled production procedures using high-quality material • The electronic parts of the load bars are fully sealed to allow operation under all weather conditions • All load bars have a 150 % overload capacity to allow for violent movement of the animals • Connector cables to meet the most severe demands • High quality cable connectors protect the load bars from moisture, dirt and adverse weather conditions • Robust coatings protect from moisture, animal soil and corrosion • Extremely simple to install B120

Weighing Systems - Accessories Type

Ref.

Weight

Aluminium Weighing Platform 223 For cattle L x w x h: 223 x 61 x 25 cm

410000

32 kg

Aluminium Weighing Platform 250 Ideal for walk-over weighing For cattle L x w x h: 250 x 61 x 25 cm

410010

36 kg

Description

Mobile weighing platform

• Non-slip surface • Angled 20 cm high sides prevent animals slipping from the platform • For load bars MP600 Please order indicator and load bars separately!

40 c

A typical mobile weighing unit is made up of the following individual parts (indicator and load bars may be substituted for other models): 2x 310202

Panel-6 2.40 m

2x 310108

Frame with Sliding Gate

1x 410000

Aluminium Weighing Platform 223

1x 400055

Weighing Set EziWeigh 5i (including load bars)

Weighing Cage, heavy livestock Painted, with 2-wing gate in front and back With 3-point linkage

430330

403 kg

Mounting Feet Adjustable, with mounting plates for load bars MP1010

303009

10 kg

Please order indicator and load bars separately!

Weighing Cage, small livestock Hot-dip galvanised, with wheels

430311

133 kg

• For calves, pigs and sheep • For combination with Tru-Test scales, i.e., with all Tru-Test indicators and load bars MP600 • Dimensions l x w x h: 150 x 50 x 110 cm (internal) 160 x 69 x 125 cm (external without wheels) 165 x 88 x 160 cm (external with wheels)

Please order indicator and load bars separately!

B121

Weighing Systems - Accessories

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

① Antenna XRP2 for Cattle

400080

8.5 kg

② Antenna XRP2 for Sheep

400019

2.5 kg

③ Reader XRP2

400018

1.1 kg

L x w x h: 87 x 60 x 1.5 (4) cm

NEW

L x w x h: 42 x 40 x 1.0 (3.5) cm

With Bluetooth interface, IP 67, 12 V, with autotuning, suitable for use with antenna of the series XRP, L x w x h: 20 x 22 x 7.4 cm

②

• For non-contact read-out of electronic ear tags • Conforms to ISO-standard 11784 and 11785, as well as meeting HDX and FDX transmission requirements • XRP2: Bluetooth interface for EziWeigh 7, XR3000 Bluetooth indicators and indicators of the series 5000 • Scope of delivery: mains adaptor, 12 V cable, serial connection cable, USB/Seriell adapter, configuration software

①

Choose an antenna and a reader

③ ⑤ Stationary Antenna DAF 006

400007

3.0 kg

⑥ Stationary Antenna DAF 003

400001

1.5 kg

400017

6.5 kg

400008

0.5 kg

L x w x h: 60 x 50 x 2.5 cm L x w x h: 32 x 30 x 2.5 cm

Stationary Split Antenna DAF 206 With junction box

⑥

⑦ Electronic Reader ASR 454

IP54, 12 V, with autotuning Suited to use with antennas of the series DAF

⑤

• For non-contact read-out of electronic ear tags • Conforms to ISO-standard 11784 and 11785, as well as meeting HDX and FDX transmission requirements • Connection to Tru-Test indicators of the series 3000 • Power supply: 12 V battery or with mains adaptor to 230 V

Choose an antenna and a reader

⑦

⑧ Handheld Reader Kit APR 380

400016

0.35 kg

⑨ Handheld Reader ERS

400090

0.75 kg

⑩ Stick Reader XRS

400003

0.7 kg

⑪ Stick Reader AWR 200

400015

0.7 kg

l = 17.5 cm

l = 23 cm

⑧

⑩

⑪

l = 65 cm

l = 63 cm

⑨

B122

NEW

• For non-contact read-out of electronic ear tags • Conforms to ISO-standard 11784 and 11785, as well as meeting HDX and FDX transmission requirements • Supplied with handheld reader APR 380 Kit: USB cabel, mains adaptor, Bluetooth interface • Supplied with handheld reader ERS: USB cabel, USB memory stick, mains adaptor, Bluetooth interface • Supplied with stick reader XRS: mains adaptor, rechargeable battery, 12 V cable, Bluetooth interface, serial connector cable, USB/serial adaptor, EziWeigh Software, carrying bag • Supplied with stick reader AWR 200: mains adaptor, RS232 cable, rechargeable battery, Bluetooth interface

Weighing Systems - Overview

Weighing: Fields of application

Weighing - Why?

• Weighing of cattle in crushes or on platforms • Weighing of pigs on platforms or in cages • Weighing of calves on platforms or in cages • Weighing of sheep and lambs in crates or drafters • Weighing of horses on platforms • Weighing of agricultural goods on platforms

Indicators

• Identifying of ideal carcass weights • Monitoring of weight gain information for successful fattening • Identifying of weight trends for improved feeding • Collecting of weights for breeding • Collecting of weights for proper dosing of veterinary drugs • Collecting of weights for monitoring the health status

EziWeigh 5i

EziWeigh 6i

EziWeigh 7i

XR3000 WOW!

ID5000

XR5000

• • • •

• • 10 000 50 (•) / • •

• • 15 000 100 (•) / • • •/• •

• • • • • • • 50 000 200 • / (•)

•/–

•/•

• • 250 000 250 (•) / 2x• • •/• • • (•) / • •

• • 1 000 000 1 000 (•) / 2x• • •/• • • (•) / • •

• •

• • •

• • • •

• • (3) •

• • (4) •

• • • • • • • • • (104) • • •

SUPERDAMP III software Zero on switch-on: On/Off Auto zero function: On/Off Energy-saving function (auto switch-off after 15 min) Tare weight function Statistical function Ear tag number with weight recording Number of memory slots Number of files Computer interface (serial/USB) Bluetooth interface Data transmission by data App (Android/Apple) Data transmission by Windows software (included) Data transmission by USB stick Interface for electronic animal identification EID (serial/Bluetooth) Group weighing mode Adjustable weighing speed Alphanumeric data input Weight gain Sort on live weight Sort on weight gain Sorting option by one selectable criteria Sorting option by different criteria at the same time Interface for automatic sorting Automatic weight storage Animal information Built-in rechargeable battery Display animal history Weight gain prediction WOW! Walk-over weighing

•

• •/– • • • • • • • • • • (11) • • • •

MP-Serie (load bars)

Load bars Gross capacity kg Net capacity (weighing range) kg Length mm Width mm Total height mm Standard resolution g Fine weighing (resolution 100 g) Accuracy Shock-absorbing rubber feet Feet elements with side stabilizers Portable Built-in Application recommendations: platforms and crushes for pigs and sheep Application recommendations: platforms for cattle Application recommendations: crushes for cattle

• • • (6) • •

Weighing feet

MP600

MP800

MP1010

3000 3000 80 80 94 500 • ±1% •

2000 1500 600 75 100 500 • ±1% •

3000 2000 800 75 100 500 • ±1% •

3000 2000 1010 75 100 500 • ±1% •

•

• •

HD1010

3000 2000 1010 75 100 500 • ±1% • •

• •

• B123

Equipment for livestock buildings Planning Examples

B126 – B135

Dividers

B136 – B149

Gates

B150 – B159

Feed Front for animal treatment

B160 – B161

Hoof Care

B162 – B165

Basics on feed fronts for cattle

B166 – B167

Self-Locking Feed Fronts for cattle

B168 – B180

Swedish Self-Locking Feed Fronts

B181

Feeding table divider

B182 – B183

Diagonal Feed Fronts

B184 – B186

Self-Locking Feed Front for young cattle

B187 – B189

Horse feed front

B190 – B193

Posts, Assembly Accessories

B194 – B205

Cubicle Divider

B206 – B233

Calf husbandry

B234 – B245

Calf Feeder

B246 – B247

Bug Zapper

B248

Cattle Brush

B249

Barn and Stable Equipment - Planning Examples

1.25 m

±4m

±5m ± 30 m

NEW View a virtual tour!

± 2.7 m

± 2.5 m

±5m

± 19 m

milchkue

± 4.8 m

±4m

he.patura

Freestall barn for dairy cows

.com

Everything for the cow comfort Today it is indisputable that dairy cows only achieve high performance and lead a long productive life if the cow comfort is optimal.

Cow comfort means:

• The available space corresponds to the requirements of large-framed animals (see below) • Cold shed with sufficient fresh air supply but without draft for an animal-friendly climate • Resting comfort with rubber mats or bedding • Sufficient water supply with easily accessible drinking troughs

• Skid-proof surface without sharp edges and with easy dunging • Good lighting conditions • Provision for grooming behaviour with cow brushes • Resting space for transit and calving cows and additional areas depending on the lactation stage or feeding technique (transponder/TMR)

Functional dimensions young cattle:

Functional dimensions in the dairy shed: Cubicle length to a wall:

2.70 – 2.80 m

Cubicle length face to face:

2.30 – 2.50 m

Cubicles: Weight

Width

Cubicle Length

Cubicle Divider Length

4 – 6 130 – 200 kg

75 cm

150 cm

130 cm

Age (months)

Cubicle width:

± 1.25 m

Cubicle depth (to brisket board):

± 1.85 m

Neck bar (from edge):

± 1.85 m

7 – 12 200 – 350 kg

95 cm

180 cm

150 cm

1:1

13 – 18 350 – 500 kg

105 cm

200 cm

180 cm

120 cm

230 cm

> 200 cm

Cubicles per animal: Alley width resting area:

2.00 – 2.50 m

Alley width feeding area:

3.50 – 4.00 m

Cross-walk:

± 2.50 m

> 18

> 500 kg

Feed Front:

Cross-walk with trough:

3.00 – 4.20 m

Age (months)

Feed space width

Neck width

Height feed table wall

Feed spaces per animal:

1:1 up to 1:1.2

4–6

40 cm

10 cm

30 cm

Feed space width:

0.65 – 0.80 m

7 – 12

50 cm

12 cm

40 cm

Height feed table wall:

50 – 55 cm

9 – 18

60 cm

16 cm

40 cm

Height feed table (above floor):

15 – 20 cm

> 18

70 cm

19 cm

55 cm

Height neckbar (cubicle): B126

± 1.25 m

All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

Barn and Stable Equipment - Planning Examples

±4m ± 5.6 m

± 34 m

Working alley for maximum safety

± 0.8 m

± 3.5 m

±4m ± 13 m

± 4.8 m

Open barn for beef bulls

NEW View a virtual tour!

Efficient beef bull farming In beef bull farming, the use of open barns with fully slotted floors is widespread. For economical and achievement-oriented production the following points are important: • Correct density level and group size • Animal to feeding place ratio 2:1 • Group size not more than 16 – 18 animals • Supply feeding • Pen size in this system must be aligned to the terminal weight • Allow for safe herding facilities: An 80 cm wide alley behind the pens which can also be used as inspection walkway has proven effective • Pen dividers: sturdy 4 or 5 bar panels • Drinking troughs: built into dividers for protection

mastbull

en.patura

.com

Functional dimensions in a beef bull shed: Depth of the pen:

3.50 – 8.00 m

Resting area per bull up to 350 kg:

2.00 m²

Resting area per bull up to 500 kg:

2.50 m²

Resting area per bull up to 650 kg:

2.75 m²

Resting area per bull over 650 kg:

3.00 m²

Feed spaces per animal:

1:1 bis 1:2

Feed space width per bull up to 350 kg:

0.55 m

Feed space width per bull up to 500 kg:

0.60 m

Feed space width per bull up to 650 kg:

0.65 m

Feed space width per bull over 650 kg:

0.75 m

Sweep alley width:

0.80 m

All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B127

Barn and Stable Equipment - Planning Examples

±0.6m

± 3.3 m

± 4.8 m ± 20 m

± 2.4 m

±3m

Calf barn with fix installed boxes

± 2.4 m

NEW View a virtual tour!

In order to successfully raise calves, the management in relation to penning, feeding and health must be perfectly matched. One possibility is a calf barn with fixed boxes followed by growing in individual pens. The structure of the stall and the construction of boxes ensure an optimum air exchange. As a result, the bacterial load is considerably reduced and thus the health of the calves is significantly increased. 1. Group calves up to 8 weeks of age in permanently installed veal pens: • Good stall overview • Due to removable walls group boxes are quickly and easily possible • Calves can stay until in the calf pens until weaning • Can be combined with automatic feeding systems • Easy, fast cleaning due to an almost complete disassembing of the boxes • Installation of veal pens on two solid bases, which serve as sliding edge during mechanical manure removal 2. Group calves in group pens after the 8th week of life up to 6 months: • Through a consistent stable climate the critical transition phase is facilitated • Calves can be fixed by a self-locking feed front • Automatic drinking or drinking trough suckler buckets at the feed front is possible • Two-room beddedpack barn with slatted floors and straw, by which straw can be saved and the claw of the calf can get used to the slats

±0.6m

kaelbers tallfest.p atura.co m

Functional dimensions in calf barn with permanently installed pens: Dimension individual pen: Pen / Calves: Ventilation area:

1:1 ± 0,6 m

Supply passage for calv pens:

± 3,00 m

Height of wall for feed table:

± 30 cm

Feed spaces per animal: All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B128

± 2,5 m2

1:1

Barn and Stable Equipment - Planning Examples

NEW View a virtual tour!

± 3.3 m

± 4.8 m ± 16 m

±2m

±3m

kaelbers tallmobil .patura.c om

Calf barn with mobile pens

Area dimensions in a calf shed:

In a calf barn with mobile pens the type and number of mobile so-called iglos or pens can be varied. An in-out method is therefore much easier with calves. We offer holding systems which offer to keep calves up to 8 weeks individually in mobile pens. After, they can grow in groups in so called XXLIglus or in a group pens. The group pens can be provided as a two-room barns with slatted floor and straw.

(As per German calf farming regulations) For calves (0-8 weeks) in an individual pen:

< 2. weeks

(Length x width):

1,2 m x 0,8 m

3. – 8. weeks

(Length x width):

1,6 - 1,81 x 1,0 m

For calves after 8 weeks of life is group penning prescribed:

≥ 9. weeks2

(Length x width):

1,8 - 2,01 x 1,2 m

For calves (0 – 6 months) in groups:

min.

Recommendation

Resting area

< 150 kg:

1,5m²

1,8 - 2,2 m²

Resting area

150 - 220 kg:

1,7m²

2,0 - 2,5 m²

Resting area

> 220 kg:

1,8m²

2,3 - 2,8 m²

3 3 3

When trough is installed inside the box Group penning prescribed: Individual penning only allowed, if less then 3 calves per group 3 For calves 3-8 weeks age: min. dimension 4.5 m² For calves 8 weeks up: min. dimension 6 m² All dimensions are non-binding guidelines 1 2

B129

Barn and Stable Equipment - Planning Examples

±5m

±3m

±5m

±4m

± 10 m

± 10 m ± 30 m

± 10 m

± 80

± 4.8 m

±6m

± 3.5 m ± 14 m

Two-room bedded pack barn for suckler cows

NEW View a virtual tour!

Suckler cow farming on the upswing Germany has seen a positive trend in beef cattle farming in the last few years. As a rule, raising of suckler cows is done on the pasture. It is important to have a cost-effective stable, which offers an efficient breeding during the winter time without high workload. • Cowshed needs to be cost-effective • Efficient animal management without a heavy workload

The following solutions are possible:

• Single-room bedded pack barn with bedding • Single-room bedded pack barn with raised feeding area • Two-room bedded pack barn with separate feeding and resting space • Freestall barn

The ideal solution with regard to building costs, work load and animal comfort: • Two-room bedded pack barn with feeding and resting space

For all cowshed systems:

• Separate area for calves which only calves can enter • Separate calving, sick animal and breeding bull pen

2-tieflau fstall.pa tura.com

Functional dimensions in a two-room bedded pack barn for suckler cows: Depth of the resting area: Resting area requirement per cow:

4.5 – 6.0 m²

Resting area requirement per calf:

1.2 – 2.0 m²

Alley width feeding area:

3.50 – 4.00 m

Feed spaces per animal:

1:1

Feed space width: Bedding requirements - kg/head/day: Bedding requirements - dt/head/200 days: Straw requirements - ha/head/200 days: All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B130

6.00 – 6.50 m

0.67 – 0.75 m 5 – 6 kg 10 – 12 dt 0.2 – 0.25 ha

Barn and Stable Equipment - Planning Examples

±5m

± 30 m

±0

±40

5 – 10 %

+20

–20

±6m

±0 ±4m

± 4.8 m

± 15 m

Two-room sloping floor shed for suckler cows

NEW View a virtual tour!

Animal-friendly shed system with low straw requirement Animal-friendly methods that are widespread in suckler cow farming are almost always based on bedded resting areas. In order to minimise the bedding usage a sloping floor shed should be considered. The animals at the correct stocking rate on a bedded, sloping resting area tread the soil down to a level surface, which is cleaned regularly – i.e. daily. This is done by automatic manure removal system, or by scraper. In large herds, it is advisable to install dividers in the resting area, so as to avoid territorial disputes. As a matter of principle, building in supports into the manure area should be avoided, so as not to interfere with the manure flow. In suckler cow farming, the provision of a pen for calves which the calves seek out for themselves right after birth, is important. If need be, the calves can also be fed there separately. Separate pens for breeding bulls are required, as are calving pens for winter calving. A subdivision of the herd into male and female animals may be considered. Water troughs should preferably be placed near the area of the feed tables. In view of the extensive area, care should be taken to ensure frost-free operation, ball-valve or heated individual bowls are appropriate here.

2-tretmis tstall.patu ra.com

Essential dimensions for a sloping floor shed: Depth of the resting area:

4.00 – 7.00 m

Resting area requirement per cow:

3.5 – 4.5 m²

Resting area requirement per calf:

1.2 – 2.0 m²

Alley width feeding area:

3.00 – 4.00 m

Feed spaces per animal:

1:1

Feed space width:

0.67 – 0.75 m

Slope of resting area:

5–8 % from a depth of 3 m

6 – 10 %

Steeper slope for lighter animals and lower stock rate Bedding requirements - kg/head/day:

3 – 5 kg

Bedding requirements - dt/head/200 days:

6 – 10 dt

Straw requirements - ha/head/200 days:

0.12 – 0.2 ha

All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B131

Barn and Stable Equipment - Planning Examples

±3m ±3m

±1m ±3m

±5m

± 30 m

±1.5 m

±2.5 m

±6m

±2m

± 4.8 m

± 17 m

Single-room bedded pack barn with raised feeding area for suckler cows

NEW View a virtual tour!

Livestock-friendly housing system for the professional suckler cow farmer For the farmer of a large quantity of suckler cows especially for winter calving: • Stable system needs to be efficient • Optimum supervision possibilities

Second feed table

• Offers access to the rear stable range • That is where the calves are – selective and separate supplement feeding • That is where the calving area is – optimum monitoring of the calving

Raised feeding area:

• Continuous easy access at the feed front to the feed table despite of deep litter • Depth: torso length + 30 cm

For larger herds:

• Dividers in the resting area, so as to avoid territorial disputes • Optional: sub-divide a herd into cows with male and female calves

Water troughs:

• Install in the area of the feed table • In view of the extensive area care should be taken to ensure frost-free operation • Ball-valve or heated individual bowls

1-tieflau fstall.pa tura.com

Essential functional dimensions for a single-room bedded pack barn with raised feeding area: Depth of the resting area: Depth of feeding area (heavy livestock):

1.80 m

Depth of feeding area (young stock):

1.40 m

Depth of feeding area (calves):

1.20 m

Resting area requirement per cow: Feed spaces per animal: Feed space width: Resting area requirement per calf:

4.0 – 5.0 m² 1:1 0.67 – 0.75 m 1.2 – 2.0 m²

Bedding requirements - kg/head/day:

8 – 10 kg

Bedding requirements - dt/head/200 days:

16 – 20 dt

Straw requirements - ha/head/200 days: All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B132

4.00 – 5.00 (6.00) m

0.32 – 0.40 ha

Barn and Stable Equipment - Planning Examples

±5m

± 30 m

± 4.8 m

± 3.5 m

±6m ± 14 m

Single-room bedded pack barn for suckler cows Single-room bedded pack barn for suckler cows Useful in the following situations as simple and animal-friendly livestock housing • Utilisation of old buildings • Level surfaces in new sheds may be used alternatively (machine hangar, straw storage)

To consider in comparison to the two-room bedded pack barn:

• Considerably higher straw requirement • A step of 40 cm height and 40 cm width should be provided at the feed table so that the animals are always level with the feed front even with increasing manure

For larger herds:

NEW View a virtual tour!

2-mutterk uehe.pa tura.com

Functional dimensions for a single-room bedded pack barn for suckler cows: Depth of the resting area:

≥ 6.00 m

• Dividers in the resting area, so as to avoid territorial disputes • Option: sub-divide a herd into cows with male and female calves

Resting area requirement per cow:

6.0 – 8.0 m²

Resting area requirement per calf:

1.2 – 2.0 m²

Height of step to feed table:

35 – 50 cm

Important: separate pen for calves

Width of step to feed table:

ca. 40 cm

• Protection for calves right after birth • Supplement feeding possible

Special pens:

• For breeding bulls • Calving pens for winter calving

Water troughs:

• Install near the feed table • Ensure frost-free operation

Feed spaces per animal: Feed space width:

1:1 up to 1:2 0.67 – 0.75 m

Bedding requirements - kg/head/day:

8 – 10 kg

Bedding requirements - dt/head/200 days:

16 – 20 dt

Straw requirements - ha/head/200 days:

0.32 – 0.40 ha

All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B133

Barn and Stable Equipment - Planning Examples

1.6 m

Feed Front

Gate

1.4 m

Modern, cost-effective open stable concept for horses • Optimal stable climate for man and horse • Calm animals through lively social contact • Rational feed technique • Only 10 % of the time required for mucking out compared to conventional stables • Simple, cost-effective, do-it-yourself assembly using extendable dividers

Recommended by veterinarians

High volume of air and an open peak facilitate quick exit of all noxious gases in the stable. Wind protection systems in the prevailing wind direction prevent drafts in the stable

1.6 m wide gates allow optimum access to each stall

B134

Horse feed front and a 25 cm raised feed platform provide an animal-friendly feeding

For efficient manure removal by loader, all box stall partition walls can fold away – each stall row is machine accessible along the entire length

Barn and Stable Equipment - Planning Examples

Important functional dimensions: Individual Box Stall Stable with Outside Paddock

Stable alley

Individual box stall for: ① - Mare with foal - Stallions ② - Breeding horses ③ - Large horses ④ - Ponies

Min. 2.5 m (double row: 3 m)

①

Min. 2.5 m

②

Min. 16 m²

③

Min. 12 m²

Min. 2.1 m

④

Min. 11 m²

Min. 8 m²

3-4

3-4m

Outside paddock

3-4m

Group Penning 3-4m

3-4m

3-4

3-4m

Supply storage and side rooms 3-4

Min. 7 m²/ pony Min. 9 m²/large horse

Rest area

3-4

feed area

Feed space pitch: Min. 80 cm/large horse

Open stable 10 – 15 m for group penning of up to 5 horses with 12 x 16 m turnout area

Feed space pitch: Min. 65 cm/pony

3-4

Min. 2,5 m/large horse Min. 2,1 m/pony

Min. 16 m²/pony Min. 22 m²/large horse 1-2m

3-4m

B135

Barn and Stable Equipment - Dividers

Dividers for horses With PATURA dividers, up-to-date horse stables can be set up to suit all requirements for light, air circulation and social contacts of horses. Due to the extensibility they adapt to almost all building situations. For lots of structural settings PATURA offers a diverse programme of special components helping to solve problems on-site.

Our recommendations:

Divider R4

Divider R3

Divider R2

Light Divider

Divider T3

Bar spacing 30 cm

Bar spacing 45 cm

Bar spacing 58 cm

Bar spacing 23 cm

Bar spacing 37 cm

For the safety of your horses

Box stalls, individual Paddocks Turnout area Foals

The guard rod reliably covers the gap between the divider and the post or wall (optional extra, ref. 303416)

Open, low partitions for easy social contact between each other. Generous box stall dimensions (3 x 4 m) for optimal free moving space

Animal-friendly horse keeping with outdoor paddocks

B136

Barn and Stable Equipment - Dividers

Dividers for dairy cows, beef cattle, young stock and calves

Stability and variability are our strengths

PATURA offers a complete programme of dividers for construction of cubicles in loose housing stables.

Our recommendations:

Divider R5

Divider R4

Divider R3

Divider R2

Light Divider

Divider V

Calf divider

Divider T3

Bar spacing 20 cm

Bar spacing 30 cm

Bar spacing 45 cm

Bar spacing 58 cm

Bar spacing 23 cm

Bar spacing 15 cm

Bar spacing 10 cm

Bar spacing 37 cm

Dairy cows Suckler cow farming Cattle

Heavy-duty mounting on sturdy 10 mm hinge plates with retaining bolt

NEW

Young stock Calves up to 6 months Beef bulls Short length

Your advantages:

• Installation: for 1 – 7 m sections possible • Flexibility: all dividers with horizontal bars are extendable by 1 m • Optimal stability for the intended range of application - Heavy dividers “R”: divider base section, sturdy 2” tubing (60.3 mm), extension section 1 ½“ tubing (48.3 mm) - Light dividers: divider base section: 1 ¼” tubing (42.4 mm), extension section 1” tubing (33.7 mm) - Divider for calves: upper and lower tubing 1 ¼” (42.4 mm), vertical bars ¾” (27 mm) - Divider V: upper and lower tubing: 2” (60.3 mm), vertical bars: 1 ¼” (42.4 mm) • Adjustment of ground clearance: turning the heavy and light dividers raises the ground clearance by 20 cm

The solution for special requirements:

Adjustable lower mounting using M22 eye bolt to compensate for angled mounting post

Tube-in-tube assembly with setscrew for easy length adjustment up to a metre

• Calf Creep • Man Escape • Recess for troughs • Twin-Tube Design for temporary dividers

Special extension section with recess for drinking bowl

Special extension section with man escape

Dividers with calf creep in dairy farming B137

Barn and Stable Equipment - Dividers

Dividers T3

45 x 45 mm

Ø 38 mm

Ø 48 mm

165 cm

90 cm

75 cm

37 cm

• Medium-heavy execution for use in dairy housing • Ideal height when using slat scrapers • Suitable for horses

50 x 50 mm

Calf Dividers

135 cm

105 cm

Ø 27 mm

134 cm

10 cm

110 cm

NEW: Increased height by 30 cm!

140 cm

• For calves up to 6 months • Vertical bars prevent calves from climbing up

Ø 42 mm

Dividers V

15 cm

Ø 42 mm

B138

Ø 60 mm

165 cm

• For beef cattle

Barn and Stable Equipment - Dividers

Dividers R3, R4, R5 • Reliable, heavy-duty execution • Wide range of application from calf to beef bull • Large selection of special components for almost all structural settings Nominal length = dimension centre of post to centre of post Mounted length = dimension centre of hole to centre of hole

165 cm

158 cm

115 cm

94 cm

Extension section L = 186 cm L = 160 cm (2/3) L = 111 cm (1/2)

R5 = 20 cm R4 = 30 cm R3 = 45 cm

Socket pin

Eyebolt for adjustments Ø 48 mm

Ø 60 mm

43 cm

60 x 60 mm

Dividers R2

New: can be used as telescopic gate

60 x 60 mm

165 cm

58 cm

70 cm

• For dairy cattle • For horses

Ø 60 mm

Ø 48 mm

Eyebolt for adjustments

Light Dividers • The lightweight alternative for calves, young stock and short fitting dimensions

23 cm

45 x 45 mm

Ø 34 mm

Ø 42 mm

43 cm

Socket pin

165 cm

158 cm

115cm

94 cm

Extension section L = 156 cm

Eyebolt for adjustments

B139

Barn and Stable Equipment - Dividers

Description

Type

37 cm

Divider T3 (170/270) Divider T3 (250/420) Divider T3 (350/520)

Ø 38 mm

Ref.

Weight

323591 323592 323593

25 kg 39 kg 50 kg

T3 (170/270) T3 (250/420) T3 (350/520) Nominal length: 170 - 270 cm 250 - 420 cm 350 - 520 cm Mounted length: 150 - 250 cm 230 - 400 cm 330 - 500 cm Mounted length base section: 140 cm 220 cm 320 cm Mounted length extension section: 135 cm 215 cm 265 cm

Ø 48 mm

Can be converted to a gate by installing a quick-lock TS

① Quick-Lock TS (vertical)

304103

1.6 kg

Divider R2 (170/270) Divider R2 (250/420) Divider R2 (350/520)

304210 304211 304212

31 kg 43 kg 56 kg

70 cm

58 cm

①

Ø 48 mm

Ø 60 mm

R2 (170/270) R2 (250/420) R2 (350/520) Nominal length : 170 -270 cm 250 - 420 cm 350 - 520 cm Mounted length: 150 - 250 cm 230 - 400 cm 330 - 500 cm Mounted length base section: 142 cm 222 cm 327 cm Mounted length extension section: 142 cm 222 cm 272 cm

New: can be used as telescopic gate

① ②

NEW: The lengths of the base and extension sections are

optimised so the extension area of the dividers R2 is now longer (see information to mounted length). By using the quick-lock TS for dividers R (304108) every divider R2 can be used as solid telescopic gate.

① Gap Guard ② Safety Screw

303416

1.5 kg

334285

1.0 kg

③ Quick-Lock TS for light dividers

304107

3.6 kg

④ Quick-Lock TS for dividers R

304108

3.7 kg

for feed fronts and dividers (Pack of 10) (Incl. clamps)

102 cm

(Incl. clamps)

③ /④

French Innovation Award

Please order posts and assembtly accessories separately! B140

Barn and Stable Equipment - Dividers

Type Divider R5 (1/2) Divider R5 (2/3) Divider R5 (3/4) Divider R5 (4/5) Divider R5 (5/6) Divider R5 (6/7)

Ref.

Weight

323050 323051 323052 323053 323054 323058

51 kg 73 kg 90 kg 113 kg 130 kg 152 kg

R5 (1/2) R5 (2/3) R5 (3/4) R5 (4/5) R5 (5/6) R5 (6/7) Nominal length : 160 – 220 cm 195 – 295 cm 295 – 405 cm 395 – 505 cm 495 – 605 cm 595 – 705 cm Mounted length: 140 – 200 cm 175 – 275 cm 275 – 385 cm 375 – 485 cm 475 – 585 cm 575 – 685 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm 561 cm Mounted length extension section: 111 cm 161 cm 186 cm 186 cm 186 cm 186 cm

Divider R4 (1/2) Divider R4 (2/3) Divider R4 (3/4) Divider R4 (4/5) Divider R4 (5/6) Divider R4 (6/7)

323020 323021 323022 323023 323024 323025

323000 323001 323002 323003 323004

Nominal length Mounted length 20 cm

Ø 48 mm

53 kg 60 kg 72 kg 93 kg 106 kg 128 kg

R4 (1/2) R4 (2/3) R4 (3/4) R4 (4/5) R4 (5/6) R4 (6/7) Nominal length : 160 – 220 cm 195 – 295 cm 295 – 405 cm 395 – 505 cm 495 – 605 cm 595 – 705 cm Mounted length: 140 – 200 cm 175 – 275 cm 275 – 385 cm 375 – 485 cm 475 – 585 cm 575 – 685 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm 561 cm Mounted length extension section: 111 cm 161 cm 186 cm 186 cm 186 cm 186 cm

Divider R3 (1/2) Divider R3 (2/3) Divider R3 (3/4) Divider R3 (4/5) Divider R3 (5/6)

Description

30 cm

Ø 48 mm

36 kg 49 kg 61 kg 73 kg 87 kg

R3 (1/2) R3 (2/3) R3 (3/4) R3 (4/5) R3 (5/6) Nominal length : 160 – 220 cm 195 – 295 cm 295 – 405 cm 395 – 505 cm 495 – 605 cm Mounted length: 140 – 200 cm 175 – 275 cm 275 – 385 cm 375 – 485 cm 475 – 585 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm Mounted length extension section: 111 cm 161 cm 186 cm 186 cm 186 cm

Ø 60 mm

45 cm

Ø 48 mm

Ø 60 mm

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately! B141

Barn and Stable Equipment - Dividers

Description

Type

Nominal length

Divider Water Trough R4 (1/2) Divider Water Trough R4 (2/3) Divider Water Trough R4 (3/4) Divider Water Trough R4 (4/5)

Mounted length

Ref.

Weight

323220 323221 323222 323223

58 kg 64 kg 78 kg 96 kg

R4 (1/2) R4 (2/3) R4 (3/4) R4 (4/5) Nominal length : 205 – 295 cm 255 – 355 cm 355 – 455 cm 455 – 555 cm Mounted length: 185 – 275 cm 235 – 335 cm 335 – 435 cm 435 – 535 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm Mounted length extension section: 211 cm 211 cm 211 cm 211 cm Ø 48 mm

Ø 60 mm

49 cm

56 cm

Divider Drinking Bowl R4 (1/2) Divider Drinking Bowl R4 (2/3) Divider Drinking Bowl R4 (3/4) Divider Drinking Bowl R4 (4/5) Divider Drinking Bowl R4 (5/6)

323320 323321 323322 323323 323324

56 kg 63 kg 77 kg 95 kg 112 kg

43 cm

45 cm

130 cm

Ø 48 mm

Ø 60 mm

40 cm

Divider Man Escape R4 (1/2) Divider Man Escape R4 (2/3) Divider Man Escape R4 (3/4) Divider Man Escape R4 (4/5) Divider Man Escape R4 (5/6)

61 cm

R4 (1/2) R4 (2/3) R4 (3/4) R4 (4/5) R4 (5/6) Nominal length : 195 – 270 cm 245 – 345 cm 345 – 445 cm 445 – 545 cm 545 – 625 cm Mounted length: 175 – 250 cm 225 – 325 cm 325 – 425 cm 425 – 525 cm 525 – 605 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm Mounted length extension section: 186 cm 186 cm 186 cm 186 cm 186 cm

Ø 48 mm

Ø 60 mm

Divider Calf Creep R4 (1/2) Divider Calf Creep R4 (2/3) Divider Calf Creep R4 (3/4) Divider Calf Creep R4 (4/5) Divider Calf Creep R4 (5/6)

100 cm

81 cm

max. 41 cm

B142

R4 (1/2) R4 (2/3) R4 (3/4) R4 (4/5) R4 (5/6) Nominal length : 190 – 290 cm 240 – 345 cm 340 – 445 cm 440 – 545 cm 540 – 625 cm Mounted length: 170 – 270 cm 220 – 325 cm 320 – 425 cm 420 – 525 cm 520 – 605 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm Mounted length extension section: 211 cm 211 cm 211 cm 211 cm 211 cm

Ø 48 mm

Ø 60 mm

323520 323521 323522 323523 323524

323420 323421 323422 323423 323424

70 kg 76 kg 90 kg 108 kg 125 kg

66 kg 77 kg 95 kg 104 kg 121 kg

R4 (1/2) R4 (2/3) R4 (3/4) R4 (4/5) R4 (5/6) Nominal length : 215 – 295 cm 265 – 365 cm 365 – 465 cm 465 – 565 cm 565 – 625 cm Mounted length: 195 – 275 cm 245 – 345 cm 345 – 445 cm 445 – 545 cm 545 – 605 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm Mounted length extension section: 212 cm 212 cm 212 cm 212 cm 212 cm

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately!

Barn and Stable Equipment - Dividers

Type Divider Water Trough R5 (1/2) Divider Water Trough R5 (2/3) Divider Water Trough R5 (3/4) Divider Water Trough R5 (4/5) Divider Water Trough R5 (5/6)

Ref.

Weight

323250 323251 323252 323253 323254

64 kg 74 kg 92 kg 117 kg 132 kg

Description

R5 (1/2) R5 (2/3) R5 (3/4) R5 (4/5) R5 (5/6) Nominal length : 205 – 295 cm 255 – 355 cm 355 – 455 cm 455 – 555 cm 555 – 625 cm Mounted length: 185 – 275 cm 235 – 335 cm 335 – 435 cm 435 – 535 cm 535 – 605 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm Mounted length extension section: 211 cm 211 cm 211 cm 211 cm 211 cm

65 kg 74 kg 92 kg 117 kg 133 kg

R5 (1/2) R5 (2/3) R5 (3/4) R5 (4/5) R5 (5/6) Nominal length : 190 – 290 cm 240 – 345 cm 340 – 445 cm 440 – 545 cm 540 – 625 cm Mounted length: 170 – 270 cm 220 – 325 cm 320 – 425 cm 420 – 525 cm 520 – 605 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm Mounted length extension section: 211 cm 211 cm 211 cm 211 cm 211 cm

Divider Man Escape R5 (1/2) Divider Man Escape R5 (2/3) Divider Man Escape R5 (3/4) Divider Man Escape R5 (4/5) Divider Man Escape R5 (5/6)

323550 323551 323552 323553 323554

74 kg 83 kg 101 kg 126 kg 142 kg

78 kg 88 kg 106 kg 131 kg 146 kg

R5 (1/2) R5 (2/3) R5 (3/4) R5 (4/5) R5 (5/6) Nominal length : 215 – 295 cm 265 – 365 cm 365 – 465 cm 465 – 565 cm 565 – 625 cm Mounted length: 195 – 275 cm 245 – 345 cm 345 – 445 cm 445 – 545 cm 545 – 605 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm Mounted length extension section: 212 cm 212 cm 212 cm 212 cm 212 cm

Ø 60 mm

40 cm

61 cm

Ø 48 mm

Ø 60 mm

Ø 48 mm

Ø 60 mm

81 cm

100 cm

323450 323451 323452 323453 323454

45 cm

Ø 48 mm

R5 (1/2) R5 (2/3) R5 (3/4) R5 (4/5) R5 (5/6) Nominal length : 195 – 270 cm 245 – 345 cm 345 – 445 cm 445 – 545 cm 545 – 625 cm Mounted length: 175 – 250 cm 225 – 325 cm 325 – 425 cm 425 – 525 cm 525 – 605 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm Mounted length extension section: 186 cm 186 cm 186 cm 186 cm 186 cm

Divider Calf Creep R5 (1/2) Divider Calf Creep R5 (2/3) Divider Calf Creep R5 (3/4) Divider Calf Creep R5 (4/5) Divider Calf Creep R5 (5/6)

Ø 60 mm

56 cm

34 cm 46 cm

323350 323351 323352 323353 323354

130 cm

Divider Drinking Bowl R5 (1/2) Divider Drinking Bowl R5 (2/3) Divider Drinking Bowl R5 (3/4) Divider Drinking Bowl R5 (4/5) Divider Drinking Bowl R5 (5/6)

Ø 48 mm

max. 41 cm

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately! B143

Barn and Stable Equipment - Dividers Mounted length base section

Mounted length extension section

R5 = 20 cm R4 = 30 cm

Ø 60 mm

60 x 60 mm

Base Sections R4/R5 The base sections R4 and R5 (0.32 m) permit the installation of extension sections. Extension sections available for all measurements by shortening the tubes.

Description

Type ① Base Section R4 0.32 m

Base Section R4 1.11 m (1/2) ② Base Section R4 1.61 m (2/3) Base Section R4 2.61 m (3/4) Base Section R4 3.61 m (4/5) Base Section R4 4.61 m (5/6) Base Section R4 5.61 m (6/7) ③ Base Section R5 0.32 m

Base Section R5 1.11 m (1/2) Base Section R5 1.61 m (2/3) Base Section R5 2.61 m (3/4) Base Section R5 3.61 m (4/5) Base Section R5 4.61 m (5/6) Base Section R5 5.61 m (6/7)

Divider Base Section R5 2-Way 2.50 m Divider Base Section R5 2-Way 3.50 m With central support

NEW

Weight

323028 323040 323041 323042 323043 323044 323026

9 kg 26 kg 32 kg 46 kg 64 kg 81 kg 103 kg

323158 323160 323161 323162 323163 323164 323165

9 kg 30 kg 39 kg 57 kg 82 kg 98 kg 114 kg

323175 323176

51 kg 74 kg

With the base section R5 2-way a combination of two different extension sections can be used.

Base sections R4/R5 0.32 m: Cut the extension section for shorter installation lengths

B144

Ref.

Base section R5, 2-way with 2 different extension sections

Barn and Stable Equipment - Dividers Mounted length extension section

Mounted length base section

Ø 48 mm

60 x 60 mm

Extension Sections R4/R5 Divider Gate 111 cm 186 cm 261 cm 105 cm 180 cm 255 cm

Mounted length extension section:

Type NEW ①� Extension Section R4 Divider 1.11 m ①� Extension Section R4 Divider 1.86 m ①� Extension Section R4 Divider 2.61 m NEW ②� Extension Section R4 Gate 1.05 m ②� Extension Section R4 Gate 1.80 m ②� Extension Section R4 Gate 2.55 m ③� Extension Section R4 Man Escape 1.86 m ④� Extension Section R4 Water Trough 2.11 m ⑤� Extension Section R4 Drinking Bowl 2.11 m ⑥� Extension Section R4 Calf Creep 2.12 m

Divider

4 Bars 5 Bars

Ref.

Weight

323036 323029 323047 323037 323039 323046 323045 323048 323049 323078

22 kg 28 kg 39 kg 23 kg 30 kg 40 kg 40 kg 32 kg 31 kg 44 kg

Gate

Man Escape

4 Bars 5 Bars

NEW ⑦� Extension Section R5 Divider 1.11 m ⑦� Extension Section R5 Divider 1.86 m ⑦� Extension Section R5 Divider 2.61 m NEW ⑧� Extension Section R5 Gate 1.05 m ⑧� Extension Section R5 Gate 1.80 m ⑧� Extension Section R5 Gate 2.55 m ⑨� Extension Section R5 Man Escape ⑩� Extension Section R5 Water Trough ⑪� Extension Section R5 Drinking Bowl ⑫� Extension Section R5 Calf Creep

323157 323057 323066 323180 323056 323065 323055 323067 323068 323069

Man Escape 186 cm

Water Trough Drinking Bowl 211 cm 211 cm

Calf Creep 212 cm

Description

Trough

4 Bars 5 Bars

Drinking bowl

4 Bars 5 Bars

Calf creep

4 Bars 5 Bars

22 kg 33 kg 44 kg 22 kg 38 kg 39 kg 44 kg 35 kg 35 kg 49 kg B145

Equipment for livestock buildings - Dividers V

134 cm

Dividers V

Ø 42 mm

Ø 60 mm

15 cm

Please order telescoping brackets, posts and assembly accessories separately! Description 10 Installation Variants:

Divider V 2.00 m With vertical tubes Divider V 3.00 m With vertical tubes Divider V 4.00 m With vertical tubes

② ③

Nominal length: Frame length: Mounted length:

④

Weight

323652

44 kg

323653

67 kg

323654

97 kg

2.00 m 3.00 m 4.00 m 200 cm 300 cm 400 cm 172 cm 272 cm 372 cm 181 - 200 cm 281 - 300 cm 381 - 400 cm

① Telescoping Bracket Standard ② Telescoping Bracket Angled ③ Telescoping Bracket Standard 2-Way ④ Telescoping Bracket Compact 1-Way

334408 334410 334409 334406

1.4 kg 1.4 kg 2.3 kg 1.3 kg

⑤ Telescoping Bracket Compact 2-Way ⑥ Telescoping Bracket Clamp 102 1-Way ⑦ Telescoping Bracket Clamp 102 2-Way ⑧ Telescoping Bracket Clamp 76 1-Way ⑨ Telescoping Bracket Clamp 76 2-Way ⑩ Telescoping Bracket with Eye Bolt

334407 334422 334423 334420 334421 334411

1.9 kg 3 kg 4 kg 2.4 kg 3.2 kg 2.2 kg

⑪

⑪ Clamp Ring d = 70 mm

8699001

0.27 kg

323659

9 kg

304108

3.7 kg

For support tube with set-screw ⑫ End Bar with Hinge Plates and Eye Bolt for dividers V 13 Quick-Lock TS for dividers R (Incl. clamps)

⑥/⑧ ⑦/ ⑨

(Wall mounting support tubes)

⑩

B146

Ref.

• For beef cattle • Length can be reduced, clamp ring d = 70 mm necessary and a hole for the clamp screw has to be drilled

⑤

⑫

Type

Equipment for livestock buildings - Calf Dividers

105 cm

Calf Dividers

Ø 27 mm

Ø 42 mm

10 cm

Please order telescoping brackets, posts and assembly accessories separately! Type Divider for calves 2.50 m With vertical tubes Divider for calves 3.00 m With vertical tubes Divider for calves 4.00 m With vertical tubes Divider for calves 5.00 m With vertical tubes Nominal length: Frame length: Mounted length:

Ref.

Weight

322060

33 kg

322061

40 kg

322062

54 kg

322063

68 kg

2.50 m 3.00 m 4.00 m 5.00 m 250 cm 300 cm 400 cm 500 cm 230 cm 280 cm 380 cm 480 cm 240 - 260 cm 290 - 310 cm 390 - 410 cm 490 - 510 cm

• For calves up to 6 months • Improved safety • Narrower tube spacing • Length can be reduced, clamp ring d = 51 mm necessary and a hole for the clamp screw has to be drilled ① ② ③ ④ ⑤

Telescoping Bracket Calf Standard 1-Way Telescoping Bracket Calf Compact Telescoping Bracket Calf Clamp 76 Telescoping Bracket Calf Clamp 76 2-Way Telescoping Bracket Calf Standard 2-Way

⑥ Clamp Ring d = 51 mm

For support tube with set-screw ⑦ End Bar 45 x 45 For calf dividers, for quick-lock TS and mounting bracket ⑧ Quick-Lock TS for light dividers (Incl. clamps)

322050 322051 322052 322053 322054

0.7 kg 0.8 kg 1.6 kg 2.1 kg 1,5 kg

890001

0.19 kg

322055

5 kg

Description

5 installation variants:

② ③ ④ ⑤

⑥ 304107

3.6 kg

⑦

⑧

French Innovation Award

B147

Equipment for livestock buildings - Dividers R2LB

The size of the group can be adjusted quickly by using the divider R2LB

Dividers R2LB Nominal length

48 cm

Mounted length

Ă&#x2DC; 60 mm

Description

Ă&#x2DC; 48 mm

Type Divider R2LB (1/2) Divider R2LB (2/3) Divider R2LB (3/4) Divider R2LB (4/5)

Ref.

Weight

304260 304261 304262 304263

19 kg 25 kg 33 kg 42 kg

R2LB (1/2) R2LB (2/3) R2LB (3/4) R2LB (4/5) Nominal length : 145 - 180 cm 210 - 270 cm 290 - 400 cm 390 - 470 cm Mounted length: 125 - 160 cm 190 - 250 cm 270 - 370 cm 370 - 450 cm Mounted length divider base section: 104 cm 154 cm 254 cm 350 cm Mounted length divider extension section: 88 cm 138 cm 168 cm 138 cm

Mounting Frame 334660 For mounting of dividers R2LB to cubicle dividers of 60 mm tubing (Exception: cubicle divider "Concept" and "Contour")

7 kg

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately! B148

Barn and Stable Equipment - Light Dividers

Type Light Divider (90/120) Light Divider (140/170) Light Divider (2/3) Light Divider (3/4) Light Divider (4/5) Light Divider (5/6) 90/120 Nominal length : 90 - 120 cm Mounted length: 70 - 100 cm Mounted length divider base section: 57 cm Mounted length divider extension section:57 cm

Ref.

Weight

323075 323076 323070 323071 323072 323073

18 kg 24 kg 37 kg 49 kg 61 kg 70 kg

Description

Nominal length Mounted length

140/170 2/3 3/4 4/5 5/6 140 - 170 cm 190 - 300 cm 290 - 400 cm 390 - 500 cm 490 - 600 cm 120 - 150 cm 170 - 280 cm 270 - 380 cm 370 - 480 cm 470 - 580 cm 107 cm 160 cm 260 cm 360 cm 460 cm 57 cm 156 cm 156 cm 156 cm 156 cm Ø 34 mm

• Light divider for calves or young stock • Consisting of base section and extension section, height 1.15 m • Eye bolt in lower section of the base frame for easy adjustment • 5 cross bars Ø 42.4 x 2.4 mm/33.7 x 2.5 mm • When the lock (ref. 323090) or the quick-lock TS for light dividers (ref. 304107) is attached, it can be used as a gate Light Divider Drinking Bowl (2/3) Light Divider Drinking Bowl (3/4) Light Divider Drinking Bowl (4/5) Light Divider Drinking Bowl (5/6)

323370 323371 323372 323373

38 kg 48 kg 60.5 kg 69 kg

Ø 42 mm

37 cm

2/3 3/4 4/5 5/6 Nominal length : 220 - 320 cm 320 - 420 cm 430 - 520 cm 520 - 620 cm Mounted length: 200 - 300 cm 300 - 400 cm 400 - 500 cm 500 - 600 cm Mounted length base section: 160 cm 260 cm 360 cm 460 cm Mounted length extension section: 156 cm 156 cm 156 cm 156 cm

30 cm

49 cm

323093 323091 304120 304130 304131

15 kg 9.5 kg 17 kg 18.5 kg 17 kg

• Base section: 5 cross tubes with Ø 42.4 x 2.4 mm / Extension section: 5 cross tubes with Ø 33.7 x 2.5 mm - order both items to get a full divider

115 cm

Light Base Section 1.07 m (140/170) Light Base Section 0.57 m (90/120) Light Extension Section Bowl 1.56 m Light Extension Section Gate 1.52 m Light Extension Section 1.56 m

Ø 42 mm

94 cm

Ø 34 mm

Attachable Lock To utilize the light dividers 90/120 and 140/170 as gates

323090

2.5 kg

② Quick-Lock TS for light dividers

304107

3.6 kg

(Incl. clamps)

Ø 42 mm

② Please order posts and assembly accessories separately! B149

Barn and Stable Equipment - Gates

Gates for horses Gates which are used at box stalls and paddocks for horses must not only guarantee safe locks and easy handling. These components of the stable equipment must also guarantee that there will be no risk of injury. The gates of the PATURA programme, recommended for application with horses, particularly fulfill these requirements.

Our recommendations:

Gate R4

Gate R3

Gate RS4

Gate RS3

Gate TS3

Light Gate

For the safety of your horses

Box stalls, individual Paddocks Turnout area Foals

Animal-friendly horse keeping with outdoor paddocks

B150

The guard rod reliably covers the gap between the divider and the post or wall (optional extra, ref. 303416)

Barn and Stable Equipment - Gates

Gates for free-stall barns: functional and safe

Stability and variability are our strengths

For the work management in a free-stall barn it is a decisive factor to position functional gates at the appropriate passages. Besides the necessary stability a major focus is placed on easy opening and closing as well as protection against accidental opening by animals. PATURA offers 4 different models with altogether 8 designs of variable areas of application.

Our recommendations:

Gate

RS5

Gate

RS4

Gate

RS3

Gate

TS3

Light Gate

Heavy-duty mounting on sturdy 10 mm hinge plates with retaining bolt

Dairy cows Suckler cow farming Cattle Young stock Calves up to 6 months Beef bulls Short length

Adjustable lower mounting using M22 eye bolt to compensate for angled mounting post

Please ask us for a detailed offer for your barns which can include on-site advice.

Tube-in-tube assembly with setscrew for easy length adjustment up to a metre

Gates R: lock protection with a self-locking flap trap

Gates RS: Easy opening and closing with quick-lock

B151

Barn and Stable Equipment - Gates

Light Gates • For calves, young stock and short fitting dimensions • For heavy lifestock with short installation dimensions Nominal length = dimension centre of post to centre of post Mounted length = dimension centre of hole to end of gate

Ø 34 mm

158 cm

Ø 42 mm 43 cm

45 x 45 mm

With simple safety lock

Gates TS

165 cm

75 cm

90 cm

37 cm

• Ideal for working alleys in dairy farming • The length of the gate can be slightly adjusted with each opening and closing • For application on passage ways of various width • Base section 1 1/2" tubing (48.3 mm), extension section 38 mm tubing • Easy opening and closing with quick-lock TS

45 x 45 mm

B152

50 x 50 mm

Ø 38 mm

Ø 48 mm

Easy opening and closing with quick-lock „TS”

French Innovation Award

165 cm

94 cm

23 cm

115 cm

Extension section L = 156 cm

Barn and Stable Equipment - Gates

Gates R • Tried and tested model with broad application • Gate R5 (5 cross bars) and R4 (4 cross bars) with double lock for sliding, gate R3 (3 cross bars) with single lock • Protection with self-locking flap trap (included) or safety bolt lock (accessory) • Base section solid 2" tubing (60.3 mm), extension section 1 1/2" tubing (48.3 mm)

158 cm

165 cm

55 cm

R5 = 20 cm R4 = 30 cm R3 = 45 cm

94 cm

L = 186 cm L = 160 cm (2/3) L = 111 cm (1/2) 115 cm

Extension section

R4 + R5 with security double lock R3 with simple safety lock Ø 48 mm

Ø 60 mm 43 cm

60 x 60 mm

Gates RS

Ø 48 mm

Quick-lock now lockable in open position

165 cm

158 cm

94 cm

RS5 = 20 cm RS4 = 30 cm RS3 = 45 cm

115 cm

60 x 60 mm

• Safety: animals cannot open the quick-lock • Basic structure and range of application as gate "R" • Base section solid 2" tubing (60.3 mm), extension section 1 1/2" tubing (48.3 mm)

Ø 60 mm

43 cm

• Easy opening and closing with quick-lock "RS" - Closing: the quick-lock automatically locks into the seating - Opening: only pull the quick-lock, no safety latch to actuate - Considerable time-savings when there are a lot of gates to open

B153

Barn and Stable Equipment - Gates

Type Gate R5 (1/2) Gate R5 (2/3) Gate R5 (3/4) Gate R5 (4/5) Gate R5 (5/6) Gate R5 (6/7)

Ref.

Weight

323060 323061 323062 323063 323064 323059

53 kg 74 kg 93 kg 115 kg 134 kg 156 kg

R5 (1/2) R5 (2/3) R5 (3/4) R5 (4/5) R5 (5/6) R5 (6/7) Nominal length : 160 – 220 cm 220 – 310 cm 310 – 410 cm 410 – 510 cm 510– 610 cm 610 – 710 cm Mounted length: 140 – 200 cm 200 - 290 cm 290 – 390 cm 390 – 490 cm 490 – 590 cm 590 – 690 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm 561 cm Mounted length extension section: 108 cm 156 cm 180 cm 180 cm 180 cm 180 cm

Gate R4 (1/2) Gate R4 (2/3) Gate R4 (3/4) Gate R4 (4/5) Gate R4 (5/6) Gate R4 (6/7)

323030 323031 323032 323033 323034 323035

323010 323011 323012 323013 323014

30 cm

Ø 48 mm

Ø 60 mm

30 cm

Ø 48 mm

Ø 60 mm

30 cm

Ø 48 mm

Ø 60 mm

38 kg 49 kg 61 kg 76 kg 89 kg

R3 (1/2) R3 (2/3) R3 (3/4) R3 (4/5) R3 (5/6) Nominal length : 160 – 220 cm 220 – 310 cm 310 – 410 cm 410 – 510 cm 510 – 610 cm Mounted length: 140 – 200 cm 200 – 290 cm 290 – 390 cm 390 – 490 cm 490 – 590 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm Mounted length extension section: 108 cm 156 cm 180 cm 180 cm 180 cm

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately! B154

Nominal length Mounted length

47 kg 62 kg 78 kg 96 kg 112 kg 134 kg

R4 (1/2) R4 (2/3) R4 (3/4) R4 (4/5) R4 (5/6) R4 (6/7) Nominal length : 160 – 220 cm 220 – 310 cm 310 – 410 cm 410 – 510 cm 510 – 610 cm 610 – 710 cm Mounted length: 140 – 200 cm 200 – 290 cm 290 – 390 cm 390 – 490 cm 490 – 590 cm 590 – 690 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm 561 cm Mounted length extension section: 108 cm 156 cm 180 cm 180 cm 180 cm 180 cm

Gate R3 (1/2) Gate R3 (2/3) Gate R3 (3/4) Gate R3 (4/5) Gate R3 (5/6)

Description

Barn and Stable Equipment - Gates

Type Gate RS5 (1/2) Gate RS5 (2/3) Gate RS5 (3/4) Gate RS5 (4/5) Gate RS5 (5/6)

Ref.

Weight

323130 323131 323132 323133 323134

53.9 kg 74 kg 93 kg 115 kg 47 kg

Description Nominal length Mounted length

RS5 (1/2) RS5 (2/3) RS5 (3/4) RS5 (4/5) RS5 (5/6) Nominal length : 160 – 220 cm 220 – 310 cm 310 – 410 cm 410 – 510 cm 510 – 610 cm Mounted length: 140 – 200 cm 200 – 290 cm 290 – 390 cm 390 – 490 cm 490 – 590 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm Mounted length extension section: 108 cm 156 cm 180 cm 180 cm 180 cm 11 cm

Gate RS4 (1/2) Gate RS4 (2/3) Gate RS4 (3/4) Gate RS4 (4/5) Gate RS4 (5/6)

323120 323121 323122 323123 323124

53 kg 60 kg 72 kg 93 kg 106 kg

RS4 (1/2) RS4 (2/3) RS4 (3/4) RS4 (4/5) RS4 (5/6) Nominal length : 160 – 220 cm 195 – 295 cm 295 – 405 cm 395 – 505 cm 495 – 605 cm Mounted length: 140 – 200 cm 200 – 290 cm 290 – 390 cm 390 – 490 cm 490 – 590 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm Mounted length extension section: 108 cm 156 cm 180 cm 180 cm 180 cm

Gate RS3 (1/2) Gate RS3 (2/3) Gate RS3 (3/4) Gate RS3 (4/5) Gate RS3 (5/6)

323110 323111 323112 323113 323114

11 cm

36.9 kg 48.3 kg 61 kg 76 kg 87 kg

RS3 (1/2) RS3 (2/3) RS3 (3/4) RS3 (4/5) RS3 (5/6) Nominal length : 160 – 220 cm 195 – 295 cm 295 – 405 cm 395 – 505 cm 495 – 605 cm Mounted length: 140 – 200 cm 200 – 290 cm 290 – 390 cm 390 – 490 cm 490 – 590 cm Mounted length base section: 111 cm 161 cm 261 cm 361 cm 461 cm Mounted length extension section: 108 cm 156 cm 180 cm 180 cm 180 cm

11 cm

Attachable Quick-Lock: Quick-Lock RS horizontal

304104

1.2 kg

Easy opening and closing with quick-lock RS • Closing: the quick-Lock automatically locks into the seating • Opening: only pull the quick-lock, no safety latch to actuate • Considerable time-savings when there are a lot of gates to open • Safety: animals cannot open the quick-lock

Quick-lock now lockable in open position

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately!

B155

Barn and Stable Equipment - Gates

Description

Type Gate TS3 (170/270) Gate TS3 (250/420) Gate TS3 (350/520)

Ref.

Weight

323601 323602 323603

28 kg 40 kg 51 kg

170/270 250/420 350/520 Nominal length : 170 – 270 cm 250 – 420 cm 350 - 520 cm Mounted length: 150 – 250 cm 230 – 400 cm 330 - 500 cm Mounted length base section: 140 cm 220 cm 320 cm Mounted length extension section: 135 cm 215 cm 265 cm Ø 38 mm

• The length of the gate can be slightly adjusted with each opening and closing • For application on passage ways of various width • Easy opening and closing with quick-lock TS

Ø 48 mm

French Innovation Award

Gate, small Mounted length 67 – 100 cm

323084

14 kg

NEW Ø 42 mm

25 cm

Ø 34 mm

75 cm

87 cm

23 cm

Suitable height for installation together with calf feed fronts

Ø 34 mm

Ø 42 mm

Light Gate (2/3) Light Gate (3/4) Light Gate (4/5) Light Gate (5/6)

323080 323081 323082 323083

37 kg 47 kg 58 kg 70 kg

Security Lock For light gates

304102

0.31 kg

2/3 3/4 4/5 5/6 Nominal length : 215 - 315 cm 315 - 415 cm 415 - 515 cm 515 - 615 cm Mounted length: 195 - 295 cm 295 - 395 cm 395 - 495 cm 495 - 595 cm Mounted length base section: 160 cm 260 cm 360 cm 460 cm Mounted length extension section: 152 cm 152 cm 152 cm 152 cm

• Light gate for calves or young stock, height 1.15 m • Consisting of base section and extension section, 1 lock Ø 25 mm • Eye bolt in lower section of the base frame for easier adjustment • 5 cross bars Ø 42.4 x 2.4 mm/33.7 x 2.5 mm

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately!

B156

Barn and Stable Equipment - Assembly Accessories

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

303451

4.6 kg

Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 60 mm 341110 1 Â˝" x 2"

0.5 kg

Brace For gates, with chain 8 m long, saddle clamp, turnbuckle, shackle and ring nut

303450

5.6 kg

Gap Guard

303416

1.5 kg

Security Lock For light gates

304102

0.31 kg

Support Wheel for stall gates Height 115 cm Incl. assembly accessories Mounting Kit for base section

Safety Screw for feed fronts and dividers (Pack of 10)

70 cm

New design

334285

1.0 kg

Drop-Over Frame For gates type "R", mounting to extension section only

303447

7.6 kg

Drop-Over Frame For light gates, mounting to extension section only

303454

6.5 kg

Total maximum gate width 8 m

Quick-Lock TS for dividers R (Incl. clamps)

304108

3.7 kg

Quick-Lock TS for light dividers (Incl. clamps)

304107

3.6 kg

Allows to use all dividers as gates

French Innovation Award

B157

Barn and Stable Equipment - Gates

Description

Type

Ref.

45 cm

One-Way Gate 323900 For dairy cattle at the milking parlour area For alley width from 75 - 120 cm, incl. end stop

Weight 14 kg

22 cm

One-Way Gate, double-leaf, with frame

323902

65 kg

200 cm

NEW Transitions where animals are only allowed to go in one direction, can also be installed on splatted floor and anywhere you don´t have walls for the fixation of the one-leaf one-way gate 323900 • High operating safety • The return of the gate is only driven by gravitation, no springs or other sensitive mechanism, thus high safety • Tubing 76 • Dividers and gates can be fixed to the one-way gate by using clamps 76 • High stability through conic reinforcement of the posts on the base plate

80 cm

26,5 cm 114 cm

Man Escape for slatted floor

38 cm

200 cm

NEW

26,5 cm 72 cm

B158

321509

44 kg

• Tubing 76 • Allows a barrier-free transition between pens even on slatted floor • By using clamps 76 dividers and gates can be fixed to the man escape for slatted floor • High stability through conic reinforcement of the posts on the base plate • Only suitable for large cattle with a weight over 550 kg

Barn and Stable Equipment - Gates

Description

Type Vertical Lift Gate for working alley

New design

Ref.

Weight

323901

165 kg

Area of use: where gates cannot swing freely, e.g. in front of waiting areas or at transit areas • Transit widths of 2.00 - 4.00 m are possible • Transit height 2.10 m when mounted at alley height • Overall height 2.83 m • Posts with base plate (250 x 350 mm) for slatted floor included

Locking trough spring-loaded bolts

Safe and easy rope-guided system

Even more stability due to welded tubes

Mounting brackets for additional mounting options

Post with base plate for slatted floor

Shorter tubes offer adjustable widths

B159

Barn and Stable Equipment - Feed Front for animal treatment

Divider and feed front for animal treatment A new dimension in work management and safety

Get safe access to the animal in a straw pen and whereever you need to fix the animal for treatment. It is possible to retrofit this system into existing stables. Thanks to two different versions, it is available as a separat system as well as integreated in dividers. This divider allows access and treatment from both sides, right or left. This new developed construction offers fast and safe fixation for caesarean section, pregnancy checking, operations, calving, udder problems, insemination. Description

Type

Divider for animal treatment 322028 Fixation on both sides of the feed front possible

55 cm

B160

69 kg

• Wide access to the flank and lower abdomen of the animals • By opening the bottom part you get unrestricted access with no annoying frame • Easy to open due to spring bolts • Even for large and heavy animals

190 cm 28 cm

Weight

NEW

75 cm

94 cm 140 cm

130 cm

Ref.

Watch demonsnow onfarm video tration

Barn and Stable Equipment - Feed Front for animal treatment

For fixation 4 telescoping brackets needed

Weight

321049

38 kg

② Feed Front for animal treatment

321048 with telescoping bracket R5 For fixation 2 telescoping brackets and 1 base section R5 needed

①

65 kg

• Lasts nearly down to the floor, so the fixed animal can lie down • The operator can lock the feed front from behind by using a rope • In the case of emergency the yoke can be opened at the bottom in one go

94 cm

① Feed Front for animal treatment

Ref.

140 cm

Type

②

NEW NEW 140 cm

70 cm

Please order telescoping brackets, posts and assembly accessories separately! 174 cm 70 cm

③ Telescoping Bracket Standard ④ Telescoping Bracket Angled ⑤ Telescoping Bracket Clamp 102 1-Way ⑥ Telescoping Bracket Compact 1-Way (Wall mounting support tubes) Base Section R5 1.11 m (1/2) Base Section R5 1.61 m (2/3) Base Section R5 2.61 m (3/4)

334408 334410 334422 334406

1.4 kg 1.4 kg 3 kg 1.3 kg

323160 323161 323162

30 kg 39 kg 57 kg

③

④

⑤

⑥

B161

Equipment for livestock buildings - Hoof Care Crushes

The advantages:

Professional Both of the â&#x20AC;&#x153;Profiâ&#x20AC;? models are all-round crushes for safe and efficient hoof care in dairy farming. Both models are superbly suited to all hoof care demands.

Locking Yoke operated by Cable Pull

Attachment Points for restraining bars

Standard front foot rest

Soil Guard

Belly Strap Winch with Self-Locking Angular Gear

Comfortable front foot winch for easy lifting of the front feet

Strap Uptake

2-Wing Opening Front Gate

Self-Locking Safety Winch

Strap Guide with Foot Fixation

Steel Grating Base 30 x 30 mm

2 Belly Straps

Front foot winch

Recoilless SelfLocking Safety Rear Foot Winch

Front Foot Winch, or, on request, Front Foot Rest

Comfortable front hoof care with winch

Rear foot winch with a comfortable working height of 90 cm

B162

75 cm

Comfortable self-locking wormgear winch for lifting and releasing the belly straps

The hoof care crush "Pro" is now delivered with variable height rear foot winch as standard, allowing different height working positions. The upper position allows for a comfortable working height of 90 cm. For large-framed dairy animals raising the rear foot to this height does not constitute a problem. For animals of a smaller build or for young cattle, however, the lift should be limited to 75 cm to protect the ligaments of the hind legs.

90 cm

Professional Version

Rear foot winch at the lowered animal-friendly working height of 75 cm

Equipment for livestock buildings - Hoof Care Crushes

Type

Hoof Care Crush “Pro 1” Rear gate + winch, soil guard, incl. 1 set restraining bars

Ref. Weight 310006

190 kg

① Front Foot Winch

310011

10 kg

② Front Foot Rest

310012

2 kg

Side Restraining Bars 1 set = qty 2, max. 3 sets possible

310019

4 kg

3-Point Linkage Transport Frame

310024

19 kg

③ Farm-Yard Transporter Wheels (pair)

310020

8 kg

With strap for hoof care crush

Coated

Swivelling, removable

• Sweep crush with steel grating base, galvanised • Made of 70/50 x 2.6 mm steel tube • Recoilless belly strap winch, 2 wide belly straps • 2/3 front gate with locking yoke • Swinging rear gate, soil guard, recoilless rear foot winch with adjustable working height 75 – 90 cm • Order front foot winch or front foot rest separately • External dimensions l x w x h approx. 210 x 112 x 200 cm • Inside passing width 75 cm

Hoof Care Crush “Pro 2” Rear gate + winch, soil guard, incl. 1 set restraining bars

310009

206 kg

① Front Foot Winch

310011

10 kg

② Front Foot Rest

310012

2 kg

Side Restraining Bars 1 set = qty 2, max. 3 sets possible

310019

4 kg

3-Point Linkage Transport Frame

310024

19 kg

③ Farm-Yard Transporter Wheels (pair)

310020

8 kg

With strap for hoof care crush

Coated

Swivelling, removable

• Sweep crush with steel grating base, galvanised • Made of 70/50 x 2.6 mm steel tube • Recoilless belly strap winch, 2 wide belly straps • 2-wing front gate with locking yoke • Swinging rear gate, soil guard, recoilless rear foot winch with adjustable working height 75 – 90 cm • Order front foot winch or front foot rest separately • External dimensions l x w x h approx. 210 x 112 x 200 cm • Inside passing width 75 cm

Description

①

②

③

①

②

③

B163

Equipment for livestock buildings - Hoof Care Crushes

Hoof Care Crush “Compact-Stall“ – for occasional hoof care while tethered, or in the cubicles

Hoof Care Crush “Compact“ – for light to medium weight dairy breeds

Compact-Stall

Compact

• The low cost positioning crush for the small to medium dairy farms • The ‘Compact-Stall’ version is delivered without a base, but with wheels, and lends itself to hoof care where the animal is tethered, at the self-locking feed front or in the cubicles • Comfortably equipped with 2 or 3 self-locking recoilless winches • Re-configurable as a sweep crush • Made of 50/40 x 2.3 mm steel tubing • 2 pneumatic tyres, 1 restraining chain at the rear • Recoilless belly strap winch, 2 wide belly straps • Recoilless, removable rear foot winch with strap • Order front foot winch or front foot rest separately • External dimensions l x w x h approx. 216 x 102 x 180 cm

• The low cost sweep crush for the small to medium dairy farms • The ideal crush for occasional hoof care • Comfortably equipped with 2 or 3 self-locking recoilless winches and front gate with locking yoke • Re-configurable as positioning crush • Made of 50/40 x 2.3 mm steel tubing • 2 pneumatic tyres, 1 restraining chain at the rear • Recoilless belly strap winch, 2 wide belly straps • Recoilless, removable rear foot winch with strap • Order front foot winch or front foot rest separately • External dimensions l x w x h approx. 216 x 102 x 180 cm

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

310004

95 kg

① Front Foot Winch

310011

10 kg

② Front Foot Rest

310012

2 kg

Hoof Care Crush "Compact Stall" Without base, 2 wheels, rear foot winch

With strap for hoof care crush

Coated

①

Comfortable rear hoof trimming using the winch

②

Standard front foot rest

B164

Equipment for livestock buildings - Hoof Bath

Type

Hoof Care Crush "Compact 1" Front gate with locking yoke, steel grating

Ref. Weight 310003

147 kg

① Front Foot Winch

310011

10 kg

② Front Foot Rest

310012

2 kg

③ Farm-Yard Transporter Wheels (pair)

310020

8 kg

Transport Trolley 25 km/h With pulling jaw for linkage draw bar

310025

8 kg

With strap for hoof care crush

Coated

Swivelling, removable

Description

①

Hoof Bath 200 x 85 x 16 cm

351010

19.5 kg

Hoof Bath 300 x 100 x 18 cm

351020

31 kg

②

③

• Made of impact-resistant, UV-stabilised polyethylene • Lozenge-shaped pattern on the tray base to ensure tread safety and optimum spread of the hooves

Modular Hoof Bath 124 x 80 x 16 cm

351030

13.5 kg

• Made of impact-resistant, UV-stabilised polyethylene (green) • Numerous hoof baths can be connected in succession Modular System • Can be connected in succession • Several treatment processes: pre-cleaning, preliminary disinfection, disinfection • Patented

B165

Barn and Stable Equipment - Basics on feed fronts for cattle

Feed Front Installation The feed front is the main component in a free-stall barn. The basic requirement for a "functioning" feed front is that it suits the age of the animals and their type of use, and is installed at the right height. Even the "correct" feed front can only fulfill its function if the "surroundings", that is, the floor, the feed table partition and the feed table, are appropriate. To ensure the optimum installation conditions for feed fronts, it is essential to know which feed front will be used when planning a livestock building. The mounting dimensions for the PATURA feed fronts and frequently asked questions about feed fronts are as follows:

B166

Mounting height for dairy cows

165 cm

158 cm

20 cm

50 cm

Frequently asked questions: Why must the feed table be higher than the floor? In the pasture, the animals do not feed on an elevated level! In the pasture, the animals put one leg forward when feeding. That is not possible in a shed. Therefore the reach when feeding is shorter. To compensate, the feed table is elevated. How high should the feed table partition be? It should reach the feed front to prevent feed falling on the floor when distributing feed. How wide should a feed table partition be? If it is planned that posts are concreted into the partition, the wall should be approx. 5 - 10 cm wider than the posts. What happens if the feed front is installed too low? Wear spots can appear in the neck. The catch mechanism of the self-locking feed fronts will not work any more. What happens if the feed front is installed too high? Smaller animals cannot reach the feed. The animals have difficulty threading in and out at the feed space.

64 cm

55 cm

+/- 0 cm

All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

Barn and Stable Equipment - Basics on feed fronts for cattle

Mounting height for swedish self-locking feed front

Mounting height for suckler cows with calves 145 cm

116 cm

145 cm

165 cm

69 cm

50 cm

40 cm

20 cm

50 cm

20 cm

51 cm

+/- 0 cm

Mounting height for calves

Mounting height for young stock 145 cm

165 cm

110 cm

20 cm

15 cm

+/- 0 cm

35 cm 30 cm

30 cm

40 cm

50 cm

135 cm

51 cm

+/- 0 cm

Mounting height for feed front 3-bar

Mounting height for feed front 2-bar 158 cm

158 cm

55 cm

20 cm

+/- 0 cm

Mounting height for feed table partition 2-bar with incline mounting set

64 cm

55 cm

50 cm

20 cm

165 cm

108 cm

+/- 0 cm

Mounting height for neck bar for dairy cows

155 cm

120 - 125 cm

55 cm

50 cm

20 cm

+/- 0 cm

All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

20 cm

55 cm

50 cm

165 cm

107 cm

+/- 0 cm

B167

Barn and Stable Equipment - Feed Fronts

Perfection in detail

Sturdy carrying tube (60.3 mm Ø), with telescoping brackets

Especially hardened bearing for the yoke

PATURA safety self-locking feed front Deflector bracket with transponder guard

PATURA safety self-locking yokes ensure that animals that lay down in them or slip, can get out of the lower end of the feed front without problems. Due to the special anti-noise-execution they are triple sound insulated. Rubber buffers prevent noise development when the yoke is opened or closed. A plasticcovered metal locking bolt ensures silent locking. The turning point of the yoke has a patented strengthening of the material ensuring that it does not wear over many years of use. For the feed front frame we use only high quality Ø 60.3 mm (2”) steel tubing. The intermediate bars and yokes are 42.4 mm diameter. All feed spaces are individually lockable. The feed front can also be mounted at an angle. We supply standard widths of 3 to 6 m, with feed space widths of 57 to 85 cm.

Heavy rubber buffers for maximum noise reduction

Internal plastic buffer for resetting of yoke Position 1 „Open"

B168

Position 2 „Lock-up"

Position 3 Safety position “emergency escape”

Barn and Stable Equipment - Feed Fronts

PATURA safety self-locking feed front â&#x20AC;&#x201C; for highest safety in dairy farming

PATURA safety self-locking feed front â&#x20AC;&#x201C; for highest safety in suckler cow farming

B169

Barn and Stable Equipment - Safety Self-Locking Feed Front SSV

Safety Self-Locking Feed Front SSV • Type SSV = Safety Self-Locking Feed Front with Adjustable Neck Width Optimum safety for all breeds of cattle and all types of cow sheds: emergency release via low end escape

• Long life-cycle due to hot-dip galvanising inside and out • Low-wear turning link

Safety/cow comfort:

• Quiet locking with plastic-coated locking bolt • Adjustable neck width • Feed space individually lockable • Feed front panel can be swung out up to 3 m (level installation) • Angled installation possible

Technical advantages:

• Safe for calves and collar-wearing animals due to optimised yoke bracket geometry • Noise reduction due to large, sturdy rubber buffers

Security advice:

• Don´t leave the stable as long as in position "lock-up"

• High stability due to massive tubing • Frame 2” (60.3 mm) x 2.9 mm, filler bars and yokes 1 ¼“ (42.2 mm) x 2.6 mm

3 Advantages:

Solid plastic-coated locking bolt

Internal plastic buffer for return of yoke

Deflector bracket with transponder guard

Low End Escape

Nominal length = dimension centre of post to centre of post Installed length = dimension from centre of telescoping bracket hole to centre of telescoping bracket hole (minimum = nominal length less 19 cm/maximum = nominal length)

94 cm

Frame length = nominal length less 28 cm

Feed space pitch

Our top product Very quiet and extremely safe

Feed space width = Nominal length : Number of feed spaces

B170

165 cm

For lengths over 4 m, a central support (included in order) must be concreted into the feed table wall

Barn and Stable Equipment - Safety Self-Locking Feed Front SSV

Type

Ref.

Nominal length

Feed space

Feeding place width

Feed space pitch

Weight

Safety Self-Locking Feed Front SSV SSV 10/6 SSV 9/6 SSV 8/6

321011 321010 321009

600 cm 600 cm 600 cm

10 9 8

60 cm 66.7 cm 75 cm

56 cm 63 cm 70.5 cm

204 kg 188 kg 184 kg

SSV 8/5.4

321013

540 cm

67.5 cm

63 cm

171 kg

SSV 8/5 SSV 7/5 SSV 6/5

321008 321007 321006

500 cm 500 cm 500 cm

8 7 6

62.5 cm 71.4 cm 83.3 cm

58 cm 66.5 cm 77.4 cm

165 kg 154 kg 144 kg

SSV 6/4.4

321012

440 cm

73.3 cm

67.5 cm

125 kg

SSV 6/4 SSV 5/4

321005 321004

400 cm 400 cm

6 5

66.7 cm 80 cm

61 cm 73 cm

121 kg 112 kg

SSV 5/3.4 SSV 4/3

321003 321000

340 cm 300 cm

5 4

68 cm 75 cm

61 cm 66.5 cm

101 kg 84 kg

SSV 3/2.5 SSV 3/2.15

321015 321014

250 cm 215 cm

3 3

83 cm 71.6 cm

75 cm 58 cm

66 kg 56 kg

SSV 2/1.6 SSV 1/1

321002 321001

160 cm 100 cm

2 1

80 cm 100 cm

63 cm 85 cm

43 kg 23 kg

① Telescoping Bracket Standard ② Telescoping Bracket Angled ③ Telescoping Bracket Standard 2-Way ④ Telescoping Bracket Compact 1-Way

334408 334410 334409 334406

1.4 kg 1.4 kg 2.3 kg 1.3 kg

334407 334422 334423 334420 334421 334411

1.9 kg 3 kg 4 kg 2.4 kg 3.2 kg 2.2 kg

(Wall mounting support tubes)

Please order telescoping brackets, posts and assembly accessories separately!

10 Installation Variants: ①

② 30 cm

⑥

③

30 cm

⑤ 30 cm

67 cm

⑨

⑧

⑦ 30 cm

④

30 cm

60 cm

⑩ 30 cm

30 cm

NEW

B171

Barn and Stable Equipment - Self-Locking Feed Front SV

Self-Locking Feed Front SV • Type SV = Self-Locking Feed Front with Variable Neck Width The feed front with its special strength in the beef cattle and young stock range Beef cattle:

Technical advantages:

Young cows:

Safety/cow comfort:

• The tubing of each feed space is welded in three places (as shown on the right) • High stability even for heavy beef cattle breeds

• Small feed space widths are possible for optimum space utilisation

Features:

• Quiet locking with plastic-coated locking bolt • Adjustable neck width • Individually lockable feed space • Feed front panel can be swung out up to 3 m (straight installation) • Angled installation possible

• High stability due to massive tubing • Frame 2” (60.3 mm) x 2.9 mm, filler bars and yokes 1 ¼“ (42.4 mm) x 2.6 mm • Long life-cycle due to hot-dip galvanising inside and out • Low-wear turning link • Safe for calves and collar-wearing animals due to optimised yoke bracket geometry • Noise reduction due to large, sturdy rubber buffers

Security advice:

• Don´t leave the stable as long as in position "lock-up"

3 Advantages:

Solid plastic-coated locking bolt

Heavy rubber buffers for maximum noise reduction

Noise reduction and deflector bracket (bottom)

Welded in three places

165 cm

94 cm

Frame length = nominal length less 28 cm

For lengths over 4 m, a central support (included in order) must be concreted into the feed table wall

Feed space pitch

Feed space width = Nominal length : Number of feed spaces

B172

Barn and Stable Equipment - Self-Locking Feed Front SV

Ref.

Nominal length

Feed space

Feeding place width

Feed space pitch

Weight

SV 12/6J Young Stock SV 9/6 SV 8/6

321035 321032 321030

600 cm 600 cm 600 cm

12 9 8

50 cm 66.7 cm 75 cm

46.5 cm 63 cm 70.5 cm

208 kg 175 kg 173 kg

SV 10/5J Young Stock SV 8/5 SV 7/5 SV 6/5

321033 321029 321027 321025

500 cm 500 cm 500 cm 500 cm

10 8 7 6

50 cm 62.5 cm 71.4 cm 83.3 cm

46.5 cm 58 cm 66 cm 80 cm

171 kg 152 kg 140 kg 134 kg

SV 6/4.4

321043

440 cm

73 cm

67.5 cm

115 kg

SV 7/4J Young Stock SV 6/4 SV 5/4

321026 321024 321023

400 cm 400 cm 400 cm

7 6 5

57 cm 66.7 cm 80 cm

52 cm 61 cm 75.5 cm

114 kg 113 kg 106 kg

SV 5/3.4

321042

340 cm

68 cm

61 cm

94 kg

SV 5/3J Young Stock SV 4/3

321022 321021

300 cm 300 cm

5 4

60 cm 75 cm

53 cm 66.5 cm

82 kg 82 kg

SV 2/1.6 SV 1/1

321041 321020

160 cm 100 cm

2 1

80 cm 100 cm

62.5 cm 85 cm

40 kg 21 kg

Self-Locking Feed Front Bull SV 1/1.45

321040 334408 334410 334409 334406

145 cm

1 145 cm

—

① Telescoping Bracket Standard ② Telescoping Bracket Angled ③ Telescoping Bracket Standard 2-Way ④ Telescoping Bracket Compact 1-Way

31 kg 1.4 kg 1.4 kg 2.3 kg 1.3 kg

334407 334422 334423 334420 334421 334411

1.9 kg 3 kg 4 kg 2.4 kg 3.2 kg 2.2 kg

Type Self-Locking Feed Front SV

(Wall mounting support tubes)

Please order telescoping brackets, posts and assembly accessories separately!

10 Installation Variants: ①

② 30 cm

⑥

③

30 cm

⑤ 30 cm

67 cm

⑨

⑧

⑦ 30 cm

④

30 cm

60 cm

⑩ 30 cm

30 cm

NEW

B173

Barn and Stable Equipment - Frame for collar width adjustment

The new flexibility for feed fronts: Frame for central collar width adjustment 3 Advantages: Position "Lock out": The animals have no access to the feed alley

Position "Open": The animals have free access to the feed alley

Position "Lock-up": As in a conventional self-locking feed front - however the neck width can be centrally adjusted per feed front

Functionality: The collar width needs no adjustment at every single place but can be set without any tools in one go. Fields of application: • For beef cattle: - Adjustment of the collar width according to the growth of the animals • For dairy cattle: If there is no need to lock the animals, the frame for the collar width adjustment can be set to maximum opening - The animals get easier access to the feed alley. They are more frequently at the feed front and eat more - The yokes are actuated less often and there is less noise in the stable • For all fields of application: All feeding places can be locked at the same time in one go - If the animals are not allowed to get access to the feed alley, e.g. during the time a feed mixer or any other machine is driving on the feed alley (yoke in position "lock-up")

B174

Barn and Stable Equipment - Frame for collar width adjustment

How to use the frame? The frame for the central collar width adjustment is fitted with special clamps to PATURA SV and SSV self-locking feed fronts type 10/6, 9/6, 8/6, 8/5, 7/5, 6/4. The intermediate bars for collar width adjustment equipped as standard are no longer needed. The frame for collar width adjustment can further be retrofitted to already installed self-locking feed fronts of the current PATURA range.

①

②

③

③ ②

Mounting example: Frame for collar width adjustment for self-locking feed front 10/6

Type

Ref.

Weight

Frame for collar width adjustment for self-locking feed front 10/6

321080

61 kg

Frame for collar width adjustment for self-locking feed front 9/6

321079

58 kg

Frame for collar width adjustment for self-locking feed front 8/6

321078

54 kg

Frame for collar width adjustment for self-locking feed front 8/5

321077

50 kg

Frame for collar width adjustment for self-locking feed front 7/5

321071

46 kg

Frame for collar width adjustment for self-locking feed front 6/4

321076

38 kg

Adjustment with locking pin

321074

1.0 kg

② Upper Clamp for frame for collar

321072

1.1 kg

321073

1.2 kg

① Upper clamp for Frame for Collar Width

width adjustment

③ Lower clamp for Frame for Collar Width

Adjustment with locking pin

Description

NEW

Accessories necessary for installation per frame:

①

Frame 10/6 Frame 9/6 Frame 8/6 Frame 8/5 Frame 7/5 Frame 6/4

②

③

B175

Barn and Stable Equipment - Self-Locking Feed Front SSV Modular Nominal length = distance centre of post to centre of post Mounting dimensions = distance centre of hole to centre of hole Frame length = mounting dimensions less 9 cm - 28 cm Available width for feed spaces = Frame length less 10 cm Feed space, min. 66 cm

The madeto-measure safety feed front

Support Frame Self-Locking Feed Front SSV Modular • All measurements and all feed space widths from 66 cm on are possible by shortening the tubes and/or selection of the number of feed spaces • The individual parts are pushed onto the support tubes and screwed into position at the appropriate point • With emergency unlocking, i.e., the animals can also escape from below • Double deflector bracket prevents small animals becoming trapped • Tube diameter 60.3 mm (top/bottom), 42.4 mm (filler bars) and 42.4 mm (yokes) • For lengths over 4 m a central support is supplied as standard (to be concreted into the feed table wall) • Secure locking: very quiet due to heavily damped yokes, rubber buffers and plastic-coated locking bolts • Special low-wear turning link, totally hot-dip galvanised • Frame height approx. 95 cm

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

Support Frame Self-Locking Feed Front SSV Modular: Nominal Length 6 m Nominal Length 5 m Nominal Length 4 m Nominal Length 3 m Nominal Length 2 m Nominal Length 1 m

321066 321065 321064 321063 321062 321061

65 kg 55 kg 45 kg 35 kg 25 kg 15 kg

2 support tubes, 4 insert elements with clamp ring, 1 locking tube, 1 operating lever, 1 central support (4 m and over)

①

②

③

① Feed Space SSV with Yoke, Stop Buffer

321050

15.5 kg

② Intermediate Bar

321053

2.5 kg

③ End Bar with Support Bracket

321054

3.5 kg

and Intermediate Bar with Clamps (Qty 1 per feed space)

with 2 T-Clamps (Additional for feed spaces wider than 75 cm) For locking bar (Qty 1 per panel)

B176

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately!

Barn and Stable Equipment - Self-Locking Feed Front SV Modular Nominal length = distance centre of post to centre of post Mounting dimensions = distance centre of hole to centre of hole Frame length = mounting dimensions less 9 cm - 28 cm Available width for feed spaces = Frame length less 11 cm Feed space, min. 52 cm

The madeto-measure feed front

Support frame Self-Locking Feed Front SV Modular • All measurements and all feed space widths from 52 cm on are possible by shortening the tubes and/or selection of the number of feed spaces • The individual parts are attached to the support tubes with T-clamps • Tube diameter 60.3 mm (top/bottom), 42.4 mm (filler bars) and 42.4 mm (yokes) • For lengths over 4 m a central support is supplied as standard (to be concreted into the feed table wall) • Anti-noise locking: very quiet due to heavily damped yokes, rubber buffer and plastic-coated locking bolts • Special low-wear turning link • Totally hot-dip galvanised • Frame height approx. 95 cm

Type

Ref.

Weight

Description

Support frame Self-Locking Feed Front SV Modular: Nominal Length 6 m Nominal Length 5 m Nominal Length 4 m Nominal Length 3 m Nominal Length 2 m Nominal Length 1 m

321066 321065 321064 321063 321062 321061

65 kg 55 kg 45 kg 35 kg 25 kg 15 kg

2 support tubes, 4 insert elements with clamp ring, 1 locking tube, 1 operating lever, 1 central support (4 m and over)

① Feed Space SV with Yoke,

321052

13.5 kg

② Intermediate Bar

321053

2.5 kg

③ End Bar with Support Bracket

321055

3 kg

Stop Buffer and Intermediate Bar with Clamps (Qty 1 per feed space)

with 2 T-Clamps (Additional for feed spaces wider than 75 cm) For locking bar (Qty 1 per panel)

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately!

①

②

③

B177

Barn and Stable Equipment - Assembly Accessories

Description ①

Type ① Feed Front Extension

②

Ref.

Weight

321503

9 kg

935 mm

Extends the feed front by max. 30 cm Ø 42 mm ② Add-On Bar for extension

334403

2.8 kg

Man Escape Feed Front

321504

16 kg

With 2 T-clamps To mount to feed front extension ref. 321503

Ø 51 mm 65 cm

935 mm

Extends the feed front by min. 55 cm to 70 cm

Ø 51 mm

Ø 42 mm

verstellbar 100 cm Ø 48 mm

Man Escape for feed front, without gate

321506

18 kg

Extends the feed front by 60 - 85 cm Ø 51 mm

130 cm

57 cm

935 mm

Ø 60 mm

43 cm 118 cm

Man Escape for feed front, with gate

Ø 48 mm

321505

Extends the feed front by 60 - 85 cm Ø 51 mm

130 cm

57 cm

935 mm

Ø 60 mm

43 cm

118 cm

B178

30 kg

Barn and Stable Equipment - Assembly Accessories

Type ① End Bar 45 x 45 for quick-lock TS

and mounting brackets

Ref.

Weight

321507

4 kg

Description

NEW 25 cm

①

②

② Quick-Lock TS for light dividers

(Incl. clamps)

304107

75 cm

Allows using calf feed fronts (self-locking feed fronts, diagonal feed fronts) up to 2.5 m as gates.

3.6 kg Ø 34 mm 45 x 45 mm

③ End Bar 60 x 60 for quick-lock TS

and mounting brackets

321508

7 kg 30 cm

Allows using self-locking feed fronts SSV and SV as well as diagonal feed fronts up to 3 m as gates

(Incl. clamps)

304108

④ ③ 935 mm

④ Quick-Lock TS for dividers R

NEW

3.7 kg

Ø 51 mm

60 x 60 mm ⑤ Support Wheel for feed front

303453

5.6 kg

Allows swinging of all self-locking feed fronts SSV and SV up to 3 m

⑥

⑥ One Hand Latch for feed fronts

334284

115 cm

⑤

1.9 kg

• Opening and closing with one handle • Areas of application: self-locking feed fronts SSV and SV, diagonal feed fronts for heavy livestock and young cattle, dividers R3, R4 and R5, light dividers ⑦ Central Support with Base Plate

334294

1.3 kg

334293

1.5 kg

334296

3 kg

For installation to feed table wall ⑧ Central Support (additional)

44 cm

and Cross-Over Clamp 2“ x 1 ¼“

16 cm

⑨ Central Support with Base Plate

42 cm

Ø 42 mm, over 4 m supplied as standard

⑦

⑧

⑨

B179

Barn and Stable Equipment - Assembly Accessories

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

Safety Screw for feed fronts and dividers (Pack of 10)

334285

1.0 kg

Clamp Ring d = 51 mm With set screw, for clamping 34 mm insert elements into 42 mm support tubes Clamp Ring d = 70 mm With set screw, for clamping 51 mm insert elements into 60 mm support tubes

890001

0.19 kg

8699001

0.27 kg

334286

0.6 kg

Long Locking Lever, for self-locking feed front SSV and SV

Easier handling of multiple self-locking feed fronts SSV and SV which are connected to central locking bars 334288

For more comfort assemble the locking lever in the center of the connected feed fronts

Central Locking Bar To connect several feed fronts

334288

0.5 kg

Spacer to incline every kind of feed front

334404

0.7 kg

Individual Feed Space Retaining Latch

334287

0.3 kg

60 cm

B180

Barn and Stable Equipment - Swedish Self-Locking Feed Fronts Transponder Guard

Neck width

79 cm

47 cm

Adjustable Eye Bolts

Damped Buffer

Heavy-Duty Turning Link

Locking Lever

Swedish Self-Locking Feed Front, for horned cattle • Optimum safety for all horned cattle breeds • Buffer stop made of rubber • Turning link with the established low-wear PATURA technology • Neck width 21 cm fixed • Feed space width 82 cm (not with 7/5 and 4/3): ideal for alternative farming (swedish feed front 2/1.7 and 3/2.5) • Mounted with 4 adjustable M22 eyebolts • Frame made of round tubing 60.3 mm and square tubing 60 x 60 mm, tombstone sections and yoke 48.3 mm, completely hot-dip galvanised

Type

Ref.

Nominal length

Feeding places

Swedish Self-Locking Feed Front 2/1.7 Swedish Self-Locking Feed Front 3/2.5 Swedish Self-Locking Feed Front 4/3 Swedish Self-Locking Feed Front 7/5

334246 334247 334249 334248

170 cm 250 cm 300 cm 500 cm

2 3 4 7

Central Locking Bar

334288 334292

① Central Support

Feeding Feeding place width place pitch 85 cm 83 cm 75 cm 71 cm

82 cm 82 cm 70 cm 68 cm

47 kg 62 kg 78 kg 127 kg 0.5 kg 9.3 kg

for swedish self-locking feed front Incl. thread rod and nuts (Not for swedish feed front 7/5)

①

2/1,7 3/2,5 4/3 7/5 141 cm 223 cm 269 cm 470 cm 150 - 158 cm 232 - 240 cm 278 - 286 cm 479 - 487 cm — — 1 2

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately!

129 cm

Frame length: Mounted length: Central support:

Weight

Mounting example: Central support for swedish self-locking yoke □ 60 mm

B181

Barn and Stable Equipment - Feeding Table Divider, Neck Bar Divider

55 cm

36 cm

40 cm

4 x 8 cm

Feeding Table Divider Description

Type

Mounting dimensions = distance centre of hole to centre of hole

Weight

Feeding Table Divider 2 Bars • Assembly dimensions max nominal length, may be shortened as required • Up to 3 m length only when used for beef bulls • Note: the animals get their feed from underneath the lowest tube, a feeding table wall is essential

Frame (without retaining plate) = nominal length -15 cm

Ø 89 mm

Ref.

2 Bars 6 m, 2 vertical braces 2 Bars 5 m, 2 vertical braces 2 Bars 4 m, 1 vertical brace 2 Bars 3 m

Ø 76 mm ①

① Incline Mounting Set

for feeding table divider Two sets are needed per feed table divider

321403 321402 321401 321400

79 kg 69 kg 55 kg 44 kg

334430

1.7 kg

30 cm Mounting dimensions = distance centre of hole to centre of hole

Feeding Table Divider 3 Bars • Assembly dimensions max nominal length, may be shortened as required • Middle tube is adjustable • Up to 3 m length only when used for beef bulls • Note: the animal get their feed between the middle tube and the lowest tube

Ø 60 mm

Ø 76 mm

Ø 89 mm

95 cm

Ø 76 mm

94 cm

Frame (without retaining plate) = nominal length -15 cm

3 Bars 6 m, 1 vertical brace 3 Bars 5 m, 1 vertical brace 3 Bars 4 m, 1 vertical brace 3 Bars 3 m

321408 321407 321406 321405

107 kg 99 kg 76 kg 61 kg

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately! B182

Barn and Stable Equipment - Feeding Table Divider, Neck Bar Divider

Neck Bar Divider Type Tubing Ø 48.3 x 3.2 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length ① Tubing Ø 60.3 x 3.6 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length Tubing Ø 88.9 x 4 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length

Ref.

Weight

341264

3.0 kg

341265

5.5 kg

341263

8.4 kg

341279

0.4 kg

341278

0.8 kg

334605

2.2 kg

Wall Bracket for tubing Ø 48,3 mm (1 ½“) 341091 Wall Bracket for tubing Ø 60,3 mm (2“) 334406 Wall Bracket for tubing Ø 88,9 mm (3“) 334604

1 kg 1.3 kg 2.4 kg

Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 76 mm x 48 mm 341223 2 ½" x 1 ½" ② Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 76 mm x 60 mm 341224 2 ½" x 2"

1.5 kg

Description

①

②

③

Tube Joint for tubing Ø 48 mm 1 ½", l = 26 cm, external Ø 40 mm Tube Joint for tubing Ø 60 mm 2", l = 26 cm, external Ø 52 mm Tube Joint for tubing Ø 89 mm 3", l = 34 cm, außen Ø 80 mm

Spacer Tube for neck bar ③ Spacer Tube for neck bar

For mounting post 102 Incl. assembly accessory 1 Spacer Tube for neck bar For mounting post 90 x 90 Incl. assembly accessory 2 Spacer Tube for neck bar For mounting post 76 Incl. assembly accessory 3 Post 76, 1.65 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Post 76, 1.95 m

1.7 kg

341095 341096

2.90 kg 5.2 kg

341098

4.4 kg

341097

5.2 kg

303473

15 kg

303471

13 kg

40 cm

Ø 60.3 mm • Cost effective feeding table divider • Post spacing: tubing 48.3 mm and 60.3 mm: max 2.5 – 3.0 m tubing 88.9 mm: max. 6 m • Height of the neck bar: 1.15 (up to 6 months), 1.30 m (6 - 18 months), 1.50 m (from 18 months) • Depending on age the user should supply a feeding table wall at a height of 40 - 55 cm

Assembly accessories for spacer tube for neck bar (ref. 341096 - 98): 1. Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 60 mm + 2x U-Bolt 102 mm 2. Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 60 mm + 2x U-Bolt for square-tube posts 90 mm 3. Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 60 mm + 2x U-Bolt 76 mm

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately! B183

Barn and Stable Equipment - Diagonal Feed Fronts

Description

Type

Nominal length = dimension centre of post to centre of post Installed length = min = nominal length less 19 cm/max = nominal length

94 cm

Frame length = nominal length less 28 cm

B = 32 - 35 cm

Ref.

Weight

Diagonal Feed Front 6 m 12 feed spaces with central support

334043

78 kg

Diagonal Feed Front 5 m 10 feed spaces with central support

334042

68 kg

Diagonal Feed Front 4 m 8 feed spaces with central support

334041

49 kg

Diagonal Feed Front 3 m 5 feed spaces

334040

36 kg

321508

7 kg

Ø 60 mm

HEAVY LIVESTOCK

① End Bar 60 x 60 for quick-lock TS

• For cattle and young cows over 18 months

and mounting brackets

Allows using self-locking feed fronts SSV and SV as well as diagonal feed fronts up to 3 m as gates

① ②

304108

3.7 kg

Diagonal Feed Front Young Cattle 6 m 15 feed spaces with central support

334156

88 kg

Diagonal Feed Front Young Cattle 5 m 12 feed spaces with central support

334125

70 kg

Diagonal Feed Front Young Cattle 4 m 9 feed spaces with central support

334094

51 kg

Diagonal Feed Front Young Cattle 3 m 6 feed spaces

334063

35 kg

(Incl. clamps)

NEW

Nominal length = dimension centre of post to centre of post Installed length = min = nominal length less 19 cm/max = nominal length

Frame length = nominal length less 28 cm

94 cm

② Quick-Lock TS for dividers R

B = 26 - 28 cm

Ø 60 mm

YOUNG STOCK • For cattle from 6 - 18 months

①

67 cm ③

②

60 cm ⑤

④

30 cm ⑥

⑦

⑧

⑨

⑩

334408 334410 334409 334406

1.4 kg 1.4 kg 2.3 kg 1.3 kg

334407 334422 334423 334420 334421 334411

1.9 kg 3 kg 4 kg 2.4 kg 3.2 kg 2.2 kg

(Wall mounting support tubes)

NEW 30 cm

B184

① Telescoping Bracket Standard ② Telescoping Bracket Angled ③ Telescoping Bracket Standard 2-Way ④ Telescoping Bracket Compact 1-Way

Please order telescoping brackets, posts and assembly accessories separately!

Barn and Stable Equipment - Diagonal Feed Fronts

35 mm

Ø 60 mm

43 cm

Modular Diagonal Feed Front • Length adjustable as required • Feed space width adjustable as required • Frame height suspension point 94 cm

Type

Ref.

Weight

Support Frame for modular feed front 6 m (without filler bars) 2 support tubes 60.3 mm diam., 4 insert elements, with central support

321514

51 kg

Support Frame for modular feed front 5 m (without filler bars) 2 support tubes 60.3 mm diam., 4 insert elements, with central support

321513

43 kg

Support Frame for modular feed front 4 m (without filler bars) 2 support tubes 60.3 mm diam., 4 insert elements, with central support

321512

35 kg

Support Frame for modular feed front 3 m (without filler bars) 2 Support Tubes Ø 60.3 mm, 4 Telescoping Brackets

321511

27 kg

Support Frame for modular feed front 2 m (without filler bars) 2 support tubes 60.3 mm diam., 4 insert elements, with central support

321510

19 kg

Support Frame for modular feed front

Order information:

334008

3.5 kg

⑨ Start or End Element

334007

7 kg

⑩ Central Support (additional)

334293

1.5 kg

For diagonal feed front with 3 T-clamps

Please order 1 support frame in appropriate length, including 2 start or end elements and the desired quantity of angled uprights! ⑧

⑨

⑩

⑧ Angled Upright for diagonal feed front

With 2 T-clamps

Description

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately!

B185

Barn and Stable Equipment - Diagonal Feed Fronts

Calf Diagonal Feed Front • For calves • Over 3 m incl. central support • Installation to posts and bolt-on brackets

Description

Type

75 cm

Ø mm

B = 22 - 24 cm

Ø 42 mm

Calf Diagonal Feed Front 5/2 5 feed spaces/2.00 m Calf Diagonal Feed Front 7/2.5 7 feed spaces/2.50 m Calf Diagonal Feed Front 9/3 9 feed spaces/3.00 m Calf Diagonal Feed Front 12/4 12 feed spaces/4.00 m Calf Diagonal Feed Front 16/5 16 feed spaces/5.00 m

①

Ref.

Weight

334051

19 kg

334052

23 kg

334053

28 kg

334054

40 kg

334055

54 kg

5/2 7/2,5 9/3 12/4 16/5 183 cm 236 cm 281 cm 381 cm 481 cm 193 – 213 cm 246 – 266 cm 291 – 311 cm 391 – 411 cm 491 – 511 cm

Frame length: Mounted length: ②

③

④

① Telescoping Bracket Calf Standard 1-Way ② Telescoping Bracket Calf Compact ③ Telescoping Bracket Calf Clamp 76 ④ Telescoping Bracket Calf Clamp 76 2-Way ⑤ Telescoping Bracket Calf Standard 2-Way ⑥ Extension for calf feed front

322050 322051 322052 322053 322054 332028

0.7 kg 0.8 kg 1.6 kg 2.1 kg 1,5 kg 7 kg

⑦ End Bar 45 x 45 for quick-lock TS

321507

4 kg

304107

3.6 kg

With 2 add-on bars

NEW

50 cm

and mounting brackets ⑧ Quick-Lock TS for light dividers (Incl. clamps)

25 cm

75 cm

⑧

⑦

⑥

Extension for calf feed front, max. 20 cm

NEW

75 cm

⑤

Please order telescoping brackets, posts and assembly accessories separately! B186

Equipment for livestock buildings - Modular Feed Front for calves

Mounting dimensions = distance centre of hole to centre of hole Frame length = nominal lenght less 6 cm - 26 cm Available width for feed spaces = Frame length less 15 cm

750 mm

Feed space, min. 50 cm

Modular Feed Front for calves • All measurements and all feed space widths from 50 cm on are possible by shortening the tubes and/or selection of the number of feed spaces • The individual parts are slided on the support tubes and screwed into position at the appropriate point • With emergency unlocking, i.e., the animals can also escape from below • Double deflector bracket prevents small animals becoming trapped • Tube diameter 42 mm (top/bottom), 27 mm (yokes and filler bars) • Locking: very quiet due to heavily damped yokes and plastic-coated locking bolts • Special low-wear turning link, totally hot-dip galvanised

Type

Ref.

Weight

Support Frame Calf Feed Front 3 m 2 support tubes, 1 locking tube, 4 insert elements, central support Support Frame Calf Feed Front 2 m 2 support tubes, 1 locking tube, 4 insert elements, central support

322019

21 kg

322018

15 kg

① Feed Space with Yoke, Stop Buffer

322015

8.7 kg

322016

2.1 kg

322017

1.7 kg

and Intermediate Bar with Clamps (Qty 1 per feed space) ② End Bar with Support For locking bar (Qty 1 per yoke) ③ Intermediate Bar With 2 T-clamps

Description

①

②

③

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately! B187

Barn and Stable Equipment - Calf Self-Locking Feed Front

Ø 27 mm

Calf Self-Locking Feed Front

75 cm

45 cm

Ø 42 mm

• Type SSV with safety low-end escape and noise reduction • Tiltable bucket holder for Ø 34 cm buckets (optional extra) • Trough for mounting to frame (optional extra – only possible with frame installed) • Adjustable neck width • Central support, length over 3 m • For calves up to 6 months max.

Description

Type

NEW: 5 installation variants ① ②

⑤

NEW

322002

22 kg

Calf Feed Front 4/2 4 feed spaces

322000

44 kg

Calf Feed Front 5/2.5 5 feed spaces

322001

57 kg

Calf Feed Front 6/3 6 feed spaces

322003

68 kg

Calf Feed Front 8/4 8 feed spaces

322005

93 kg

Calf Feed Front 10/5 10 feed spaces

322007

116 kg

2/1 4/2 5/2,5 6/3 8/4 10/5 93 cm 183 cm 236 cm 281 cm 381 cm 481 cm 103 - 123 cm 193 - 213 cm 246 - 266 cm 291 - 311 cm 391 - 411 cm 491 - 511 cm

With 2 add-on bars Extension for calf feed front, max. 20 cm ⑦ End Bar 45 x 45 for quick-lock TS and mounting brackets ⑧ Quick-Lock TS for light dividers (Incl. clamps)

50 cm 25 cm

NEW

75 cm

⑦

75 cm

Calf Feed Front 2/1 2 feed spaces

④

B188

Weight

Frame length: Mounted length:

③

⑥

Ref.

⑧

322050 322051 322052 322053 322054 332028

0.7 kg 0.8 kg 1.6 kg 2.1 kg 1,5 kg 7 kg

321507

4 kg

304107

3.6 kg

Please order telescoping brackets, posts and assembly accessories separately!

Barn and Stable Equipment - Calf Self-Locking Feed Front

Type

Ref.

Weight

332209 332210 332211 332212 332213 332214

8 kg 12 kg 13 kg 17 kg 20 kg 23 kg

361460

0.9 kg

③ Teat, white

438001

0.03 kg

④ Calf Feed Space Divider

332201

2.3 kg

NEW ① Calf Bucket Installation Kit 2/1 ① Calf Bucket Installation Kit 4/2 ① Calf Bucket Installation Kit 5/2.5 ① Calf Bucket Installation Kit 6/3 ① Calf Bucket Installation Kit 8/4 ① Calf Bucket Installation Kit 10/5 ② Calf Bucket 9 l,

complete with teat and holder

Description Tiltable

①

Calf bucket holder included

Mounting example: Calf feed front with calf bucket installation kit

② ⑤ Frame for Calf Feed Front Trough 4/2

For 1 plastic trough with bucket insert 2 m Frame for Calf Feed Front Trough 5/2.5 For 1 plastic trough with bucket insert 2.5 m Frame for Calf Feed Front Trough 6/3 For 1 plastic trough with bucket insert 3 m Frame for Calf Feed Front Trough 8/4 For 2 plastic troughs with bucket insert 2 m Frame for calf feed front trough 10/5 For 2 plastic troughs with bucket insert 2.5 m Plastic Trough with Bucket Insert 2 m Plastic Trough with Bucket Insert 2.5 m ⑥ Plastic Trough with Bucket Insert 3 m

322030

6 kg

322031

8 kg

322032

9 kg

322033

12 kg

322034

14 kg

322040 322041 322042

7 kg 9 kg 11 kg

③

④

⑤

⑥

Mounting example: Calf feed front with frame and plastic trough

B189

Barn and Stable Equipment – Horse Feed Front

Important dimensions for horse stables (Specification for horses with heights between 1.45 – 1.70 m)

Animal-friendly horse keeping Horses are herding animals, living in social groups and feeding together. The individual animal feels safer in a group than alone. For the training of standard behaviour especially in the foal stage the group is irreplaceable. The mutual body grooming reduces sickness and overcomes the fear of contact. Many health problems and disturbing behaviours are caused by the withdrawal from these basic needs.

Feed Area • Height of feed table above floor: 15 – 25 cm • Clear width feed access: 25 – 30 cm • Feed space width: 60 – 80 cm • Height of the trough edge above floor: 50 – 60 cm

Stall Dimensions • Required floor space for individual box stall: 9 – 12 m² • Required floor space for single-room freestall (without turnout area): 9 – 12 m² • Required floor space for multi-room freestall with separate feed and turnout area (feed and turnout area not included): 6 – 9 m² per animal

Horse feed front for animal-friendly feed intake

Turnout Area • Turnout area: 16 – 25 m² per animal

A wide stable alley with horse feed fronts for efficient feed presentation and easy time-saving observation of the horses

Horse feed fronts with a 20 cm raised feed table providing animal-friendly feed intake

B190

Horse feed front for groups held in freestalls

Barn and Stable Equipment â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Horse Feed Front

Horse Feed Front Horse feed fronts can be applied for provision of feed in individual as well as group enclosures. A feed table accessible by vehicle allows for provision of feed to larger groups with minimum effort. For individual horse stalls one gate is installed in the feed front of each stall.

With 5 decisive advantages for your benefit Advantage 1: Completely hot-dip galvanised For long life

Efficient feed distribution + animal-friendly feed intake

Advantage 2: Adjustable length Perfect fit for feed fronts

Advantage 3: Adjustable height For animal-friendly feed intake

Advantage 4: Adjustable neck width Suitable for all horse breeds

Advantage 5: Easy access For quick manure removal

Various stall concepts like group penning with turnout area and group feeding can be very easily implemented with the flexible panels

Now even more rigid using 3-bolt connection

Solid 3-bolt clamping provides optimum stability for the feed front uprights

Horse feed front for simple, efficient and animal-friendly feed provision, optimum stable climate through wind protection systems

Telescoping brackets for easy installation B191

Stable Equipment – Safety Horse Feed Fronts

PATURA Safety Horse Feed Fronts

Safety Horse Feed Fronts • Base frame in nominal length of 2.10 and 2.92 m, i.e. middle post to middle post Mounting post dia. 102 mm

The newly developed PATURA safety horse feed fronts come fully assembled without clamps and bolts. Filler bars are used to close the feed front between the individual feed spaces.

Nominal length = 210 / 292 cm Mounted length = 191 / 273 cm

• Bolted connections on both sides via one hand latch, the complete feed front can swing out

Ø 48 mm Ø 102 mm

• Base frame tubing: top/bottom 48.3 mm dia. (1 ½”) right/left 50 x 50 x 3 mm

150 cm

• Height: 1.50 m

• Steel tubing Ø 42.4 mm (1 ¼”) 28 cm

Ø 42 mm

• Assembly to existing building structures or with posts 102 mm dia. l = 2.13 m

Feed Front welded - easy installation

6 cm

• Theoretical feed space width: approx. 70 cm (3 spaces = 2.1 m) approx. 58 cm (5 spaces = 2.92 m)

Closed off gaps for highest safety

210 cm

• Distance between feed spaces approx. 53 cm • Clear feed space width approx. 28 cm • Shipped complete as a single welded unit, without clamps

165 cm

+158 cm

+64 cm

40 - 50 cm +20 cm

+/- 0 cm 50 cm

Type

Functional dimensions: Safety horse feed front installation using mounting posts

Ref.

Weight

Safety Horse Feed Front l = 191 cm (mounted length) 3 feed spaces

303563

54 kg

Safety Horse Feed Front l = 277 cm (mounted length) 5 feed spaces

303564

71 kg

One Hand Latch for feed fronts

334284

1.9 kg

Nominal length : Mounted length:

B192

1.95 m 210 cm 191 cm

2.77 m 292 cm 273 cm

All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately!

Barn and Stable Equipment – Modular Horse Feed Front

PATURA Modular Horse Feed Front • For ease of installation the 4 telescoping brackets are integrated in the support tubes • Required feed space width for large horses approx. 60 to 70 cm • Clear bar spacing 25 - 30 cm = distance between centres of vertical bars 30 – 35 cm • Shipped loose as a kit

Ø 60 mm

+20 cm

40 - 50 cm

30 - 35 cm

SAFETY ADVISE Clear bar spacings from 6 to 20 cm should be avoided

0 0 / 400 / 50 th = 200 / 30 th ng le Mounted

25 -30 cm

Ø 48 mm

Nominal leng

275 cm 221 cm

25 -30 cm

275 cm 221 cm

0 / 500 cm 200 / 300 / 40 Nominal length = Mounted length

Ø 48 mm

190/157 cm

• Base frames in nominal length of 2, 3, 4 and 5 m, i.e. middle post to middle post Mounting post dia. 102 mm • Intermediate lengths available by shortening the tubes • Height 1.57 m or 1.90 m • Base frame tubing Ø 60.3 mm (2”), vertical bars 48.3 mm (1 ½”) • Assembly to existing building structures or with posts 102 mm • Bolted connections on both sides, the complete feed front can swing out

+20 cm Ø 60 mm

+/- 0 cm 50 cm

Safety layout of modular horse feed front with filler bars

Standard layout of modular horse feed front with vertical bars

Calculation or order example: (Standard layout)

Order:

Horse feed front 2.65 m wide, bar spacing approx. 35 cm centre to centre • Horse feed front width 2.65 m (post centre) • Required support tube nominal length 3.00 m • Effective support tube length ÷ feed front width – (2 x post radius) – (2 x suspension width) = 2.65 m – (2 x 0.05 m) – (2 x 0.075 m) = 2.40 m • Number of vertical bars: Support tube length ÷ bar spacing (centre to centre) + 1 end bar = 2.40 m ÷ 0.35 m = 6.85 + 1 = 7.85 bars (rounding up to 8 bars) Type

① 1x 2 Support Tubes Ø 60.3 mm, 4 Telescoping Brackets ② 8x Vertical Bar Ø 48.3 mm

Mounting posts length 2.75 m, order clamps and fasteners separately

Ref.

Weight

Support Frame for modular feed front 5 m (without filler bars) 2 support tubes 60.3 mm diam., 4 insert elements, with central support

321513

43 kg

Support Frame for modular feed front 4 m (without filler bars) 2 support tubes 60.3 mm diam., 4 insert elements, with central support

321512

35 kg

① Support Frame for modular feed front 3 m (without filler bars)

321511

27 kg

Support Frame for modular feed front 2 m (without filler bars) 2 support tubes 60.3 mm diam., 4 insert elements, with central support

321510

19 kg

Vertical Bar Ø 48.3 mm Length 1.47 m with 2 reinforced T-clamps

303415

7 kg

303418

8.5 kg

2 Support Tubes Ø 60.3 mm, 4 Telescoping Brackets

② Vertical Bar Ø 48.3 mm

Length 1.80 m with 2 reinforced T-clamps Nominal length : Mounted length:

+/- 0 cm

50 cm

30 - 35 cm

5m 4m 3m 2m 500 cm 400 cm 300 cm 200 cm 480 - 495 cm 380 - 395 cm 280 - 295 cm 180 - 195 cm

All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

Please order posts and assembly accessories separately! B193

Barn and Stable Equipment - Posts and Assembly Accessories

The PATURA Posts: The ultimate range! Posts Ø 102 mm

225 195

303499

303224

303228, 303229

303220

303422

303421

303423

303420

303424

303427

303426

303221, 303222, 303223

303490

303225, 303226, 303227

135

303425, 303498

165

20 30 50

....

min. 2x

④

....

③

! ..

....

25 - 30 cm

....

Stable equipment is usually made out of galvanised steel these days. Galvanising offers very good and economical protection against rust, which occurs commonly with non-galvanised steel. However, the layer of galvanising offers no protection against the damage caused by acids and leaches. Acids and leaches corrode zinc as well as iron and many other metals. Acids and leaches appear in stables through many sources: in liquid, semiliquid and solid manure and especially in silage.

②

....

①

....

Optimal protection for stall posts

So, what to do? 1. Plan your stable so that as few posts as possible will be placed at critical points. Contact us before planning your stable. We’ll be glad to advise you. 2. Coat all posts, dividers and cubicle dividers which cannot avoid contact with slurry, silage, etc., with a bitumen coating or use PVC-sleeves for the posts. 3. Install a protective shell made of concrete so high that the slurry or silage cannot reach the post (see the drawing on the right). 4. Use stainless steel posts for particular critical areas. 5. Clean your entire stable regularly using a pressure-washer. This will extend its life span considerably.

Type

Ref.

Weight

Bitumen Protective Paint 1 l Bitumen Protective Paint 5 l Bitumen Protective Paint 10 l Bitumen Protective Paint 30 l

339201 339205 339210 339212

1.1 kg 5 kg 10.1 kg 30 kg

PVC-Sleeve for post 76 mm L = 17 cm

339300

PVC-Sleeve for post 102 mm L = 18 cm

339301

B194

Post with concrete encasement

Bitumen protective coating

Description

Requirement 0.3 l/m Rule of thumb: 1 litre for 4 posts

1. Immerse PVC-sleeve in hot water 2. Slip over post with the thinner side on top

Floor

Barn and Stable Equipment - Posts and Assembly Accessories

Posts □ 90 mm

Posts Ø 76 mm

Posts Ø 60 mm 225 195 165

303460

303459 303492

303495

303494

303475

303473

303472

303474

303471, 303497, 303476

303470 303429

303306

303305

303304

303307

303303

303302

303308

303301, 303300

135

20 30 50

102 mm

90 mm

76 mm

60 mm

Posts with Base Plate and Conical Reinforcement (patented) • Improved safety for hoofs • Maximum stability • Easy to clean, no areas which are difficult to access

Post for the granular subbase • Special version for mounting on the granular subbase

Stainless Steel Posts • For critical areas in the stable Posts Ø 60 mm • Economical alternative for small loads Additional lengths • Ideal length for more application Well-proven: special wall thickness 6 mm • For particularly high loads Well-proven: Posts for slatted floor • With special base plate for easy installation on slatted floor B195

Barn and Stable Equipment - Posts and Assembly Accessories

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

Posts Ø 102 mm with 4.0 mm walls (standard)

303425/303426 303427/303498 303221/303222

303420 303421 303422 303220

303499

165 cm

213 cm

213 cm / 225 cm/ 243 cm / 275 cm

165 cm / 195 cm / 213 cm/225 cm

Stainless Steel Posts

303424

Post 102, 1.95 m Post 102, 1.95 m 6 mm walls Post 102, 1.95 m Stainless steel Post 102, 2.13 m Post 102, 2.13 m 6 mm walls Post 102, 2.25 m Post 102, 2.25 m 6 mm walls Post 102, 2.25 m Stainless steel Post 102, 2.43 m Post 102, 2.75 m Post 102, 1.65 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Post 102, 1.95 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Post 102, 2.13 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Post 102, 2.25 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Post 102, 1.85 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 5 mm For granular subbase Post 102, 1.85 m 6 mm wall thickness, base plate 200 x 200 mm For granular subbase Post 102, 2.15 m Base Plate 200 x 200 mm For granular subbase Post 102, 1.65 m For slotted floor Base plate 350 x 250 x 10 mm Post 102, 1.65 m Base plate excentric Post 102, 2.13 m, spare Counter Plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm

303225 303226

20 kg 29 kg

303227

20 kg

303425 303498

21 kg 30 kg

303221 303222

23 kg 33 kg

303223

23 kg

303426 303427 303420

24 kg 27 kg 19 kg

303421

22 kg

303422

23 kg

303220

26 kg

303228

20 kg

303229

29 kg

303224

23 kg

303424

21 kg

303423

18 kg

303499 341200

21 kg 2 kg

① Mounting Sleeve 102

303490

5 kg

② Mounting Sleeve Cap 102

303491

0.8 kg

③ Adaptor Plate for slatted floor

341198

5 kg

47 cm long, outer Ø 114 mm

Posts with Base Plate and Conical Reinforcement (patented)

350 x 200 x 10 mm For mounting posts 102, 90 and 76 with base plate to slatted floors

②

47 cm

50 x 50 cm foundations for posts

5 cm

• Mounting sleeves simplify post removal • Also use for places where posts could later be installed • Sleeve cap prevents the ingress of dirt when the post is removed

Please find installation depths on page B194/ B195

③

All posts which come into contact with animal soil and feeding material should be painted with a bitumen coating! ①

B196

Barn and Stable Equipment - Posts and Assembly Accessories

4.5 cm

①

②

⑤

⑥

⑩

⑨

Type

④

③

⑦

⑪

⑧

Ref.

Weight

① Clamp 102, 1 fastener

303480

2.26 kg

② Clamp 102, 1 fastener centred

303435

2.01 kg

③ Clamp 102, 2 fastener angled

303481

2.55 kg

④ Clamp 102, 2 fastener

303482

2.61 kg

⑤ Clamp 102, 2 fastener centred

303436

2.56 kg

⑥ Clamp 102, 3 fastener

303483

3.16 kg

⑦ Clamp 102, 3 fastener centred

303462

3.10 kg

⑧ Clamp 102, 4 fastener

303484

3.63 kg

⑨ Clamp 102, 1 lock bracket

303485

1.73 kg

⑩ Clamp 102, 2 lock brackets

303486

1.99 kg

⑪ Clamp 102, 2 lock brackets parallel

303431

1.99 kg

⑫ Clamp 102, 2 lock brackets angled

303488

2.04 kg

Clamp 102, 1 lock bracket light For light gates

303430

1.64 kg

Clamp 102, 1 lock bracket RS

303380

2.2 kg

Clamp 102, 1 lock bracket TS

303381

2.3 kg

Clamp 102, 2 lock brackets RS

303374

2.9 kg

Clamp 102, 2 lock brackets TS

303375

3.1 kg

Clamp 102, 2 lock bracket RS parallel

303376

2.8 kg

Clamp 102, 2 lock bracket TS parallel

303377

3.6 kg

Clamp 102, fastener for drinking bowls (For Mod. 19R, 46, 115, 25R, 12P, 1200, Forstal, Lac 55, F30, F30A, F60, 10P, 20, 340, 370, 130, 350)

341203

2.70 kg

B197

Barn and Stable Equipment - Posts and Assembly Accessories

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

165 cm

303309

165 cm / 195 / 213 cm

213 cm / 243 cm / 275 cm

Posts □ 90 x 90 mm with 4.0 mm walls (standard) Post 90, 2.13 m

303301

22.4 kg

Post 90, 2.13 m Wall thickness 6 mm

303300

33 kg

Post 90, 2.43 m

303302

25.6 kg

Post 90, 2.75 m

303303

28.9 kg

Post 90, 1.65 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm

303304

20.8 kg

Post 90, 1.95 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm

303305

24 kg

Post 90, 2.13 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm

303306

25.8 kg

Post 90, 1.65 m Base plate 200 x 350 mm For slatted floor

303307

22.7 kg

Counter Plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm

341200

2 kg

303310 303311 303312 303313 303314 303315 303316 303317 303320 303321 303322 303324 303323

1.6 kg 2.2 kg 2.38 kg 2.4 kg 2.9 kg 3 kg 3.7 kg 3.7 kg 1.4 kg 2.2 kg 1.9 kg 1.9 kg 1.4 kg

① Clamp 90, 1 fastener ② Clamp 90, 2 fastener ③ Clamp 90, 2 fastener parallel ④ Clamp 90, 2 fastener angled ⑤ Clamp 90, 3 fastener, 1 x parallel ⑥ Clamp 90, 3 fastener angled ⑦ Clamp 90, 4 fastener angled ⑧ Clamp 90, 4 fastener parallel ⑨ Clamp 90, 1 lock bracket ⑩ Clamp 90, 2 lock brackets ⑪ Clamp 90, 2 lock brackets parallel ⑫ Clamp 90, 2 lock brackets angled

Clamp 90, 1 lock bracket light (For light gates) 14 Clamp 90, 1 lock bracket RS 303382 15 Clamp, 90, 1 lock bracket TS 303342 16 Clamp 90, 2 lock brackets RS 303343 17 Clamp 90, 2 lock brackets TS 303344 18 Clamp, 90 mm, 2 lock brackets RS, parallel 303383 19 Clamp 90, 2 lock brackets TS parallel 303345 20 Clamp 90, fastener for drinking bowls 303329 (Mod. 19R, 46, 19R, 46, 115, 25R,12P, 1200, Forstal, Lac 55, F30, F30A, F60, 10P, 20, 340, 370, 130, 350) 13

303308

303300 303303

303304 303306

303307

Please find installation depths on page B194/ B195

1.6 kg 2.1 kg 2 kg 2.9 kg 2.8 kg 3.5 kg 3.30 kg

Mounting Sleeve 90 50 cm long, 100 x 100 mm (outer Ø)

303308

3 kg

Mounting Sleeve Cap Square 90

303309

1 kg

All posts which come into contact with animal soil and feeding material should be painted with a bitumen coating!

①

⑪

B198

②

⑫

③

④

⑤

⑦

⑥

⑧

⑨

⑩

Barn and Stable Equipment - Posts and Assembly Accessories

Type

Ref.

Weight

Description

Posts Ø 76 mm with 3.6 mm walls (standard)

303476

13 kg

303472

13 kg

303473

15 kg

303494

12 kg

303495

14 kg

303474

16 kg

303475

13.7 kg

341200

2 kg

① Clamp 76, 1 fastener ② Clamp 76, 2 fastener angled ③ Clamp 76, 2 fastener ④ Clamp 76, 3 fastener centered ⑤ Clamp 76, 3 fastener ⑥ Clamp 76, 4 fastener ⑦ Clamp 76, 1 lock bracket ⑧ Clamp 76, 2 lock brackets ⑨ Clamp 76, 2 lock brackets parallel ⑩ Clamp 76, 2 lock brackets angled ⑪ Clamp 76, 1 lock bracket light

303433 303434 303437 303438 303479 303439 303441 303444 303443 303478 303442

1.5 kg 2.1 kg 2.1 kg 2.4 kg 2.4 kg 3.0 kg 1.28 kg 1.7 kg 1.7 kg 1.44 kg 1.3 kg

⑫ Clamp 76, 1 lock bracket RS

303384 303385 303386 303387 303388 303389 303469

1.6 kg 1.8 kg 2.3 kg 2.7 kg 2.4 kg 3.2 kg 2.2 kg

Mounting Sleeve 76 40 cm long, outer Ø 89 mm

303429

3 kg

Mounting Sleeve Cap 76

303449

0.5 kg

Counter Plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm

(For light gates)

13 14 15 16 17 18

Clamp 76, 1 lock bracket TS Clamp 76, 2 lock brackets RS Clamp 76, 2 lock brackets TS Clamp 76, 2 lock brackets RS parallel Clamp 76, 2 lock brackets TS parallel Clamp 76, fastener for drinking bowls (Mod. 19R, 46, 19R, 46, 115, 25R, 12P, 1200, Forstal, Lac 55, F30, F30A, F60, 10P, 20, 340, 370, 130, 350)

303449

303429

All posts which come into contact with animal soil and feeding material should be painted with a bitumen coating!

4.5 cm

①

⑦

Stainless Steel Posts

⑧

⑨

⑩

②

⑪

135 cm /165 cm

11 kg 13 kg 21 kg

165 cm

303470 303471 303497

165 cm / 195 cm

Post 76, 1.65 m Post 76, 1.95 m Post 76, 1.95 m 6 mm walls Post 76, 1.95 m -NEWStainless steel Post 76, 1.35 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Post 76, 1.65 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Post 76, 1.55 m -NEWBase plate 200 x 200 mm for granular subbase Post 76, 1.85 m -NEWBase plate 200 x 200 mm for granular subbase Post 76, 1.65 m Base plate 250 x 350 mm for slatted floor Post 76, 1.65 m Base plate 140 x 200 mm eccentric

③

⑫

303470 303471 303476 303497

Please find installation depths on page B194/ B195

303472 303473

Posts with Base Plate and Conical Reinforcement (patented)

④

303474

⑤

⑥

B199

Barn and Stable Equipment - Posts and Assembly Accessories

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

Posts Ø 60 mm with 3.6 mm walls (standard) Post 60, 1.65 m Post 60, 1.35 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm

303459 303460

9 kg 10 kg

① Clamp 60, 1 fastener ② Clamp 60, 2 fastener ③ Clamp 60, 2 fastener parallel ④ Clamp 60, 3 fastener ⑤ Clamp 60, 4 fastener ⑥ Clamp 60, 1 lock bracket light

303465 303466 303464 303467 303468 303432

1.6 kg 1.9 kg 1.9 kg 2.5 kg 3 kg 1.5 kg

303492

1.5 kg

303493

0.5 kg

135 cm

165 cm

For light gates Mounting Sleeve 60 30 cm long, outer Ø 70 mm Sleeve Cap For mounting sleeve 60

All posts which come into contact with animal soil and feeding material should be painted with a bitumen coating!

303493

①

②

③

4.5 cm

④

303459 B200

303460

303492

⑤

⑥

Barn and Stable Equipment - Posts and Assembly Accessories

Description

Ref.

Weight

341209

0.5 kg

341227

0.5 kg

341226

0.48 kg

341001

0.4 kg

T-Clamp, 1 screw, 60 mm x 48 mm 2 " x 1 ½" T-Clamp, 1 screw, 48 mm x 48 mm 1 ½" x 1 ½" T-Clamp, 1 screw, 48 mm x 42 mm 1 ½" x 1 ¼"

341208

0.8 kg

341207

0.5 kg

341002

0.5 kg

T-Clamp, 2 screws, 76 mm x 60 mm 2 ½" x 2" T-Clamp, 2 screws, 76 mm x 48 mm 2 ½" x 1 ½" T-Clamp, 2 screws, 60 mm x 60 mm 2" x 2" T-Clamp, 2 screws, 48 mm x 60 mm 1 ½" x 2"

341270

1.5 kg

341271

1.2 kg

341214

1.1 kg

341012

0.8 kg

T-Clamp, 3 screws, 76 mm x 60 mm 2 ½" x 2" T-Clamp, 3 screws, 60 mm x 60 mm 2" x 2" T-Clamp, 3 screws, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½"

341291

1.2 kg

341217

1.1 kg

341213

0.9 kg

Double T-Clamp, 76 mm x 60 mm 2 ½" x 2" Double T-Clamp, 76 mm x 48 mm 2 ½" x 1 ½" Double T-Clamp, 60 mm x 60 mm 2" x 2" Double T-Clamp, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½"

341275

2 kg

341276

1.4 kg

341211

1.5 kg

341210

1.3 kg

Cross-Over Clamp, 102 mm x 60 mm 3 ½" x 2" Cross-Over Clamp, 89 mm x 76 mm 3" x 2 ½" Cross-Over Clamp, 76 mm x 60 mm 2 ½" x 2" Cross-Over Clamp, 76 mm x 48 mm 2 ½" x 1 ½" Cross-Over Clamp, 76 mm x 42 mm 2 ½" x 1 ¼" Cross-Over Clamp, 60 mm x 60 mm 2" x 2" Cross-Over Clamp, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½" Cross-Over Clamp, 60 mm x 42 mm 2" x 1 ¼"

341222

1.2 kg

341016

1.3 kg

341273

1.0 kg

341272

0.9 kg

341293

1 kg

341221

1.2 kg

341220

0.9 kg

341233

1.0 kg

T-Clamp, interlocked, 60 mm x 42 mm 2" x 1 ¼" T-Clamp, interlocked, 48 mm x 42 mm 1 ½" x 1 ¼" T-Clamp, interlocked, 42 mm x 42 mm 1 ¼" x 1 ¼" T-Clamp, interlocked, 42 mm x 27 mm 1 ¼" x ¾"

Mounting example (341209):

Ø 60 mm

Type

Ø 42 mm

Tube dimensions (external diameter) ½” = 21.3 mm ¾” = 26.9 mm 1” = 33.7 mm 1 ¼” = 42.4 mm 1 ½” = 48.3 mm 2” = 60.3 mm 2 ½” = 76.1 mm 3” = 88.9 mm 3 ½” = 102 mm

Mounting example (341275): Ø 60 mm

Ø 76 mm

B201

Barn and Stable Equipment - Clamps

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

341204

0.7 kg

334606

0.7 kg

341274

0.3 kg

341231

0.2 kg

341230

0.2 kg

341229

0.2 kg

340070

0.03 kg

341243

0.02 kg

341241

0.02 kg

340060

0.02 kg

341240

0.02 kg

① U-Bolt for square-tube posts 90 mm

341015

0.2 kg

② U-Bolt 60 mm - M10

341242

0.2 kg

③ U-Bolt 76 mm - M10

341246

0.2 kg

④ U-Bolt 89 mm - M10

341014

0.2 kg

⑤ U-Bolt 102 mm - M10

341247

0.2 kg

Saddle Clamp 102 mm 3 ½" Saddle Clamp 89 mm 3" Saddle Clamp 76 mm 2 ½" Saddle Clamp 60 mm 2" Saddle Clamp 48 mm 1 ½" Saddle Clamp 42 mm 1 ¼"

Cap 102 mm 3 ½" Cap 76 mm 2 ½" Cap 60 mm 2" - tube size 1.5 – 2 mm Cap 60 mm 2" - tube size 3 – 4 mm Cap 48 mm 1 ½"

2" - M10

2 ½" - M10

①

②

③

3" - M10

3 ½" - M10

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

Thread length: Internal width: Internal height:

① 15 mm 90 mm 110 mm

② 35 mm 61 mm 80 mm

Clamp 76, with U-profile 35 cm Clamp 76, with U-profile 35 cm double Clamp 90, with U-profile 35 cm Clamp 90, with U-profile 35 cm double ⑥ Clamp 102, with U-profile 35 cm ⑦ Clamp 102, with U-profile 35 cm double

③ 40 mm 76 mm 110 mm

303396 303397 303326 303327 341202 341212

④ 40 mm 92 mm 115 mm

⑤ 40 mm 102 mm 135 mm

3.5 kg 5.9 kg 3.5 kg 6.0 kg 3.1 kg 4.7 kg

50 mm

B202

Barn and Stable Equipment - Assembly Accessories

Type

Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 76 mm x 76 mm 2 ½" x 2 ½" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 76 mm x 60 mm 2 ½" x 2" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 76 mm x 48 mm 2 ½" x 1 ½" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 60 mm 2" x 2" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 48 mm x 48 mm 1 ½" x 1 ½"

Ref. Weight 341103

1.6 kg

341224

1.7 kg

341223

1.5 kg

341101

1.6 kg

341100

1.5 kg

341102

1.45 kg

Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 60 mm 341110 1 ½" x 2" Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 48 mm 341120 1 ½" x 1 ½" Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 42 mm x 48 mm 341113 1 ¼" x 1 ½" Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 34 mm x 48 mm 34111103 1" x 1 ½" Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 34 mm x 34 mm 341111 1" x 1" Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 27 mm x 34 mm 341112 ¾" x 1"

0.5 kg

0.3 kg

0.2 kg

Tube Joint for tubing Ø 89 mm 3", l = 34 cm, außen Ø 80 mm

334605

2.2 kg

Tube Joint for tubing Ø 60 mm 2", l = 26 cm, external Ø 52 mm

341278

0.8 kg

Tube Joint for tubing Ø 48 mm 1 ½", l = 26 cm, external Ø 40 mm

341279

0.4 kg

⑧ Holder for neck and nose strap floor/wall 341092

⑨ Holder for neck and nose strap For tubing Ø 60.3 mm ⑩ Holder for neck and nose strap for posts d = 76 mm, included U-bolt ⑪ Neck and Nose Strap 9.50 m Neck and Nose Strap 20 m Neck and Nose Strap 30 m Neck and Nose Strap 40 m

0.5 kg 341093 0.7 kg 341094 0.7 kg 341266 2.7 kg 341267 4.0 kg 341268 5.1 kg 341269 6.2 kg

Description

⑧

NEW

⑩

⑨

⑪

B203

Barn and Stable Equipment - Assembly Accessories

Description

Ref.

Weight

① Lock Bracket Double

303412

3.8 kg

② Lock Bracket Simple

303411

1.7 kg

③ Lock Bracket Simple

303410

1.3 kg

④ Hinge for quick-lock RS

303398

1.2 m

⑤ Hinge for quick-lock TS ⑥ Hinge for quick-lock RS transverse ⑦ Hinge for quick-lock TS transverse

303399

1.4 m

303406

1.8 kg

303407

1.8 kg

For gates R4, R5

• Screw-mounted lock bracket for attachment to wood, brickwork, concrete • Lock bracket: M10 mounting screws • Hinge: M12 mounting screws

74 cm

16 cm

10,5

Type

For light gates

43 cm

10,5

For gate R3

②

•

20 cm

25 cm

①

m 9 cm

30 cm

10 c

③

For hanging or attaching gates and dividers directly to other dividers

④

⑤

⑧ Mounting Set for dividers ⑨ Bolt-Down Rail, frame height 94 cm ⑩ Anchor for slatted floor M12x235 mm

303448

⑥ 11.5 kg

303457

6 kg

341201

0.7 kg

⑪ Holding Bracket for gates to the wall

304141

0.7 kg

Holding Bracket for gates to the wall U-bolts incl.

304140

1.1 kg

Stainless steel, incl. nut, washer, spring washer (Qty 4 per base plate)

NEW DESIGN

⑦

To mount posts with base plate to concrete slatted floor

Ø 37 mm

94 cm

⑪ ⑩

To mount gates and dividers with a frame height of 94 cm to brickwork, concrete or wood

⑧ B204

⑨

Barn and Stable Equipment - Assembly Accessories

Type Mounting Bracket Single

Ref.

Weight

303401

0.9 kg

Description 5 cm

10 cm

15 cm

• To mount gates, dividers and feed fronts to brickwork, concrete or wood • For M12 mounting screws

Ø 14 mm

4 cm

Mounting Bracket Single, transverse

303405

12 cm 8 cm

0.88 kg

5 cm

• To mount gates, dividers and feed fronts to brickwork, concrete or wood • For M12 mounting screws

4 cm

Mounting Bracket Double

303402

Ø 14 mm

10 cm 5 cm

1.9 kg

NEW DESIGN

10 cm

15 cm

• To mount gates, dividers and feed fronts to brickwork, concrete or wood • For M12 mounting screws

4 cm

8 cm

Ø 14 mm

① Anchor Bolt, 12 x 110 mm

341205

0.1 kg

② Anchor Bolt, 12 x 110 mm

341215

0.1 kg

③ Anchor Bolt, 10 x 80 mm

341085

0.1 kg

④ Hexagonal Wood Screws

340080

0.06 kg

⑤ Hexagonal Wood Screws

340100

0.06 kg

hot-dip galvanised

stainless steel

Hot-dip galvanised

M12x80, galvanised

M12x100, galvanised ⑥ Concrete Screw, 10 x 80 mm, stainless steel 341080

⑦ Concrete Screw, 12 x 100 mm, stainless steel 341081

0.1 kg 0.1 kg

To install the mounting brackets without using plugs to concrete components for highest loading tolerance: drill hole – drive in anchor – tighten nut

① ② ③

To install the mounting bracket to wooden components

④ ⑤ ⑥ ⑦ B205

Barn and Stable Equipment â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Cubicles

B206

Barn and Stable Equipment â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Cubicles

PATURA Cubicles For high milk production, healthy hoofs and longevity of cows it is important that the animals accept their cubicles willingly and spend each day lying in the cubicles for quite some time. Cows frequent the cubicles only, if they made the experience that they easily can rise again and lie down comfortably. For work management and hygiene it is important that the animals lie straight, and thus the boxes are kept clean. By its form and arrangement PATURA cubicle dividers contribute decisively to satisfy the cowsâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; comfort requirements as well as the requirements of the livestock farmer for clean cowsheds.

B207

Barn and Stable Equipment – Cubicles

PATURA Cubicle Dividers The optimum divider for all operating conditions!

Universal

Contour NEW

Classic

Universal and Contour

Fixed loop position

One cubicle divider - 4 installation variants

• Ideal for building alterations • Cost-effective • Easy installation • No tubing in the headroom area

1. To support frame 2. To fixed post 3. To floor mount bracket 4. To raised concrete box

B208

Barn and Stable Equipment – Cubicles

Comfort

Concept

Height and width-adjustable loop

The maximum headroom

• Mounting to fixed post

• Practical and cost-effective

B209

Barn and Stable Equipment - Cubicles Classic

Cubicle System Classic

215 cm

±185 cm

±25 cm

84 cm

41 cm

135 cm

175 cm

25 3%

25 5

±0

±185 cm

Comfortable, easy installation, costeffective

260 - 280 cm

The 5 decisive advantages to your benefit: 1

Ergonomically shaped divider in one piece

Optimum resting comfort for the animal

Rigid base plate with 5 screw connections

Simple installation – even in old buildings

3 No posts at the back of the resting area Easy installation of rubber mats 4

Cubicle divider made of tubing 60.3 mm (1 ½”) x 3.2 mm

The highest level of stability

Easy attachment of a brisket board fastener

Optimum resting position for the animal

Dimensions for cubicle Classic installation as deep bed cubicle for heavy livestock

Available in 3 lengths for heavy livestock

205 cm

+/- 25 cm

±185 cm

20 ±0

31 cm

125 cm

165 cm

64 cm

31 cm

115 cm

165 cm

3% ± 185 cm

Dimensions for cubicle Classic installation as high bed cubicle for heifers All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B210

± 185 cm

20 ±0

Dimensions for cubicle Classic installation as high bed cubicle for heavy livestock

± 25 cm

125 - 130 cm

± 25 cm 125 - 130 cm

115 - 125 cm

± 25 cm

±0

48 cm

± 185 cm

250 - 270 cm

48 cm

± 160 cm

3% ± 185 cm

250 - 270 cm

48 cm

+/- 25 cm

±185 cm

74 cm

205 cm

20 ±0

Dimensions for cubicle Classic installation as high bed cubicle for heavy livestock

Barn and Stable Equipment - Cubicles Classic

6c 5a

For cattle

④

①

②

Deep Bed Cubicle

High Bed Cubicle All posts and cubicle dividers which come into contact with animal soil and waste should be painted with a bitumen coating!

②

Anchor Bolt

Brisket Board Fastener

Fig. ① ① ① ① ② ②

Not illustr. Not illustr. 3a 3b

Not illustr. Not illustr. ④

Not illustr. 5a 5b 6a 6b 6c

Not illustr. 7a

Not illustr. 7b

NEW

Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint

Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar

Type

Ref.

Cubicle Divider Classic, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.15 m, h = 1.35 m, base plate l = 48 cm Cubicle Divider Classic, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.05 m, h = 1.25 m, base plate l = 48 cm Cubicle Divider Classic, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.05 m, h = 1.15 m, base plate l = 48 cm Cubicle Divider Classic, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 1.80 m, h = 1.15 m, base plate l = 48 cm Anchor Bolt, 12 x 110 mm hot-dip galvanised Anchor Bolt, 12 x 110 mm stainless steel Anchor Bolt, 10 x 80 mm Hot-dip galvanised Concrete Screw, 12 x 100 mm, stainless steel Brisket Board Ø = 160 mm, l = 5 m, wall thickness = 5 mm Brisket Board Fastener Brisket Board Fastener Classic Ø 60.3 mm (For high bed cubicle only) Brisket Board Fastener, mounting angle (For end position) Tubing Ø 48.3 x 3.2 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length Tube Joint for tubing Ø 48 mm 1 ½", l = 26 cm, external Ø 40 mm Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 60 mm 1 ½" x 2" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½" Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.75 m, for 5 cm planking U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, left U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, right U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, double, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8

334520 334525 334526 334522 341205 341215 341085 341081 341258 341259 341206 863997 341264 341279 341110 341100 341090 341091 334607 341193 341191 341192 341190

Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar

Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall

Weight 30 kg 28 kg 27 kg 25 kg 0.1 kg 0.1 kg 0.1 kg 0.1 kg 16 kg 1 kg 0.8 kg 1.4 kg 3.0 kg 0.4 kg 0.5 kg 1.5 kg 3.4 kg 1 kg 6 kg 13 kg 14 kg 14 kg 25 kg

Order and planning information:

28 c

5 anchor bolts per cubicle divider 3 fastener per 5 m brisket board 2 anchor bolts per fastener for brisket board Neck bar: quantity cubicles x cubicle width Tubing as nose bar possible, installation with angled cross-over clamp 5a

7,5

To 2: To 3a: To 3b: To 4: To 4:

10 cm

2 cm

48 c

B211

Barn and Stable Equipment - Cubicles Classic Young Cattle

Cubicle System Classic Young Cattle

150 cm

Comfortable, easy installation, costeffective

±130 cm

Ergonomically shaped divider 1 in one piece

Optimum resting comfort for the animal

Rigid base plate with 5 screw 2 connections

Simple installation – even in old buildings

85 - 90 cm

The 5 decisive advantages to your benefit: 20 cm

±0

3 No posts at the back of the resting area Easy installation of rubber mats 4

Cubicle divider made of tubing 48.3 mm (1 ½”) x 3.2 mm

The highest level of stability

Easy attachment of a brisket board fastener

Optimum resting position for the animal

Dimensions for cubicle Classic installation for young cattle

Available in 2 lengths for young stock

±115 cm

75 cm

15 cm

±0

Dimensions for cubicle Classic installation for calves All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B212

Barn and Stable Equipment - Cubicles Classic Young Cattle

For young cattle

④

⑥

⑤

① ③ ②

Deep Bed Cubicle

High Bed Cubicle All posts and cubicle dividers which come into contact with animal soil and waste should be painted with a bitumen coating!

③

⑤

Brisket Board Fastener

Angled Cross-Over Clamp for neck bar

Fig. ① ① ② ②

Not illustr. ③

Not illustr. ④

Not illustr. 5

Not illustr. 6

Not illustr. 7a 7b 7c

Not illustr. 8a

Not illustr. 8b

⑥

Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint

Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar

Type

Ref.

Cubicle Divider Classic, Ø 48.3 mm, l = 1.50 m, h = 0.96 m, base plate l = 40 cm Cubicle Divider Classic, Ø 48.3 mm, l = 1.30 m, h = 0.85 m, base plate l = 40 cm Anchor Bolt, 12 x 110 mm hot-dip galvanised Anchor Bolt, 12 x 110 mm stainless steel Concrete Screw, 12 x 100 mm, stainless steel Brisket Board Fastener Classic Ø 48.3 mm (For high bed cubicle only) Brisket Board Fastener, mounting angle (For end position) Tubing Ø 48.3 x 3.2 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length Tube Joint for tubing Ø 48 mm 1 ½", l = 26 cm, external Ø 40 mm Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 48 mm 1 ½" x 1 ½" Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 60 mm 1 ½" x 2" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 48 mm x 48 mm 1 ½" x 1 ½" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½" Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.50 m, for 5 cm planking U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.20 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, right U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.20 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, left U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, double, l = 1.20 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8

Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar

Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall

Weight 15 kg 14 kg 0.1 kg 0.1 kg 0.1 kg 0.8 kg 1.4 kg 3.0 kg 0.4 kg 0.5 kg 0.5 kg 1.45 kg 1.5 kg 3.4 kg 1 kg 6 kg 11 kg 12 kg 12 kg 25 kg

19,5

To 1: 5 anchor bolts per cubicle divider To 4: neck bar: quantity cubicles x cubicle width To 4: tubing as nose bar possible, installation with angled cross-over clamp

334523 334524 341205 341215 341081 341216 863997 341264 341279 341120 341110 341102 341100 341090 341091 334607 341194 341182 341181 341180

7,5

Order and planning information:

NEW

10 cm

m ,5 c

36,5

B213

Equipment for livestock buildings - Cubicle Divider Universal and Contour

Cubicle Divider Universal and Contour (Variant: support frame) 180 cm

± 25 cm

± 170 cm

165 cm ±130 cm

90 cm

40 cm

128 cm 5 cm 20 cm

± 170 cm ±3% 250 - 270 cm

NEW

One cubicle divider – 4 installation variants: 1 On a support frame Ø 60 mm

Adjustable for height and width

2 On a fixed post Ø 76 mm x 3.6 mm

Adjustable for height

3 Floor mount bracket 400 x 320 mm

Simple installation

4 On a concreted raised box

Cost-effective and quick installation

Variant 1: assembly dimensions for single row cubicle dividers Universal with support frame for heavy livestock, example: deep bed cubicle

Available in 4 lengths for heavy livestock

200 / 215 / 225 cm ± 185 cm

± 25 cm

5 cm 20 cm

40 cm

165 cm ±135 cm

95 cm

128 cm ± 185 cm ±3% ± 270 cm

200 / 215 / 225 cm

125 - 130 cm

± 185 cm ±25 cm 20 +5

±0

16 cm

Variant 1: assembly dimensions for double row cubicle dividers Universal on a support frame for heavy livestock, example: deep bed cubicle All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B214

Variant 1: assembly dimensions for single row cubicle dividers Universal with support frame - for heavy livestock, example: deep bed cubicle

Equipment for livestock buildings - Cubicle Divider Universal and Contour 5a

10a

10b

①

Variant: support frame For cattle

③

⑧ ⑥

High Bed Cubicle

Deep Bed Cubicle NEW

All posts and cubicle dividers which come into contact with animal soil and waste should be painted with a bitumen coating!

Brisket Board Fastener

Angled Cross-Over Clamp for neck bar

Fig. Not illustr. Not illustr. Not illustr. Not illustr. ① ① ① ① 2a 2b

Not illustr. Not illustr. Not illustr. Not illustr. ③

Not illustr. 4a 4b 5a 5b 5c

Not illustr. ⑥

Not illustr. Not illustr. 7a 7b

⑧

Not illustr. ⑨

Not illustr. 10a

Not illustr. Not illustr. 10b

Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint

Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar

Type

Ref.

Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.25 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.15 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.00 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 1.80 m, h = 0.90 m Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 1.90 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 2.00 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 2.10 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 2.20 m, h = 0.95 m Brisket Board Ø = 160 mm, l = 5 m, wall thickness = 5 mm Brisket Board Fastener Brisket Board Fastener to tubing Ø 60 mm Wall Bracket for brisket board Anchor Bolt, 10 x 80 mm Hot-dip galvanised Brisket Board Fastener including U-Bolt 2” x M10 (High bed cubicle only) Tubing Ø 48.3 x 3.2 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length Tube Joint for tubing Ø 48 mm 1 ½", l = 26 cm, external Ø 40 mm Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 60 mm 1 ½" x 2" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½" Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Post 76, 1.65 m Post 76, 1.35 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Post 76, 1.65 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Post 76, 1.95 m Double T-Clamp, 60 mm x 60 mm 2" x 2" T-Clamp, 3 screws, 60 mm x 60 mm 2" x 2" Tubing Ø 60.3 x 3.6 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length Tube Joint for tubing Ø 60 mm 2", l = 26 cm, external Ø 52 mm Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 76 mm x 60 mm 2 ½" x 2" Telescoping Bracket Compact 1-Way (Wall mounting support tubes) U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.75 m, for 5 cm planking U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, left U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, right U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, double, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8

Order and planning information:

To 2b: 3 fastener per 5 m brisket board To 3: neck bar: qty. cubicles x cubicle width To 6: post 76 x 3.6: single row = qty. cubicles x 0.5 (round up) + 1, double row = qty. cubicles x 0.25 (round up) + 1

334505 334501 334502 334500 334570 334571 334572 334573 341258 341259 341257 341256 341085 341236 341264 341279 341110 341100 341090 341091 334607 303470 303472 303473 303471 341211 341217 341265 341278 341224 334406 341193 341191 341192 341190

Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar

Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall

Weight 21 kg 20 kg 19 kg 17 kg 19 kg 20 kg 21 kg 22 kg 16 kg 1 kg 2.2 kg 1.4 kg 0.1 kg 1.5 kg 3.0 kg 0.4 kg 0.5 kg 1.5 kg 3.4 kg 1 kg 6 kg 11 kg 13 kg 15 kg 13 kg 1.5 kg 1.1 kg 5.5 kg 0.8 kg 1.7 kg 1.3 kg 13 kg 14 kg 14 kg 25 kg

To 7a: double T-clamp: double row = 1 each per cubicle divider To 7b: T-clamp: single row = 2 each per cubicle divider To 8: support tube: single row = qty. cubicles x cubicle width x 2, double row = qty. double cubicle x cubicle width x 2 To 9: rigid 4-bolt cross joint 76 x 60: 2 each per post B215

Barn and Stable Equipment - Cubicles Universal

Cubicle Divider Universal and Contour (Variant: fixed post) 180 cm

± 25 cm

90 cm

165 cm ± 120 cm

± 170 cm

±3%

20 cm

128 cm ± 170 cm

± 260 cm

NEW

200/215/225 cm

± 170 cm

1 On a support frame Ø 60 mm

Adjustable for height and width

2 On a fixed post Ø 76 mm x 3.6 mm

Adjustable for height

3 Floor mount bracket 400 x 320 mm

Simple installation

4 On a concreted raised box

Cost-effective and quick installation

115 - 125 cm

One cubicle divider – 4 installation variants:

200/215/225 cm

± 185 cm

±0

± 25 cm

128 cm ± 185 cm

±3%

20 cm

±3%

95 cm

± 125 cm 30

± 260 cm

200 / 215 / 225 cm

200/215/225 cm

± 185 cm

125 - 130 cm

±25 cm 20 ±0

Variant 2: assembly dimensions for double row cubicle dividers Universal on mounting posts - for heavy livestock, example: high bed cubicle

125 - 130 cm

20 cm

128 cm

460 / 490 / 510 cm

All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

165 cm

95 cm

165 cm

± 125 cm

± 185 cm

B216

Variant 2: assembly dimensions for single row cubicle dividers Universal on mounting posts for heavy livestock, example: high bed cubicle

Available in 4 lengths for heavy livestock ± 25 cm

25 cm

20 ±0

Variant 2: assembly dimensions for single row cubicle dividers Universal on mounting posts - for heavy livestock, example: high bed cubicle

Barn and Stable Equipment - Cubicles Universal

Variant: fixed post For cattle

③ 4b

4a 8b

⑥ ①

7a 2a 2b

High Bed Cubicle

Deep Bed Cubicle NEW

All posts and cubicle dividers which come into contact with animal soil and waste should be painted with a bitumen coating!

Brisket Board Fastener

Fig.

Angled Cross-Over Clamp for neck bar

Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint

Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar

Type

Ref.

Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar

Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall

Weight

Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.25 m, h = 0.95 m 334505 21 kg Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.15 m, h = 0.95 m 334501 20 kg Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.00 m, h = 0.95 m 334502 19 kg Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 1.80 m, h = 0.90 m 334500 17 kg Not illustr. Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 1.90 m, h = 0.95 m 334570 19 kg Not illustr. Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 2.00 m, h = 0.95 m 334571 20 kg Not illustr. Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 2.10 m, h = 0.95 m 334572 21 kg Not illustr. Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 2.20 m, h = 0.95 m 334573 22 kg 2a Brisket Board Ø = 160 mm, l = 5 m, wall thickness = 5 mm 341258 16 kg 2b Brisket Board Fastener 341259 1 kg Not illustr. Brisket Board Fastener to tubing Ø 60 mm 341257 2.2 kg Not illustr. Wall Bracket for brisket board 341256 1.4 kg Not illustr. Anchor Bolt, 10 x 80 mm Hot-dip galvanised 341085 0.1 kg Not illustr. Concrete Screw, 10 x 80 mm, stainless steel 341080 0.1 kg Not illustr. Brisket Board Fastener including U-Bolt 2” x M10 (High bed cubicle only) 341236 1.5 kg ③ Tubing Ø 48.3 x 3.2 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length 341264 3.0 kg Not illustr. Tube Joint for tubing Ø 48 mm 1 ½", l = 26 cm, external Ø 40 mm 341279 0.4 kg 4a Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 60 mm 1 ½" x 2" 341110 0.5 kg 4b Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½" 341100 1.5 kg 5a Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) 341090 3.4 kg 5b Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar 341091 1 kg 5c Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) 334607 6 kg ⑥ Post 76, 1.65 m 303470 11 kg Not illustr. Post 76, 1.35 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm 303472 13 kg Not illustr. Post 76, 1.65 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm 303473 15 kg 7a Double T-Clamp, 76 mm x 60 mm 2 ½" x 2" 341275 2 kg 7b T-Clamp, 3 screws, 76 mm x 60 mm 2 ½" x 2" 341291 1.2 kg Not illustr. U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.75 m, for 5 cm planking 341193 13 kg 8a U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, left 341191 14 kg Not illustr. U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, right 341192 14 kg 8b U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, double, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8 341190 25 kg Order and planning information: To 6: post 76 x 3.6: 1 post per cubicle divider (single row)/ per double To 2a: 3 fastener per 5 m brisket board divider (double row) To 2b: 2 anchor bolts per fastener To 7a: double T-clamp: double row = 1 each per cubicle divider To 3: neck bar: qty. cubicles x cubicle width To 7b: T-clamp: single row = 2 each per cubicle divider ① ① ① ①

B217

Equipment for livestock buildings - Ligboxbeugel Universal en Contour

Cubicle Divider Universal and Contour (Variant: floor mount bracket)

NEW

One cubicle divider – 4 installation variants: 1 On a support frame Ø 60 mm

Adjustable for height and width

2 On a fixed post Ø 76 mm x 3.6 mm

Adjustable for height

3 Floor mount bracket 400 x 320 mm

Simple installation

4 On a concreted raised box

Cost-effective and quick installation

Available in 4 lengths for heavy livestock

200 / 215 / 225 cm ± 185 cm

95 cm

± 125 cm

± 25 cm

128 cm

20 cm

± 185 cm

±3%

460 / 490 / 510 cm

200 / 215 / 225 cm

± 185 cm ±25 cm 125 - 130 cm 20

Variant 2: assembly dimensions for single row cubicle divider Universal on a floor mount bracket - for heavy livestock, example: high bed cubicle All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B218

Variant 2: assembly dimensions for double row cubicle divider Universal on a floor mount bracket - for heavy livestock, example: high bed cubicle

±0

Equipment for livestock buildings - Ligboxbeugel Universal en Contour 6a

Variant: floor mount bracket For cattle

3a 3c

① 2a

High Bed Cubicle

All posts and cubicle dividers which come into contact with animal soil and waste should be painted with a bitumen coating!

Brisket Board Fastener

Angled Cross-Over Clamp for neck bar

Fig.

Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint

Not illustr. Not illustr. Not illustr. Not illustr. 2a

Not illustr. Not illustr. Not illustr. Not illustr. 3a

Not illustr. 3b 3c 4a 4b 4c 5a

Not illustr. Not illustr. Not illustr. Not illustr. 5b 6a

Not illustr. Not illustr. 6b

Ref.

Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.25 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.15 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.00 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 1.80 m, h = 0.90 m Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 1.90 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 2.00 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 2.10 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 2.20 m, h = 0.95 m Brisket Board Ø = 160 mm, l = 5 m, wall thickness = 5 mm Brisket Board Fastener Anchor Bolt, 10 x 80 mm Hot-dip galvanised Concrete Screw, 10 x 80 mm, stainless steel Brisket Board Fastener to tubing Ø 60 mm Wall Bracket for brisket board Tubing Ø 48.3 x 3.2 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length Tube Joint for tubing Ø 48 mm 1 ½", l = 26 cm, external Ø 40 mm Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 60 mm 1 ½" x 2" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½" Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Floor Mount Bracket for high bed cubicle 400 x 320 mm Floor Mount Bracket 400 x 320 mm Floor Mount Bracket 400 x 620 mm Anchor Bolt, 12 x 110 mm hot-dip galvanised Concrete Screw, 12 x 100 mm, stainless steel Connecting Tube 400 x 70 mm, with 2 screws M12 x 85.2 mm U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.75 m, for 5 cm planking U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, left U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, right U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, double, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8

Order and planning information:

To 2b: 3 fastener per 5 m brisket board

Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar

Type

① ① ① ①

NEW

334505 334501 334502 334500 334570 334571 334572 334573 341258 341259 341085 341080 341257 341256 341264 341279 341110 341100 341090 341091 334607 334650 334649 334648 341205 341081 334651 341193 341191 341192 341190

Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar

Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall

Weight 21 kg 20 kg 19 kg 17 kg 19 kg 20 kg 21 kg 22 kg 16 kg 1 kg 0.1 kg 0.1 kg 2.2 kg 1.4 kg 3.0 kg 0.4 kg 0.5 kg 1.5 kg 3.4 kg 1 kg 6 kg 6 kg 7 kg 8 kg 0.1 kg 0.1 kg 2.7 kg 13 kg 14 kg 14 kg 25 kg

To 3a: neck bar: qty. cubicles x cubicle width To 5b: connecting tube: 1 tube per double row divider B219

Equipment for livestock buildings - Ligboxbeugel Universal en Contour

Cubicle Divider Universal and Contour (Variant: raised box)

NEW

One cubicle divider – 4 installation variants: 1 On a support frame Ø 60 mm

Adjustable for height and width

2 On a fixed post Ø 76 mm x 3.6 mm

Adjustable for height

3 Floor mount bracket 400 x 320 mm

Simple installation

4 On a concreted raised box

Cost-effective and quick installation

Available in 4 lengths for heavy livestock

200 / 215 / 225 cm

± 125 cm

± 185 cm

ca. 3 %

± 185 cm

20 cm

95 cm

± 25 cm

450 - 500 cm

200 / 215 / 225 cm

± 185 cm ±25 cm 125 - 130 cm 20

Plan view – assembly dimensions for double row cubicle divider Universal on a concrete raised box - for heavy livestock All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B220

±0

Equipment for livestock buildings - Ligboxbeugel Universal en Contour 7a

Variant: raised box For cattle

② 3b

① ⑥

High Bed Cubicle

Deep Bed Cubicle

All posts and cubicle dividers which come into contact with animal soil and waste should be painted with a bitumen coating!

Angled Cross-Over Clamp for neck bar

Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint

Fig.

Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar

Not illustr. Not illustr. Not illustr. Not illustr. ②

Not illustr. 3a

3b 4a 4b 4c 5a 5b

⑥

Not illustr. 7a

Not illustr. Not illustr. 7b

Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.25 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.15 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.00 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 1.80 m, h = 0.90 m Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 1.90 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 2.00 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 2.10 m, h = 0.95 m Cubicle Divider Contour, Ø = 60.3 mm, l = 2.20 m, h = 0.95 m Tubing Ø 48.3 x 3.2 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length Tube Joint for tubing Ø 48 mm 1 ½", l = 26 cm, external Ø 40 mm Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 60 mm 1 ½" x 2" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½" Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Connecting Tube 400 x 70 mm, with 2 screws M12 x 85.2 mm Pipe Clamp, wide, 60.3mm 150 x 100 x 5 mm Anchor Bolt, 12 x 110 mm hot-dip galvanised Concrete Screw, 12 x 100 mm, stainless steel U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.75 m, for 5 cm planking U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, left U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, right U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, double, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8

⑥

Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar

Type

① ① ① ①

NEW

Ref. 334505 334501 334502 334500 334570 334571 334572 334573 341264 341279 341110 341100 341090 341091 334607 334651 341228 341205 341081 341193 341191 341192 341190

Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall

Anchor Bolt

Weight 21 kg 20 kg 19 kg 17 kg 19 kg 20 kg 21 kg 22 kg 3.0 kg 0.4 kg 0.5 kg 1.5 kg 3.4 kg 1 kg 6 kg 2.7 kg 0.8 kg 0.1 kg 0.1 kg 13 kg 14 kg 14 kg 25 kg

Order and planning information:

To 2: neck bar: qty. cubicles x cubicle width To 5a: connecting tube: 1 tube per double divider To 5b: pipe clamp, wide, 60.3 mm = qty dividers To 6: anchor bolt: 4 per pipe clamp B221

Barn and Stable Equipment - Cubicles Universal Young Cattle

Cubicle System Universal Young Cattle (Variant: support frame)

One cubicle divider – 2 installation variants: 1 On a support frame Ø 60 mm

Adjustable for height and width

2 On a fixed post Ø 76 mm x 3.6 mm

Adjustable for height

Available in 2 lengths for young stock

150 cm 130 cm

85 - 90 cm

16 cm

20 cm

20 ±0

Variant 1: assembly dimensions for single row cubicle dividers Universal on a support frame for young cattle

All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B222

Variant 1: assembly dimensions for double row cubicle dividers Universal on a support frame for young cattle

Variant 1: assembly dimensions for single row cubicle dividers Universal on a support frame for calves

Barn and Stable Equipment - Cubicles Universal Young Cattle 5a

11a

11b

Variant: support frame For young cattle

② ④

③ ⑥

⑧ ①

⑨

⑩

Deep Bed Cubicle

High Bed Cubicle All posts and cubicle dividers which come into contact with animal soil and waste should be painted with a bitumen coating!

④ 3c

③

Angled Cross-Over Clamp for neck bar

Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint

Fig. ① ①

Not illustr. ②

Not illustr. ③

Not illustr. ④

Not illustr. 5a 5b 5c

Not illustr. ⑥ 7a 7b

⑧

Not illustr. ⑨ ⑩ 11a

Not illustr. Not illustr. 11b

NEW

Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar

Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar

Type Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 48.3 mm, l = 1.50 m, height 70 cm Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 48.3 mm, l = 1.30 m, height 58 cm Brisket Board Fastener including U-Bolt 1 ½” x M10 (High bed cubicle only) Tubing Ø 48.3 x 3.2 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length Tube Joint for tubing Ø 48 mm 1 ½", l = 26 cm, external Ø 40 mm Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 48 mm 1 ½" x 1 ½" Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 60 mm 1 ½" x 2" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 48 mm x 48 mm 1 ½" x 1 ½" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½" Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Post 76, 1.65 m Post 76, 1.35 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Double T-Clamp, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½" T-Clamp, 3 screws, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½" Tubing Ø 60.3 x 3.6 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length Tube Joint for tubing Ø 60 mm 2", l = 26 cm, external Ø 52 mm Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 76 mm x 60 mm 2 ½" x 2" Telescoping Bracket Compact 1-Way (Wall mounting support tubes) U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.50 m, for 5 cm planking U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.20 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, left U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.20 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, right U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, double, l = 1.20 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8

⑩

Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall

Ref.

Weight

334503 334504 341235 341264 341279 341120 341110 341102 341100 341090 341091 334607 303470 303472 341210 341213 341265 341278 341224 334406 341194 341181 341182 341180

10 kg 8.5 kg 1.4 kg 3.0 kg 0.4 kg 0.5 kg 0.5 kg 1.45 kg 1.5 kg 3.4 kg 1 kg 6 kg 11 kg 13 kg 1.3 kg 0.9 kg 5.5 kg 0.8 kg 1.7 kg 1.3 kg 11 kg 12 kg 12 kg 25 kg

Telescoping Bracket Compact 1-Way

Order and planning information:

To 2: neck bar: qty. cubicles x cubicle width To 6: post 76 x 3.6: single row = qty cubicles x 0.5 (round up) + 1, double row = qty. cubicles x 0.25 (round up) + 1 To 7a: double T-Clamp: double row = one per divider To 7b: T-clamp: single row = 2 each per divider To 8: support tube: single row = qty. cubicles x cubicle width x 2, double row = qty. double cubicle x cubicle width x 2 To 9: rigid 4-bolt cross joint 76 x 60: 2 each per divider B223

Barn and Stable Equipment - Cubicles Universal Young Cattle

Cubicle System Universal Young Cattle (Variant: fixed post)

One cubicle divider – 2 installation variants: 1 On a support frame Ø 60 mm

Adjustable for height and width

2 On a fixed post Ø 76 mm x 3.6 mm

Adjustable for height

Available in 2 lengths for young stock

130 cm 130cm 130cm 20 cm

Variant 2: assembly dimensions for single row cubicle dividers Universal on a mounting post for young cattle

All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B224

±0

Variant 2: assembly dimensions for double row cubicle dividers Universal on mounting post for young cattle

75 cm

85 - 90 cm

20 cm

± 115 cm

85 - 90 cm

± 130 cm

15 cm 15

Variant 2: assembly dimensions for single row cubicle dividers Universal on a mounting post for calves

±0

Barn and Stable Equipment - Cubicles Universal Young Cattle 8a

Variant: fixed post For young cattle

② ④

③

① 7a

⑥

High Bed Cubicle

Deep Bed Cubicle

All posts and cubicle dividers which come into contact with animal soil and waste should be painted with a bitumen coating!

④ 3c

③

Angled Cross-Over Clamp for neck bar

Fig. ① ①

Not illustr. ②

Not illustr. ③

Not illustr. ④

Not illustr. 5a 5b 5c

⑥

Not illustr. 7a 7b 8a

Not illustr. Not illustr. 8b

Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint

NEW

Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar

Type Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 48.3 mm, l = 1.50 m, height 70 cm Cubicle Divider Universal, Ø 48.3 mm, l = 1.30 m, height 58 cm Brisket Board Fastener including U-Bolt 1 ½” x M10 (High bed cubicle only) Tubing Ø 48.3 x 3.2 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length Tube Joint for tubing Ø 48 mm 1 ½", l = 26 cm, external Ø 40 mm Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 48 mm 1 ½" x 1 ½" Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 60 mm 1 ½" x 2" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 48 mm x 48 mm 1 ½" x 1 ½" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½" Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Post 76, 1.65 m Post 76, 1.35 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Double T-Clamp, 76 mm x 48 mm 2 ½" x 1 ½" T-Clamp, 2 screws, 76 mm x 48 mm 2 ½" x 1 ½" U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.50 m, for 5 cm planking U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.20 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, left U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.20 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, right U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, double, l = 1.20 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8

Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar

Ref. 334503 334504 341235 341264 341279 341120 341110 341102 341100 341090 341091 334607 303470 303472 341276 341271 341194 341181 341182 341180

Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall

Double T-Clamp

Weight 10 kg 8.5 kg 1.4 kg 3.0 kg 0.4 kg 0.5 kg 0.5 kg 1.45 kg 1.5 kg 3.4 kg 1 kg 6 kg 11 kg 13 kg 1.4 kg 1.2 kg 11 kg 12 kg 12 kg 25 kg

Order and planning information: To 2: neck bar: qty. cubicles x cubicle width To 6: 1 post per divider (single row) / per double divider (double row) To 7a: double T-clamp: double row = one per divider To 7b: T-clamp: single row = 2 each per divider B225

Barn and Stable Equipment - Cubicles Comfort

Cubicle System Comfort

Comfortable, absolutely open resting surfaces

The 4 decisive advantages to your benefit: 1 Easy adjustment in height

Optimum resting comfort for the animal

2 Posts of round tubing

For highest long-term stability

3 Cubicle divider made of tubing 60.3 mm (1 ½”) x 3.2 mm

The highest level of stability

4 No posts at the back of the resting area

Easy installation of rubber mats

Available in 2 lengths for heavy livestock

25 cm

±0 220 - 230 cm

180/210cmcm 180/210 185cm cm ±±185

± 185 cm

±125 cm 135 cm

±125 cm

180/210 cm ± 185 cm

cm ± 103 93 cm

20 cm

± 93 cm

83 - 85 cm

115 - 120 cm

180 cm ±160 cm

±0 250 - 270 cm

260 - 280 cm 250 - 270 cm

180/210 cm

2525 cmcm 10 cm

+520 ±0 ±0

200 cm

± 185 cm

± 160 cm

± 185 cm

25 cm

Plan view – assembly dimensions for cubicle divider Comfort for heifers

All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B226

±0

125 - 130 cm

110 - 120 cm

20 cm

Plan view – assembly dimensions for cubicle divider Comfort for heavy livestock

±0

25 cm 125 - 130 cm

180 cm

Plan view – assembly dimensions for cubicle divider Comfort for heavy livestock

±0

Barn and Stable Equipment - Cubicles Comfort

For cattle

③ 4b

①

⑥ 2a 2b

High Bed Cubicle

Deep Bed Cubicle

All posts and cubicle dividers which come into contact with animal soil and waste should be painted with a bitumen coating!

Brisket Board Fastener

Fig. ① ① 2a 2b

Not illustr. Not illustr. ③

Not illustr. 4a

4b 5a 5b 5c

Not illustr. ⑥ 7a 7b 8a

Not illustr. Not illustr. 8b

Angled Cross-Over Clamp for neck bar

NEW

Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint

Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar

Type Cubicle Divider Comfort, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.10 m Free-hanging Cubicle Divider Comfort, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 1.80 m Free-hanging Brisket Board Ø = 160 mm, l = 5 m, wall thickness = 5 mm Brisket Board Fastener Anchor Bolt, 10 x 80 mm Hot-dip galvanised Concrete Screw, 10 x 80 mm, stainless steel Tubing Ø 48.3 x 3.2 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length Tube Joint for tubing Ø 48 mm 1 ½", l = 26 cm, external Ø 40 mm Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 60 mm 1 ½" x 2" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½" Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Post 76, 1.65 m Post 76, 1.35 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Post 76, 1.65 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Double T-Clamp, 76 mm x 60 mm 2 ½" x 2" T-Clamp, 3 screws, 76 mm x 60 mm 2 ½" x 2" U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.75 m, for 5 cm planking U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, left U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, right U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, double, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8

Order and planning information: To 3: neck bar: qty. cubicles x cubicle width To 3: tubing as nose bar possible, installation with angled cross-over clamp To 6: post 76 x 3.6: single row = 1 post/divider, double row = 1 post/double divider To 7a: double T-clamp: double row = 1 each per divider To 7b: T-clamp: single row = 2 each per divider

Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar

Ref.

Weight

334533 334532 341258 341259 341085 341080 341264 341279 341110 341100 341090 341091 334607 303470 303472 303473 341275 341291 341193 341191 341192 341190

20 kg 18 kg 16 kg 1 kg 0.1 kg 0.1 kg 3.0 kg 0.4 kg 0.5 kg 1.5 kg 3.4 kg 1 kg 6 kg 11 kg 13 kg 15 kg 2 kg 1.2 kg 13 kg 14 kg 14 kg 25 kg

Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall

B227

Barn and Staple Equipment - Cubicles Comfort Young Cattle

Cubicle System Comfort Young Cattle

Easy height and width adjustment to suit animal size

The 4 decisive advantages to your benefit: 1

Optimum adjustment to animal size

Easy adjustment in height and width

2 Posts and support frame of round tubing For highest long-term stability 3

Cubicle divider of 48.3 mm (1 ½”) tube

The highest level of stability

No posts at the back of the resting area

Easy installation of rubber mats

Available in 2 lengths for heavy livestock

150 cm

20 cm

130 cm

115 cm

±0

180 - 200 cm

80 cm

49 cm

95 cm

130 cm

64 cm

15 cm

15 ±0

150 - 160 cm

130 cm

± 115 cm

20 cm 15 ±0

Plan view: assembly dimensions for cubicle divider Comfort for young cattle

All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B228

75 cm

85 - 90 cm

± 130 cm

15 cm 15

Plan view: assembly dimensions for cubicle divider Comfort for calves

±0

Barn and Staple Equipment - Cubicles Comfort Young Cattle

For young cattle

② 3b

3a 6a

①

⑤

High Bed Cubicle

Deep Bed Cubicle

All posts and cubicle dividers which come into contact with animal soil and waste should be painted with a bitumen coating!

NEW 3a

Angled Cross-Over Clamp for neck bar

Fig. ① ① ②

Not illustr. 3a

3b 4a 4b 4c

Not illustr. ⑤

Not illustr. 6a

6b 7a

Not illustr. Not illustr. 7b

Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint

Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar

Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar

Type Cubicle Divider Comfort, Ø 48.3 mm, l = 1.50 m Free-hanging Cubicle Divider Comfort, Ø 48.3 mm, l = 1.30 m Free-hanging Tubing Ø 48.3 x 3.2 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length Tube Joint for tubing Ø 48 mm 1 ½", l = 26 cm, external Ø 40 mm Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 48 mm 1 ½" x 1 ½" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 48 mm x 48 mm 1 ½" x 1 ½" Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Post 76, 1.65 m Post 76, 1.35 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Post 76, 1.65 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Double T-Clamp, 76 mm x 48 mm 2 ½" x 1 ½" T-Clamp, 2 screws, 76 mm x 48 mm 2 ½" x 1 ½" U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.50 m, for 5 cm planking U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.20 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, left U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.20 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, right U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, double, l = 1.20 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8

Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall

Ref.

Weight

334531 334530 341264 341279 341120 341102 341090 341091 334607 303470 303472 303473 341276 341271 341194 341181 341182 341180

10 kg 9 kg 3.0 kg 0.4 kg 0.5 kg 1.45 kg 3.4 kg 1 kg 6 kg 11 kg 13 kg 15 kg 1.4 kg 1.2 kg 11 kg 12 kg 12 kg 25 kg

Double T-Clamp

Order and planning information: To 2: neck bar: qty. cubicles x cubicle width To 2: tubing as nose bar possible, installation with angled cross-over clamp To 5: post 76 x 3.6: single row = 1 post/divider, double row = 1 post/double divider To 6a: double T-clamp: double row = 1 each per divider To 6b: T-clamp: single row = 2 each per divider B229

Barn and Stable Equipment - Cubicles Concept

Cubicle System Concept

The 4 decisive advantages to your benefit: 1 Established ergonomic shape

Optimum resting comfort for the animal

2 No tubes in the head area

Maximum freedom to move

3 Completely without posts

Simple installation

4 Cubicle divider made of tubing 60.3 mm (1 ½”) x 3.2 mm

The highest level of stability

209 cm ± 185 cm

± 25 cm

± 185 cm

20 cm

± 185 cm

450 - 500 cm

470 - 520 cm

209 cm

199 cm

± 185 cm

Assembly dimensions for double row cubicle divider Concept for heavy livestock All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

20 ±0

±25 cm 125 - 130 cm

125 - 130 cm

±25 cm

B230

± 25 cm

145 cm

125 cm

199 cm ± 185 cm

20 +5

Assembly dimensions for double row cubicle divider Concept for heavy livestock

±0

Barn and Stable Equipment - Cubicles Concept

For cattle

③ 4a

4b 8a

⑥

①

⑥

⑦

High Bed Cubicle

Deep Bed Cubicle

All posts and cubicle dividers which come into contact with animal soil and waste should be painted with a bitumen coating!

Brisket Board Fastener

Fig. ① ① 2a

Not illustr. Not illustr. Not illustr. Not illustr. ③

Not illustr. 4a

4b 5a 5b 5c

⑥ ⑦

Not illustr. 8a

Not illustr. 8c

Not illustr. Not illustr. 9b

Angled Cross-Over Clamp for neck bar

NEW 5a

Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint

Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar

Type Cubicle Divider Concept Deep Bed Cubicle, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 2.09 m, h = 1.50 m Cubicle Divider Concept High Bed Cubicle, Ø 60.3 mm, l = 1.99 m, h = 1.30 m Brisket Board Ø = 160 mm, l = 5 m, wall thickness = 5 mm Brisket Board Fastener Anchor Bolt, 10 x 80 mm Hot-dip galvanised Concrete Screw, 10 x 80 mm, stainless steel Brisket Board Fastener to tubing Ø 60 mm Wall Bracket for brisket board Tubing Ø 48.3 x 3.2 mm (Price per metre), available in 6 m length Tube Joint for tubing Ø 48 mm 1 ½", l = 26 cm, external Ø 40 mm Angled Cross-Over Clamp, 48 mm x 60 mm 1 ½" x 2" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½" Adjustable Wall Bracket for neck bar (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall (Order 4-bolt cross joint separately) Pipe Clamp, wide, 60.3mm 150 x 100 x 5 mm Anchor Bolt, 12 x 110 mm hot-dip galvanised Concrete Screw, 12 x 100 mm, stainless steel T-Clamp, 1 screw, 48 mm x 48 mm 1 ½" x 1 ½" Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 76 mm x 48 mm 2 ½" x 1 ½" Cross-Over Clamp, 76 mm x 48 mm 2 ½" x 1 ½" Post 76, 1.35 m Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.75 m, for 5 cm planking U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, left U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, right U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, double, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8

Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar

Ref.

Weight

334561 334560 341258 341259 341085 341080 341257 341256 341264 341279 341110 341100 341090 341091 334607 341228 341205 341081 341207 341223 341272 303472 341193 341191 341192 341190

22.5 kg 21 kg 16 kg 1 kg 0.1 kg 0.1 kg 2.2 kg 1.4 kg 3.0 kg 0.4 kg 0.5 kg 1.5 kg 3.4 kg 1 kg 6 kg 0.8 kg 0.1 kg 0.1 kg 0.5 kg 1.5 kg 0.9 kg 13 kg 13 kg 14 kg 14 kg 25 kg

Order and planning information: To 2b: 3 fastener per 5 m brisket board To 3: neck bar: qty. cubicles x cubicle width To 3: second neck bar as end bar – either mount to wall every 2 - 3, or to existing supports or to additional posts To 4a/b: for neck bar and end bar To 6: anchor bolt: 4 per pipe clamp

Wall Bracket for neck bar, low side wall

B231

Barn and Stable Equipment - Feed and Rest Cubicles

PATURA Feed and Rest Cubicles As a rule, most cowsheds these days are planned with separate feeding and resting areas for cows. But now and then construction settings arise where this separation is not possible due to lack of space. On one hand there are old barns, particularly tie-stall barns which are to be converted. But there are also some new buildings in narrow, usually hilly regions that lack the necessary space. Here feed and rest cubicles are often the only option for establishing freestall barns that provide the comfort necessary for cows these days. Feed and rest cubicles can be furnished as high or deep bed cubicles.

Ă&#x2DC; 48.3 mm

90 cm

Ă&#x2DC; 38 mm

27 cm

max. 148 cm 7 cm

45 c

m 48 c

10 cm

115 cm 20 cm

20 cm

110 - 125 cm 180 - 185 cm

All dimensions are non-binding guidelines

B232

min. 220 cm

Barn and Stable Equipment - Feed and Rest Cubicles

For cattle

①

⑤

⑥ ③ ④

All posts and cubicle dividers which come into contact with animal soil and waste should be painted with a bitumen coating!

②

Anchor Bolt

Fig.

⑤

Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar

Type

① ② ② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥

Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint

Ref.

Cubicle Divider for feed and rest cubicle, Ø 60.3 mm, l x h: 1.50 x 1.15 m Base plate l = 48 cm 334601 Anchor Bolt, 12 x 110 mm hot-dip galvanised 341205 Anchor Bolt, 12 x 110 mm stainless steel 341215 Neck Bar for feed and rest cubicle, Ø 48.3/38 mm, h = 90 cm, width adjustable 1.10 - 1.25 m 334602 Wall Bracket for tube 38 mm 334603 Fixed Wall Bracket for neck bar 341091 Rigid 4-Bolt Cross Joint, 60 mm x 48 mm 2" x 1 ½" 341100 7a U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.75 m, for 5 cm planking 341193 Not illustr. U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, left 341191 Not illustr. U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8, right 341192 7b U-Profile 65 x 42 x 5.5 mm, double, l = 1.45 m, with base plate 200 x 200 x 8 341190

Weight 24 kg 0.1 kg 0.1 kg 12 kg 0.9 kg 1 kg 1.5 kg 13 kg 14 kg 14 kg 25 kg

Order and planning information: To 2: 5 per cubicle divider To 4: wall bracket for tube 38 mm: 2 at the end of a row of feed and rest cubicles To 5: wall bracket for tube 48.3 mm: 2 at the end of a row of feed and rest cubicles To 6: rigid 4-bolt cross joint 48 x 60: 2 per cubicle divider B233

Barn and Stable Equipment - Calf Huts

Description

Type Calf Hut Ministar 1.40 x 1.16 x 1.25 m Without accessories

Ref.

Weight

360112

29 kg

125 cm

Please order flap door and accessories separately!

• The calf hut for the young calf up to 2 weeks • Adjustable 3-hole ventilation • Lie down space interior 1.35 x 1.10 m

116 c

140

Calf Hut Logistar 2.20 x 1.45 x 1.40 m Without accessories

360111

42 kg

Please order flap door and accessories separately!

140 cm

• The calf hut for the calf up to 8 weeks • Adjustable 3-hole ventilation + 2 ventilation grilles in the roof • Side access for feed and supervision • Lie down space interior 2.10 x 1.30 m ① Side Entrance

145 c

③

220

⑤

Flap Door with Bucket Holder for calf hut Ministar and Logistar ② Fencing Surround 1.5 x 1.5 m (3 x fence panels 1.5 m, 2 x attachment triangles, 1 x connecting rod) Bucket Holder Ø 34 cm Bucket Holder Ø 28 cm ③ Calf Bucket 9 l, complete with teat and holder ④ Teat, white ⑤ Hay Rack

④

L x w x h: 19 x 50 x 43 cm

360122 360125

1.6 kg 9.8 kg

360127

43 kg

360128 360129 361460

0.7 kg 0.6 kg 0.9 kg

438001

0.03 kg

360123

1.5 kg

Calf Huts – health and well-being for the animal • Made of HD-polyethylene • 4 lifting grips double up as urine outlets

• Anchor holes for ground attachment • Numerous accessories

①

② Calf Hut Logistar with Fencing Surround

B234

Calf Huts Logistar and Ministar - with numerous accessories

Barn and Stable Equipment - Calf Huts

Type

Ref.

Weight

Multi Calf Hut Megastar, HD-polyethylene, UV-stabilised, assembly kit L x w x h (external): 2.54 x 3.57 x 1.80 m Space requirement: 9 m² For 5 - 7 calves

360200

212 kg

Panel-5 2.40 m Width 2.40 m, height 1.45 m (No central brace)

310412

Panel-5 with Gate 2.40 m Width 2.40 m, height 2.20 m

310414

47 kg

Post l = 1.35 m With Base Plate to mount calf feed fronts on Panel-5 4 posts are necessary for each enclosure

303417

9 kg

Connecting Segment for calf hut XL and panels W x h: 23 x 131 cm 1 set = 2 panels

360203

14 kg

Calf Feed Front 5/2.5 5 feed spaces

322001

57 kg

Telescoping Bracket Calf Standard 1-Way

322050

0.7 kg

Description

③

①

⑤

④

27 kg

⑥

②

This handling system is made up of the following individual parts:

① ② ③ ④ ⑤

360200 310412 310414 303417 360203

1x 1x 1x 4x 1x

Multi Calf Hut Panel-5 2.40 m Panel-5 with Gate 2.40 m Post l = 1.35 m Connecting Segment for calf hut XL and panels (1 set = 2 pieces) ⑥ 322001 1x Calf Feed Front 5/2.5 322050 4x Telescoping Bracket Calf Standard 1-Way

Multi Calf Huts – health and well-being for the animal, improved economics for the farmer With 7 decisive advantages to your benefit: 1

Calves in small, homogenous groups

Less stress for the animals

1.5 – 1.8 m² straw area per calf

High level of well-being

Adjustable ventilation

Dry air, no smell of ammonia

No draught

Prevention of respiratory infections

Central lifting bar

Easy lifting with front loader

Easy cleaning

Low bacterial exposure on occupancy change

Can be dismantled

Low transport costs

Fewer animal problems > lower veterinary costs > more profit

We offer the right calf hut for your special requirements (from left to right: Ministar, Logistar, Megastar)

B235

Barn and Stable Equipment - Calf Huts

Long fronts for optimised working procedures

Fiberglass Calf Huts STRONG AND DURABLE:

Both the single huts and the larger multi calf huts are made of 3 separate layers. The inner layer ensures a smooth hut, which makes cleaning very easy. The polyester layer gives sufficient stability and strength. The white outer layer ensures the reflection of the sun, and is UV resistant. Together, the 3 layers combine to offer a hut with good climate. Because no sun passes through the material, a shade temperature remains â&#x20AC;&#x201C; even in strong sunshine. Raising calves in the open air using calf huts offers a good basis for healthy calves, with the following main points:

WORK:

With the removable front of the fenced-in area, you lock the calf into the hut, tip the fencing up over the hut, and sweep away the straw from the open area. The provision of bucket rings on the front, will allow water, milk and concentrated feed to be supplied to the calf simultaneously.

Long fronts with space between huts for optimum hygiene

WELL-BEING:

The calf huts have natural ventilation. The huts thus remain dry, and the calves always have fresh air. The danger that calves get lung infections, and thus severely reduce their daily intakes, is thus reduced.

GROWTH: Well-being means optimum growth. Just at the time when

the animals are most vulnerable to infection, the calf huts will help you to reduce that pressure in your business. In this way you will encourage an optimised and stress-free growth in the animals.

Using the removable front fence panel, the calf can be locked into the hut. You then tip the fencing up over the hut and clean the outside area while the calf remains in the hut

B236

The hut can be tipped forward over the hinge

In folded condition the whole system can easily be moved on sturdy wheels

Barn and Stable Equipment - Calf Huts

Type

Calf Hut Standard with Fencing Surround D x w x h: 1.5 x 1.2 x 1.25 m • The calf hut for young calves up to 2 weeks • Lie down space interior 1.40 x 1.05 m

Ref. Weight 361000

61 kg

Description

• Hut with hardwood threshold and transportation wheels • Fencing surround including transferable front fence panel (patent pending) and one bucket ring Ø 28.5 cm • Fence panel size: 1.5 x 1.2 x 1.0 m

More safety:

• Higher fencing surround • Smaller bar spacing • Guard between hut and fencing Calf Hut Comfort with Fencing Surround D x w x h: 2.0 x 1.2 x 1.4 m • The calf hut for young calves up to 8 weeks • Lie down space interior 1.90 x 1.10 m

361100

69 kg

More safety:

• Higher fencing surround • Smaller bar spacing • Guard between hut and fencing

① Roof for calf hut fencing

361800

28.9 kg

② Bucket Ring Ø 285 mm ③ Suckler Bucket Holder

361400 361410

0.9 kg 0.8 kg

④ Automatic Feeder

361431

5 kg

⑤ Feeding Bowl 8 l, Ø 28 cm

361440

0.4 kg

For ref. 361000/361100

With ring and counterplate

For calf huts Standard + Comfort Folding lid and small hay rack W x d x h: 40 x 30 x 70 cm

⑥ Feeding Bowl 5 l, Ø 28 cm

361450

0.3 kg

⑦ Calf Bucket 9 l,

361460

0.9 kg

⑧ Teat, white

438001

0.03 kg

complete with teat and holder

⑨ Safety Triangle for fencing surround

of calf hut Standard and Comfort For retrofitting to former calf huts

③

36170007 1 kg

④

⑤

171 cm

① 113 c

⑨

⑦

⑥

② ⑧ B237

Barn and Stable Equipment - Calf Huts

Description

Type

① ③

⑤ ④

④

⑥

②

④

Ref.

Weight

Calf Hut XL without Fencing Surround Calf hut (d x w x h): 2.6 x 2.25 x 1.75 m

361200

98 kg

Panel-5 2.40 m Width 2.40 m, height 1.45 m (No central brace) Panel-5 with Gate 2.40 m

310412

27 kg

310414

47 kg

303417

9 kg

360203

14 kg

322001

57 kg

332211 322050

13 kg 0.7 kg

Width 2.40 m, height 2.20 m Post l = 1.35 m With Base Plate to mount calf feed fronts on Panel-5 4 posts are necessary for each enclosure Connecting Segment for calf hut XL and panels W x h: 23 x 131 cm 1 set = 2 panels Calf Feed Front 5/2.5 5 feed spaces Calf Bucket Installation Kit 5/2.5 Telescoping Bracket Calf Standard 1-Way

The calf hut XL with heavy duty fencing surround is made up of the following individual parts:

① 361200 1x Calf Hut XL without Fencing Surround

④

⑤

② ③ ④ ⑤ ⑥

Heavy Duty Fencing Surround: 310412 1x Panel-5 2.40 m 310414 1x Panel-5 with Gate 2.40 m 303417 4x Post l = 1.35 m 360203 1x Connecting Segment for calf hut XL and panels (1 set = 2 pieces) 322001 1x Calf Feed Front 5/2.5 322050 4x Telescoping Bracket Calf Standard 1-Way

Calf Hut XL with Heavy Duty 361300 Fencing Surround Calf hut (d x w x h): 2.60 x 2.25 x 1.75 m Fence panel size (d x w x h): 2.25 x 2.25 x 1.00 m

① Calf Bucket Holder for 5 buckets Retractable 1 per calf hut XL 2 per calf hut XXL

①

B238

361420

167 kg

10 kg

• The calf hut for up to 5 calves • Fence panel size 2.25 x 2.25 x 1.0 m • Lie down space interior 2.45 x 2.15 m • Hut with hardwood threshold and transportation hook • Fencing surround including transferable and lockable front fence panel (patent pending) and 5-bucket ring each Ø 28.5 cm

Barn and Stable Equipment - Calf Huts

Type

Ref.

Weight

Calf Hut XXL without Fencing Surround Calf hut (d x w x h): 2.45 x 4.50 x 2.00 m

361500

246 kg

Description

①

Panel-5 3.00 m 310410 Width 3.00 m, height 1.45 m (1 central brace) Panel-5 with Gate 3.00 m 310415 Width 3.00 m, height 2.20 m Post l = 1.35 m 303417 With Base Plate to mount calf feed fronts on Panel-5 4 posts are necessary for each enclosure Connecting Segment 360203 for calf hut XL and panels W x h: 23 x 131 cm 1 set = 2 panels Calf Feed Front 10/5 322007 10 feed spaces Telescoping Bracket Calf Standard 1-Way 322050 Post 76, 1.35 m 303472 Base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm Cross-Over Clamp, 76 mm x 42 mm 341293 2 ½" x 1 ¼" Calf Bucket Installation Kit 10/5 332214 Calf Bucket 9 l, 361460 complete with teat and holder Frame for calf feed front trough 10/5 322034 For 2 plastic troughs with bucket insert 2.5 m Plastic Trough with Bucket Insert 2.5 m 322041

③

33 kg 52 kg

⑦ ⑧

9 kg

⑤

⑥

④

②

14 kg

116 kg

NEW

0.7 kg 13 kg

Calf hut XXL with heavy duty fencing

1 kg 23 kg 0.9 kg 14 kg

④

9 kg

⑤

The calf hut XXL with heavy duty fencing surround is made up of the following individual parts:

① 361500 1x Calf Hut XXL without Fencing Surround

Heavy Duty Fencing Surround: 1x Panel-5 with Gate 3.00 m 1x Panel-5 3.00 m 4x Post l = 1.35 m 1x Connecting Segment for calf hut XL and panels 1x Calf Feed Front 10/5 322050 4x Telescoping Bracket Calf Standard 1-Way ⑦ 303472 1x Post 76, 1.35 m, base plate 200 x 200 x 8 mm ⑧ 341293 2x Cross-Over Clamp, 76 mm x 42 mm, 2 ½" x 1 ¼"

② 310415 ③ 310410 ④ 303417 ⑤ 360203 ⑥ 322007

Calf Hut XXL with Fencing Surround 361600 Calf hut (d x w x h): 2.45 x 4.50 x 2.00 m Fence panel size (d x w x h): 2.90 x 4.50 x 1.05 m

① Calf Bucket Holder for 5 buckets Retractable 1 per calf hut XL 2 per calf hut XXL

361420

500 kg

10 kg

• The calf hut for up to 10 calves • Fencing size 2.90 x 4.50 x 1.05 m • Lie down space interior 2.30 x 4.40 m • Hut with hardwood threshold and transportation hook • Fencing surround including transferable and lockable front fence panel (patent pending) and 5-bucket ring each Ø 28.5 cm

①

B239

Barn and Stable Equipment - Calf Huts

The advantages: ①

②

The PATURA Mobile Calf Box – with improved features

New design

Advantages:

③

• Hygiene: moisture leaves through plastic grating • Warmth from below: the calf doesn't lie directly on the ground 1 • Roof can be opened further for better access to the calf 2 • Enhanced feed front incl. bucket holder 3 • Safe transportation even on undulating ground due to wider wheel base 4 • Drawbar can be mounted to steering from the back or front for more fields of application 2 sizes available: • Mobile calf box MINI, internal dimensions 120 x 80 cm: for calves up to 2 weeks • Mobile calf box MAXI, internal dimensions 160 x 100 cm: for calves up to 8 weeks (Plastic walls as standard)

④

B240

Barn and Stable Equipment - Calf Huts

Type

Ref.

Weight 132 kg

Mobile Calf Box MINI without Roof 362043 Internal dimensions (l x w): 120 x 80 cm External dimensions (l x w x h): 141 x 102 x 128 cm

108 kg

Mobile Calf Box MAXI with Roof 362062 Internal dimensions (l x w): 160 x 100 cm External dimensions (l x w x h): 190 x 122 x 159 cm

184 kg

Mobile Calf Box MAXI without Roof 362063 Internal dimensions (L x W): 160 x 100 cm External dimensions (L x W x H): 181 x 122 x 138 cm

152 kg

For the calf up to 2 weeks

145 cm

Mobile Calf Box MINI with Roof 362042 Internal dimensions (l x w): 120 x 80 cm External dimensions (l x w x h): 150 x 102 x 145 cm

Description

Calf bucket holder included 159 cm

For the calf up to 8 weeks

122

Transport Wheels with Draw Bar for mobile calf box

362030

6.2 kg

① Bucket Ring Ø 285 mm

361400

0.9 kg

② Feeding Bowl 8 l, Ø 28 cm

361440

0.4 kg

③ Feeding Bowl 5 l, Ø 28 cm

361450

0.3 kg

④ Calf Bucket 9 l,

361460

0.9 kg

⑤ Teat, white

438001

0.03 kg

complete with teat and holder

① ②

④

③ ⑤

B241

Barn and Stable Equipment - Calf Huts

Incl. 2 adjustable feed fronts

Easy and fast to install

Calf Box Baby-Star for calves up to 8 weeks For calves:

Comfort and welfare • Large calf box • The rounded shapes (no protruding parts) and soft material (polyethylene) prevent injuries • The wall openings allow visual, physical and odour contact with the neighbours • The antiskid slat floor in polyethylene offers more comfort and better hygiene (sold separately)

For the livestock farmer:

A functional and reliable calf rearing system • The boxes are easy to install side by side and back to back • The double walled polyethylene is durable and easy to maintain • The farmer can check the calf at a glance and take action if necessary • With the two adjustable feeding fronts (included), the calf can be fixated to attend to it or for feeding • The extended parts of the side walls separate the boxes at the height of the feed front, in order to avoid too much direct contact between the calves

B242

Barn and Stable Equipment - Calf Huts

Ref.

Weight

① Calf Box Back Panel HDPE

360244

8.3 kg

② Calf Box Side Panel HDPE

360246

16.3 kg

③ Calf Box Front Panel HDPE

360248

13 kg

④ Calf Box Slat Floor PE

360253

27 kg

⑤ Hay Rack

360123

1.5 kg

⑥ Bucket Holder

360132

0.3 kg

⑦ Bucket Holder Ø 34 cm

360128

0.7 kg

⑧ Calf Bucket 9 l,

361460

0.9 kg

⑨ Teat, white

438001

0.03 kg

Mod. Baby-Star

L x w x h: 19 x 50 x 43 cm

For suckler bucket (Mounting to hinged door)

complete with teat and holder

1150 mm

with Feed Front Mod. Baby-Star Incl. bucket holder Ø 34 cm

②

③

200 mm

Mod. Baby-Star

①

Mod. Baby-Star

Description

④

⑤

Type

⑥

Sample calculation: Calf Box Back Panel HDPE

⑧

Calf Box Side Panel HDPE

Calf Box Front Panel HDPE with Feed Front

Calf Box Slat Floor PE

—

⑦

⑨

1840 mm

1220 mm

① ② ③ ④

B243

Barn and Stable Equipment - Calf Huts

The PATURA Calf Box for calves up to 8 weeks

Calf rearing healthy & successful!

Numerous benefits for the calf and calf manager: • Due to the size and construction of the box there are up to 50 % less bacterial load archievable • Reduction of veterinary costs, as well as the use of antibiotics, up to 70 % less possible • Farmer is all year wind and weather-protected • Working in a comfortable, upright position in the box • Modular system of boxes with removable walls for group housing of calves Available from May 2016

Gate option: Single front gate with latch Gate option: Front gate 2-part

Choose from 2 rear panel options: Plastic Panel (cold protection) or Fence Panel (better ventilation)

To move on from individual to a group pen, just take out the side panel

B244

Barn and Stable Equipment - Calf Huts

Type

Ref.

Weight

① Front Gate with latch ② Front Gate 2-part with latch ③ Post with base plate (front side) ④ U-Profile with base plate (rear) ⑤ Side Panel, closed ⑥ Side Panel, with wall openings ⑦ Rear Panel, closed

332424 332425 332426 332404 332423 332421 332406

15.9 kg 21.4 kg 9.0 kg 10.7 kg 32.9 kg 31.1 kg 7.2 kg

⑧ Rear Panel, closed

332413

9.8 kg

332407

10.7 kg

332401 332403 332415

3.3 kg 4.8 kg 15.6 kg

332419

9.2 kg

361400 361440 361450 361460

0.9 kg 0.4 kg 0.3 kg 0.9 kg

438001 341205

0.03 kg 0.1 kg

341215

0.1 kg

lower section, h = 50 cm

upper section, h = 70 cm ⑨ Rear Fence Panel upper section, h = 70 cm ⑩ Wall Profile (front) ⑪ Wall Profile (rear) ⑫ Double U-Profile with base plate (rear) double row 13

14 15 16 17 18 19 20

Hook Over Hay Rack for walls or tubes up to 50 mm, L x W x D: 60 x 50 x 40 cm Bucket Ring Ø 285 mm Feeding Bowl 8 l, Ø 28 cm Feeding Bowl 5 l, Ø 28 cm Calf Bucket 9 l, complete with teat and holder Teat, white Anchor Bolt, 12 x 110 mm hot-dip galvanised Anchor Bolt, 12 x 110 mm stainless steel

Description

NEW 21

⑨

⑪

m 5c

④ ⑧ ⑥

① ⑩

⑦ ⑤

② ③ 120

14 16

18 17

Sample calculation:

Against a wall

Single row Freestanding

Extension

Against a wall

Double row Freestanding

Extension

② ③ ④ ⑥ ⑦

Front Gate 2-part with latch

Post with base plate (front side)

U-Profile with base plate (rear)

Side Panel, with wall openings

Rear Panel, closed

⑨ ⑩ ⑪ ⑫

Rear Fence Panel

Wall Profile (front)

Wall Profile (rear)

Double U-Profile with base plate (rear)

B245

Equipment for livestock buildings - Calf Feeder

27,5 cm

Healthy and successful calf rearing is the basis of achievement-oriented and, therefore, economical dairy farming! Avoiding digestion problems and fostering speedy growth of calves play a large part in successful calf rearing. With its "Calf-Barâ&#x20AC;? feeder, PATURA provides an important contribution. The difference in PATURA's "Calf-Barâ&#x20AC;? feeder is the special nipple. It doesn't allow more fluid to pass through than an udder naturally would. Therefore, the calves suckle more intensely than with conventional drink technology. This stimulates the flow of saliva, improves the pH-value in the abomasum and leads to better digestion. The results are less diarrhea and better daily weight gain. The more intense sucking improves their sucking reflex and the calves tend less toward mutual suckling.

Milk Maid 3 Teat Feeder Incl. teat + cap nut

41 cm

16 l

68 cm

30 l

365002

3 kg

Calfateria 5 Teat Feeder Incl. teat + cap nut

365010

4 kg

Milk Maid 5 Teat Feeder Incl. teat + cap nut

365003

5 kg

2.75 l / compartment

68 cm

25 l 2 l / compartment B246

Equipment for livestock buildings - Calf Feeder Type Milk Maid 8 Teat Feeder Incl. teat + cap nut

Ref.

Weight

365004

9 kg

Description

147 cm

70 l

40 l 3.75 l / compartment

Calfateria 10 Teat Feeder Incl. teat + cap nut

365011

10 kg

178 cm

70 l

Calfateria 15 Teat Feeder Incl. teat + cap nut

365012

15 kg

Milk Maid 15 Teat Feeder Incl. teat + cap nut

365005

16 kg

270 cm

110 l 270 cm

365012

90 l

3.75 l / compartment

Spare parts: Peach Teat for calf feeder Teat Caps for calf feeder

365030 365031

B247

Equipment for livestock buildings - Bug Zapper

Your 8 decisive advantages: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Description

B248

High-efficiency ultraviolet lamps to attract the highest amount of insects, no generation of heat Lamp socket with protection against twisting the wrong way Light, sturdy, anodized aluminum housing for highest corrosion resistance Safe lamp exchange: removable protective guard with automatic shut-off ON-OFF switch Hanging installation with chains (supplied) CE (EMC & LVD) certified 3 year warranty

Type

Ref.

Weight

Bug Zapper PA 30 2 x 15 W Dimensions: 52 x 11.3 x 32 cm 2 x 15 W UV lamps Effective range: approx. 160 sq. mtrs.

600200

3.9 kg

Spare 15 W Lamp

601200

0.1 kg

Bug Zapper PA 40 2 x 20 W Dimensions: 66.8 x 11.3 x 32 cm 2 x 20 W UV lamps Effective range: approx. 190 sq. mtrs.

600300

4 kg

Spare 20 W Lamp

601300

0.1 kg

Bug Zapper PA 80 2 x 40 W Dimensions: 66.8 x 11.3 x 32 cm 2 x 40 W UV lamps Effective range: approx. 320 sq. mtrs.

600400

5.7 kg

Spare 40 W Lamp

601400

0.1 kg

Equipment for livestock buildings - Cattle Brush

Electrical Cattle Brush Relax The electrical cattle brush Relax combines the advantages of an inclined cattle brush – minimal space requirement – with the advantages of a freely swinging cattle brush – accessibility to all body parts. The ergonomically formed brush is tiltable up to 30°, in order to reliably clean hard-to-reach body parts such as head, back, tailhead and sides. The electrical cattle brush Relax distinguishes itself through very low energy consumption. The transmission provides a pleasant, not too fast running brush with large traction strength for effective cleaning. Changing direction each time the brush is switched off guarantees that the brush wears evenly.

Type

Electrical Cattle Brush Relax • Voltage: 230 V • Power output: 0.12 kW • RPM: 30/min. • Protection category: IP 55 • Brush diameter 45 cm • Brush length 76 cm • Suitable for cattle 1 year and older • For 50 – 60 cattle

Ref. Weight 334032

81 kg

Description

Highest position

Standard position 1200 mm

Cattle Brush With spring, complete

334021

Spare Brush 60 cm

334022

Spare Brush 70 cm

334023

8 kg

60 cm

70 cm

B249

Wind-Protection Netting Basics

B252 – B254

Fixed Systems

B255 – B257

Bayscreen – Clip-On Screen

B258 – B259

Rollerscreen

B260 – B261

Rapid Rollerdoor

B262 – B263

Electric Rollerdoor

B264 – B265

Agridoor

B266 – B271

Trackscreen

B272 – B273

Maxidoor

B274 – B275

Multibay

B276 – B277

Variable Ventilation System

B278 – B285

PVC Strip Doors, Stockshades

B286 – B287

Wind Protection Systems - Basics

Fresh air for healthy animals Well-ventilated buildings greatly increase animal health and hygiene. PATURA wind protection systems ensure natural ventilation conditions. The mesh material is suitable for all weather conditions. It reduces the wind speed by up to 82 % (wind reduction factor) and offers gentle ventilation of the building without draughts.

Heat build-up = Stress A cow gives off up to 10 litres of water vapour per day into the buildings air. This, together with the other condensing water, leads to stress in the animals if the ventilation is inadequate. Heat and damp lead to problems in fertility and feed consumption in high-performance animals.

PATURA wind protection systems offer 3 important advantages for stress-free and healthy animals Advantage 1: Advantage 2: Advantage 3:

Fresh air without draughts Dry conditions Natural light

Even in buildings PATURA wind-protection systems offer the animals many of the advantages of life in the open air. Good ventilation by high air flow, dry conditions and plenty of light are a guarantee for ideal climatic conditions without draught.

Signs of a poorly-ventilated building A poorly or insufficiently ventilated building causes vapour, condensation and a smell of ammonia. Thus the animals, their straw and the buildings themselves become damp. Combined with draughts, this soon leads to sickness in the animals and to damage in the building itself. Using wind protection and ventilation systems helps to avoid environmental health problems particularly respiratory diseases.

Poor ventilation in buildings

Poor air flow

Increases the humidity

Inadequate quantity of air available

Raised microbe levels

Thermal stress

Reduction in resistance Damp straw, dirty animals

Spreading of disease

Respiratory diseases, skin and udder diseases

Reduction in animal performance

B252

Wind Protection Systems - Basics

Natural ventilation in stables Air volume

Assessment of wind protection netting

In order to ensure an adequate and reliable exchange of air, a certain volume of air, depending on the type and size of animals, is a prerequisite. Per animal this is:

Various technical properties are important for assessing the effectiveness of wind protection and ventilation systems. The number, the size and the type of opening, as well as the choice of the basic material, have a decisive influence on wind-protection and air transmission.

Dairy cow, suckler cow: 25 - 35 m³/animal Ewe with 1 lamb: 5 - 10 m³/animal Large horse: 30 - 40 m³/animal

Permeability

Air entry surface area and air exit surface area Air renewal is ensured through the establishment of openings with adequate surface area. It is important always to consider air entry and air exit areas together, in that the air entry area must be at least twice the size of the exit one. The following free areas are necessary when considering a height differential of 3 m between air entry and air exit: Entry surface Dairy cow, large horse 0.24 - 0.30 m²/animal Sheep 0.06 - 0.08 m²/animal

Exit surface 0.12 - 0.15 m²/animal 0.03 - 0.04 m²/animal

By permeability ‘P’ we mean the ratio of opening in the mesh in relation to the overall mesh surface. surface area of the openings total surface area

x 100 %

Wind reduction factor The wind reduction factor ‘E’ is calculated as: wind speed behind the mesh wind speed in front of the mesh ) x 100 %

E = (1 –

Example: Wind speed of 100 km/h in front of the special mesh = 29 km/h behind it

Air transit factor The air transit factor ‘CM’ gives the relationship between a net-covered surface and a surface with free air entry, for the same air transit. For the same air transit: Free surface x CM = Net surface Wind protection systems offer visually superior building fronts with optimum indoor environment

Example: Opening of 1 m² => with special mesh 1.6 m² => with high-performance mesh 6.0 m²

The correct building ventilation system to meet your demands Wind-Protection Netting

Fixed systems

Farmflex

Clip-On Screens

Bayscreen – Clip-On Screen

Trackscreen Rollerscreen

PATURA Wind Protection Netting: guaranteed up to 88 km/h = force 9 wind, tested up to 144 km/h = force 12 wind (for all door systems and bayscreens, except trackscreens)

Side Ventilation Systems

Door Systems

Multibay

Variable Ventilation System

Maxidoor

Rapid Rollerdoor Agridoor Electric Rollerdoor Parlour Gate

B253

Wind Protection Systems - Basics

Wind-Protection Netting PATURA wind protection netting consists of PVC coated polyester of flat woven thread in cross weave. All cross-over points are firmly bonded together. The material is UV stabilised, antistatic, weather-resistant, tear-resistant, non-toxic and fire retardant as per National Fire Protection Association Hazard Rating B1. The PATURA warranty comprises a 24-months full warranty for all wind protection netting systems, an extended 5-year warranty for motors and control systems, as well as a graduated 10-year warranty for UV-stabilisation. We have 3 different mesh types and one type of solid material:

Special Mesh

High Performance Mesh

Single strand weave. The ideal wind protection netting with high level of air flow. Not directly beside animals.

Double strand weave. The ideal netting for wind protection e.g., when animals lie directly beside the net and giving good protection against driving rain.

Bird Net

Solid Material

Protects the air exit surface area or the completely opened ventilation systems against invading birds. Mesh size 24 x 17 mm

To completely and hermetically seal openings. Available for door systems and ventilation systems.

Fixed system with aluminium rails

Fixed system with kador profile on top and laid-flat pocket at the bottom. Tensioning via steel tubing (in the laid-flat pocket) and ratchets

Product Special mesh

Colour green/brown/white/beige/ black/grey/blue/red High performance mesh green Bird net black Solid material green/grey/white/beige/ brown/blue/white translucent/ green translucent/ black translucent

B254

Material PVC coated polyester

Tensile strength 3.3 t/m

Permeability 25 %

Wind reduction capability 60 %

Air transit factor 1.8

Weight 200 g/m²

PVC coated polyester PVC coated polyester PVC coated polyester

4.0 t/m – 4.2 t/m

10 % – 0%

82 % 0% 100 %

6.0 1 –

460 g/m² – 550 g/m²

Wind Protection Systems - Farmflex = Fixed Systems

Fixed Installation Wind-Protection System A fixed wind protection and ventilation system offers the optimum possibility of allowing fresh air and light into the insides of buildings, while leaving wind, draughts and rain on the outside. It offers the most economic solution for maintaining an optimum stall climate. Offering simple and safe installation by means of clip-together aluminium rails.

Farmflex is easy to attach to the building by means of clip-together aluminium rails: Screw the aluminium base rail to the building every 50 cm – insert net and tension – press in the clip rail Installation tip: allow the net to overlap slightly – it can then be easily removed again

Fixed installation wind-protection systems offer bright buildings, cost effective building structures and attractive building facades

With aluminium profile fixed wind-protection systems for optimum building ventilation and brightness in the stable

Fixed system with aluminium profile and tensioning facility B255

Wind Protection Systems - Farmflex = Fixed Systems

Ordering size = height of opening

+ 10 cm

+ circumference of Ordering size = + circumference the squared timber height of opening of the squared + 1 x width of timber + 1 x width squared timber of squared timber

Establishing the dimensions for various mounting options

+ 10 cm

Aluminium profile = male + female windseal

Calculation example for squared timber

335009 Edge reinforcement

Opening dimension 100 cm, squared timber dimension 5 x 8 cm Mounting dimension = 2 x circumference 5+5+8+8 cm + 2 x width of squared timber 8+8 cm + opening dimension 100 cm = 168 cm (minimum ordering size)

335011 Eyelets, 16 mm diameter

A) Mounting with aluminium rails or squared timber Establish the dimensions of the surface to be covered and add the additional material requirement for the installation. Mounting with aluminum rails: Order dimension = size of opening + at least 10 cm (per side) Mounting with squared timber: Order dimension = size of opening + mounting dimension (per side) Mounting dimension = 1 x circumference of squared timber + 1 x width of squared timber

Mounting in front of opening: ordering size = size of opening + 10 cm on each side

Ordering size = height of opening

2 x seam width + 3 cm

B) Mounting with eyelets (Ă&#x2DC; 16 mm) at a pitch of 25 cm or 50 cm (optional) and edge reinforcement

335030

335010

C) Mounting with welded laid-flat pocket Mounting in front of opening: ordering dimension = size of opening + 2 x laid-flat pocket widths + 3 cm (welding width) per each side

Laid-flat pocket with steel tube and ratchet 335013

335040 Welded-on bottom flap

To establish the laid-flat pocket dimension please proceed as follows: (Tubing diameter x 2.5 factor) = laid-flat pocket dimension for example: 2â&#x20AC;? tubing = (6.03 cm x 2.5) = 15.08 cm The net width is reduced by approx. 18 cm.

B256

335650

Kador profile

2 x seam width + 3 cm

+ 10 cm Ordering size = height of opening + 10 cm

335625

335015

Wind Protection Systems - Farmflex = Fixed Systems

Type Farmflex 100, Special Mesh Farmflex 100, Special Mesh Special Mesh Farmflex 100, Special Mesh Farmflex 100, Special Mesh Farmflex 150, Special Mesh Farmflex 150, Special Mesh Farmflex 150, Special Mesh Farmflex 150, Special Mesh Farmflex 200, Special Mesh High Performance Farmflex 200, Special Mesh Mesh Farmflex 200, Special Mesh Farmflex 200, Special Mesh Farmflex 300, Special Mesh Farmflex 300, Special Mesh Farmflex 300, Special Mesh Farmflex 300, Special Mesh Farmflex 400, Special Mesh with horizontal welding seam Farmflex 500, Special Mesh with horizontal welding seam

Ref.

Width

Height

F10/10 F10/30 F10/50 F10/100 F15/10 F15/30 F15/50 F15/100 F20/10 F20/30 F20/50 F20/100 F30/10 F30/30 F30/50 F30/100 F40 F50

up to 10 m up to 30 m up to 50 m up to 100 m up to 10 m up to 30 m up to 50 m up to 100 m up to 10 m up to 30 m up to 50 m up to 100 m up to 10 m up to 30 m up to 50 m up to 100 m up to 100 m up to 100 m

1.00 m 1.00 m 1.00 m 1.00 m 1.50 m 1.50 m 1.50 m 1.50 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 2.00 m 3.00 m 3.00 m 3.00 m 3.00 m 3.97 m 4.97 m

per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre

Surcharge for high performance mesh

+ 47.5 % Bird Net

Bird Net 100 Mesh size 24 x 17 mm Bird Net 150 Mesh size 24 x 17 mm Bird Net 200 Mesh size 24 x 17 mm Bird Net 300 Mesh size 24 x 17 mm Bird Net 460 Mesh size 24 x 17 mm

Surcharge for laid-flat pocket* (Please give dimensions!) Surcharge for welding on a kador* Surcharge for welded edge reinforcement (Colour of reinforcing tape: grey)* (50 mm wide) Surcharge for welding together (30 mm wide) Surcharge for bottom flap, height 50 cm, grey (welded to the netting) Surcharge for eyelets every 25 cm* (With edge reinforcement 50 mm wide) Surcharge for eyelets every 50 cm* (With edge reinforcement 50 mm wide) * For custom-made products, the price for netting up to 10 m is relevant

335100 335150 335200 335205 335210

1.00 m 1.50 m 2.00 m 3.00 m 4.60 m

per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre

335013 335010

per metre per metre

335011 335012 335015 335625 335650

per metre per metre per metre per metre per metre

Clip-On Aluminium Rail for special mesh and high performance mesh (With female and male windseal, length of female windseal 4.0 m) 335009 per metre Aluminium Kador Profile (Profile length 4.0 m) 335030 per metre Tensioning Set with Ratchet and Strap 70 cm 335040 Bungee Cord 335041 Hook, galvanised, for bungee cord 335042 Repair Set for Farmflex (1 tin of adhesive, 1m² mesh) 335900 Mounting Set (With tension screws, for tensioning the wind protection netting) 335060 1.0 m Mounting Set (With tension screws, for tensioning the wind protection netting) 335061 1.5 m Mounting Set (With tension screws, for tensioning the wind protection netting) 335062 2.0 m Mounting Set (With tension screws, for tensioning the wind protection netting) 335063 3.0 m Mounting Set (With ratchet, for tensioning the wind protection netting) 335064 1.0 m Mounting Set (With ratchet, for tensioning the wind protection netting) 335065 1.5 m Mounting Set (With ratchet, for tensioning the wind protection netting) 335066 2.0 m Mounting Set (With ratchet, for tensioning the wind protection netting) 335067 3.0 m Colour: Standard: green, special colour without cost addition: blue, beige, grey, black, brown (only for Farmflex 200 - height 2.00 m) - differing height upon request. Please note: high performance mesh available in green colour only Tensioning Set with Ratchet

Bungee Cord with Fixing Hook

Mounting Set with Tension Screws

Mounting Set with Ratchets

335041

335040

335042

335060 - 335063

335064 - 335067 B257

Wind Protection Systems - Bayscreen â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Clip-On Screen

Mobile and flexible

Clip-On Wind & Weather Protection Screens Wind protection netting easily clips onto existing supports and posts to close every "gap" in the building. Ideal for open-front livestock buildings, machine and storage buildings, and all other buildings where fresh air and light are required, but at the same time draughts, rain and (e.g.,) birds are to be kept out. Can be completely removed at any time. Suitable for attaching to steel, wood and concrete. Delivered ready to assemble with sewn-in tensioning straps, ratchets and PVC protective profiles.

Technical data for tensioning straps and ratchets The following tensioning straps are worked into the mesh 50 cm apart. (Hooks for max. post sizes up to 20 mm are suitable) Mesh dimensions widths 3.00 to 6.10 m 6.10 to 9.14 m 9.14 to 13.70 m 13.70 to 18.30 m

Tensioning straps width/load 25 mm / 1000 kg 25 mm / 2000 kg 50 mm / 3000 kg 50 mm / 5000 kg

Ratchets width/load 25 mm / 800 kg 25 mm / 1400 kg 50 mm / 2000 kg 50 mm / 5000 kg

Bayscreen â&#x20AC;&#x201C; the quick and effective solution to building ventilation Wind protection Bayscreens combined with a sliding track kit can be used as a light curtain system

Bayscreen, using tensioning straps and ratchets, are easy to install and remove for access Animal-friendly sheep farming in an open shed with Bayscreen B258

Wind Protection Systems - Bayscreen â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Clip-On Screen

Type Bayscreen 3/1 Bayscreen 3/1.5 Bayscreen 3/2 Bayscreen 3/3 Bayscreen 3.5/1 Bayscreen 3.5/1.5 Bayscreen 3.5/2 Bayscreen 3.5/3 Bayscreen 4/1 Bayscreen 4/1.5 Bayscreen 4/2 Bayscreen 4/3 Bayscreen 4.6/1 Bayscreen 4.6/1.5 Bayscreen 4.6/2 Bayscreen 4.6/3 Bayscreen 5/1 Bayscreen 5/1.5 Bayscreen 5/2 Bayscreen 5/3 Bayscreen 5.5/1 Bayscreen 5.5/1.5 Bayscreen 5.5/2 Bayscreen 5.5/3 Bayscreen 6.1/1 Bayscreen 6.1/1.5 Bayscreen 6.1/2 Bayscreen 6.1/3 Bayscreen 7/1 Bayscreen 7/1.5 Bayscreen 7/2 Bayscreen 7/3 Bayscreen 7.6/1 Bayscreen 7.6/1.5 Bayscreen 7.6/2 Bayscreen 7.6/3 Bayscreen 8/1 Bayscreen 8/1.5 Bayscreen 8/2 Bayscreen 8/3 Bayscreen 9.1/1 Bayscreen 9.1/1.5 Bayscreen 9.1/2 Bayscreen 9.1/3 Bayscreen 10/1 Bayscreen 10/1.5 Bayscreen 10/2 Bayscreen 10/3 Bayscreen 10.7/1 Bayscreen 10.7/1.5 Bayscreen 10.7/2 Bayscreen 10.7/3

Ref.

Width Height

B3110 B3115 B3120 B3130 B3510 B3515 B3520 B3530 B4010 B4015 B4020 B4030 B4610 B4615 B4620 B4630 B5010 B5015 B5020 B5030 B5510 B5515 B5520 B5530 B6110 B6115 B6120 B6130 B7010 B7015 B7020 B7030 B7610 B7615 B7620 B7630 B8010 B8015 B8020 B8030 B9110 B9115 B9120 B9130 B10010 B10015 B10020 B10030 B10710 B10715 B10720 B10730

3.05 m 3.05 m 3.05 m 3.05 m 3.5 m 3.5 m 3.5 m 3.5 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.6 m 4.6 m 4.6 m 4.6 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.5 m 5.5 m 5.5 m 5.5 m 6.1 m 6.1 m 6.1 m 6.1 m 7.0 m 7.0 m 7.0 m 7.0 m 7.6 m 7.6 m 7.6 m 7.6 m 8.0 m 8.0 m 8.0 m 8.0 m 9.1 m 9.1 m 9.1 m 9.1 m 10.0 m 10.0 m 10.0 m 10.0 m 10.7 m 10.7 m 10.7 m 10.7 m

1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m

Type Bayscreen 12/1 Bayscreen 12/1.5 Bayscreen 12/2 Bayscreen 12/3 Bayscreen 13.1/1 Bayscreen 13.1/1.5 Bayscreen 13.1/2 Bayscreen 13.1/3 Bayscreen 13.7/1 Bayscreen 13.7/1.5 Bayscreen 3.7/2 Bayscreen 13.7/3 Bayscreen 15/1 Bayscreen 15/1.5 Bayscreen 15/2 Bayscreen 15/3 Bayscreen 16.1/1 Bayscreen 16.1/1.5 Bayscreen 16.1/2 Bayscreen 16.1/3 Bayscreen 16.8/1 Bayscreen 16.8/1.5 Bayscreen 16.8/2 Bayscreen 16.8/3 Bayscreen 18/1 Bayscreen 18/1.5 Bayscreen 18/2 Bayscreen 18/3

Ref. B12010 B12015 B12020 B12030 B13110 B13115 B13120 B13130 B13710 B13715 B13720 B13730 B15010 B15015 B15020 B15030 B16110 B16115 B16120 B16130 B16810 B16815 B16820 B16830 B18010 B18015 B18020 B18030

Width Height 12.0 m 12.0 m 12.0 m 12.0 m 13.1 m 13.1 m 13.1 m 13.1 m 13.7 m 13.7 m 13.7 m 13.7 m 15.0 m 15.0 m 15.0 m 15.0 m 16.1 m 16.1 m 16.1 m 16.1 m 16.8 m 16.8 m 16.8 m 16.8 m 18.0 m 18.0 m 18.0 m 18.0 m

Surcharge for height adjustment Surcharge for high performance mesh Surcharge for solid material

+5% + 20 % + 40 %

Plastic Edge Protection for metal posts

335059

0.5 m

Sliding Track Kit 4 Sliding Track Kit 5 Sliding Track Kit 6 Sliding Track Kit 7 Sliding Track Kit 8 Sliding Track Kit 9 Sliding Track Kit 10 Sliding Track Kit 11 Sliding Track Kit 12 Sliding Track Kit 13 Sliding Track Kit 14 Sliding Track Kit 15 Sliding Track Kit 16 Sliding Track Kit 17 Sliding Track Kit 18 Sliding Track Kit 19 Sliding Track Kit 20

335070 335071 335072 335073 335074 335075 335076 335077 335078 335079 335080 335081 335082 335083 335084 335085 335086

4.0 m 5.0 m 6.0 m 7.0 m 8.0 m 9.0 m 10.0 m 11.0 m 12.0 m 13.0 m 14.0 m 15.0 m 16.0 m 17.0 m 18.0 m 19.0 m 20.0 m

1. Establishing the dimensions Dimensions (width/height) of the area to be covered from the left edge of the left post to the right edge of the right post. The length of the mesh in the tensioned state is the length given in the list + 50 mm, tolerance +/- 0.5 %. Bayscreens must always be installed on the outside of a building between supports or posts: e.g., 3 openings 5 m wide should be protected with 3 Bayscreen panels of 5 m each, not one of 15 m (loss of warranty) 2. Fitting adjustment Width: may be shortened as required, height: no adjustment possible 3. Colour Special mesh available in green, blue, beige, grey, brown and black at no extra charge

1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m 1.0 m 1.5 m 2.0 m 3.0 m

Plastic edge protection for metal posts (included in delivery) ref. 335059 B259

Wind Protection Systems - Rollerscreen

Quick and easy access

Quick access to buildings There are 3 variants of wind protection doors: the Rollerscreen with spring mechanism, the Rapid Rollerdoor and Electric Rollerdoor. All systems allow for simple and rapid sealing of the building openings, while at the same time providing optimum ventilation and weather protection. Ideal for livestock buildings, machine and storage buildings. Top steel cowling to protect the rolled-up netting (optional)

Rollerscreen â&#x20AC;&#x201C; for quick access above B260

Heavy-duty, long lasting spring mechanism

Unique locking mechanism for stability in high winds

Lower fixing J-bracket to secure the bottom steel tubing

User-friendly grip with pull cord

Wind Protection Systems - Rollerscreen

Type Rollerscreen 2.5 Rollerscreen 2.5/3 Rollerscreen 2.5/4 Rollerscreen 3/2 Rollerscreen 3/3 Rollerscreen 3/4 Rollerscreen 3.5/2 Rollerscreen 3.5/3 Rollerscreen 3.5/4 Rollerscreen 4/2 Rollerscreen 4/3 Rollerscreen 4/ 4 Rollerscreen 4.5/2 Rollerscreen 4.5/3 Rollerscreen 4.5/4 Rollerscreen 5/2 Rollerscreen 5/3 Rollerscreen 5/4 Rollerscreen 5.5/2 Rollerscreen 5.5/3 Rollerscreen 5.5/4 Rollerscreen 6/2 Rollerscreen 6/3 Rollerscreen 6/4

Ref. RS2521 RS2531 RS2541 RS3021 RS3031 RS3041 RS3521 RS3531 RS3541 RS4021 RS4031 RS4041 RS4521 RS4531 RS4541 RS5021 RS5031 RS5041 RS5521 RS5531 RS5541 RS6021 RS6031 RS6041

Width Height 2.5 m 2.5 m 2.5 m 3.0 m 3.0 m 3.0 m 3.5 m 3.5 m 3.5 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.5 m 4.5 m 4.5 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.5 m 5.5 m 5.5 m 6.0 m 6.0 m 6.0 m

2.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 2.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 2.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 2.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 2.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 2.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 2.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 2.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m

Type Top Steel Cowling 2.5 Top Steel Cowling 3.0 Top Steel Cowling 3.5 Top Steel Cowling 4.0 Top Steel Cowling 4.5 Top Steel Cowling 5.0 Top Steel Cowling 5.5 Top Steel Cowling 6.0 Bottom Flap with Kador Cord Bottom Flap with Kador Cord Bottom Flap with Kador Cord J-Bracket Set, additional (content: 2 pcs)

Ref.

Width Height

335090 335091 335092 335093 335094 335095 335096 335097

2.5 m 3.0 m 3.5 m 4.0 m 4.5 m 5.0 m 5.5 m 6.0 m

505040

per m

14 cm

505041

per m

34 cm

505042

per m

51 cm

335050

Surcharge for high performance mesh Surcharge for solid material

+ 10 % + 17.5 %

1. Steel tubing All Rollerscreens are delivered with 100 mm diameter tube. 2. Establishing the dimensions The width and height of the ordered Rollerscreens dictate the actual width of the mesh. The tubes are 100 mm longer than the mesh width (50 mm on each side). On Rollerscreens the spring mechanism is always on the left. 3. Fitting adjustment Rollerscreen: minimum width 2.35 m The height can be varied by the positioning of the tube (superfluous net remains wrapped on the tube). 4. Bottom flap Bottom flaps in heights of 14 cm, 34 cm and 51 cm can be supplied. 5. Locking mechanism All Rollerscreens are fitted with locking mechanism which prevent an unintentional spring-back. Safety information: the rewind spring is extremely strong. Please check when operating the Rollerscreens that there is nobody in the area of the lower tube. If the rewind spring needs to be replaced, ensure that the spring retention screw is screwed in before removing the old spring. 6. Colour Special mesh available in green, blue, beige, grey, brown and black at no extra charge. The mesh width can be cut to size on site, for height adjustment any remainder can remain wound onto the upper tube. B261

Wind Protection Systems - Rapid Rollerdoor

When ordering please request drive right or left

Optimum access to buildings Rapid Rollerdoors are of the same construction as Electric Rollerdoors. Using a quick and low-effort chain mechanism (similar to that on the Agridoor), opening is even quicker and easier. By including the optional side guide rails, the door is additionally sealed and can still be opened easily even in light wind conditions. The door is sealed at the bottom with a bottom flap, compensating for any ground unevenness.

Sturdy spring for power-assisted door opening and for more safety

Top steel cowling to protect the rolled-up netting (optional)

Semi-automatic locking catch for storm protection in connection with guide rails

Rapid Rollerdoor installation with side guide rails (optional)

B262

Robust, rigid steel tube of 100 mm diameter for long life

Durable, long-lasting nylon wind lockers and rugged U-profile rail (optional) ensure high stability

The fast, sturdy and easy-to-operate chain drive - 2 s/m

Wind Protection Systems - Rapid Rollerdoor

Type

Ref.

Width

Height

Rapid Rollerdoor 2.5/3 Rapid Rollerdoor 2.5/4 Rapid Rollerdoor 2.5/5 Rapid Rollerdoor 3/3 Rapid Rollerdoor 3/4 Rapid Rollerdoor 3/5 Rapid Rollerdoor 3.5/3 Rapid Rollerdoor 3.5/4 Rapid Rollerdoor 3.5/5 Rapid Rollerdoor 4/3 Rapid Rollerdoor 4/ 4 Rapid Rollerdoor 4/5 Rapid Rollerdoor 4.5/3 Rapid Rollerdoor 4.5/4 Rapid Rollerdoor 4.5/5 Rapid Rollerdoor 5/3 Rapid Rollerdoor 5/4 Rapid Rollerdoor 5/5 Rapid Rollerdoor 5.5/3 Rapid Rollerdoor 5.5/4 Rapid Rollerdoor 6/3 Rapid Rollerdoor 6/4

RR2531 RR2541 RR2551 RR3031 RR3041 RR3051 RR3531 RR3541 RR3551 RR4031 RR4041 RR4051 RR4531 RR4541 RR4551 RR5031 RR5041 RR5051 RR5531 RR5541 RR6031 RR6041

2.5 m 2.5 m 2.5 m 3.0 m 3.0 m 3.0 m 3.5 m 3.5 m 3.5 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.5 m 4.5 m 4.5 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.5 m 5.5 m 6.0 m 6.0 m

3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m

Top Steel Cowling 2.5 Top Steel Cowling 3.0 Top Steel Cowling 3.5 Top Steel Cowling 4.0 Top Steel Cowling 4.5 Top Steel Cowling 5.0 Top Steel Cowling 5.5 Top Steel Cowling 6.0

335090 335091 335092 335093 335094 335095 335096 335097

2.5 m 3.0 m 3.5 m 4.0 m 4.5 m 5.0 m 5.5 m 6.0 m

Surcharge for high performance mesh Surcharge for solid material Surcharge for bottom flap with kador cord Surcharge for bottom flap with kador cord J-Bracket Set, additional (content: 2 pcs) Guide Rails 3 m Guide Rails 4 m Guide Rails 5 m

+ 10 % + 17.5 % 505036 505037 335050 335053 335054 335055

per m per m

34 cm 51 cm

qty 1 qty 1 qty 1

3m 4m 5m

1. Steel tubing All Rapid Rollerdoors and Electric Rollerdoors are delivered with 100 mm diameter tube 2. Establishing the dimensions The width and height of the ordered Rapid Rollerdoor dictate the actual width of the mesh. The tubes are 100 mm longer than the mesh width (50 mm on each side). On Rapid Rollerdoors the drive can be mounted on the right or the left. Please specify desired drive side when ordering. 3. Fitting adjustment Minimum width 2.35 m. The height can be varied by the positioning of the tube (superfluous net remains wrapped on the tube). 4. Bottom flap Rapid Rollerdoors are delivered with a bottom flap of 14 cm as standard. Bottom flaps of 34 cm and 51 cm can be supplied at a surcharge. 5. Accessories All Rollerdoors can be equipped with side guide rails. Thereby the fabric width is increased by approx. 80 mm. This ensures a tight closure of the door at the sides and allow the user to operate the door even at high wind speeds. 6. Colour Special mesh available in green, blue, beige, grey, brown and black at no extra charge The mesh width can be cut to size on site, for height adjustment any remainder can remain wound onto the upper tube. B263

Wind Protection Systems - Electric Rollerdoor

Optimum access to buildings Electric Rollerdoors are driven by a motor integrated in the upper tubing and controlled through a switch. The door can be optionally equipped with side guide rails. These ensure a tight closure of the door at the sides and allow the user to operate the door even at light wind conditions. The door is sealed at the bottom with a bottom flap, compensating for any ground unevenness.

Sturdy spring for power-assisted door opening and for more safety

Top steel cowling to protect the rolled-up netting (optional)

Semi-automatic locking catch for storm protection in connection with guide rails

Rapid Rollerdoor installation with side guide rails

B264

Robust, rigid steel tube of 100 mm diameter for long life

Durable, long-lasting nylon wind lockers and rugged U-profile rail (optional) ensure high stability

Electric drive with 230 V tubular motor and rotary switch in latched position - 16 s/m

Wind Protection Systems - Electric Rollerdoor

Type Electric Rollerdoor 2.5/3 Electric Rollerdoor 2.5/4 Electric Rollerdoor 2.5/5 Electric Rollerdoor 3/3 Electric Rollerdoor 3/4 Electric Rollerdoor 3/5 Electric Rollerdoor 3.5/3 Electric Rollerdoor 3.5/4 Electric Rollerdoor 3.5/5 Electric Rollerdoor 4/3 Electric Rollerdoor 4/4 Electric Rollerdoor 4/5 Electric Rollerdoor 4.5/3 Electric Rollerdoor 4.5/4 Electric Rollerdoor 4.5/5 Electric Rollerdoor 5/3 Electric Rollerdoor 5/4 Electric Rollerdoor 5/5 Electric Rollerdoor 5.5/3 Electric Rollerdoor 5.5/4 Electric Rollerdoor 6/3 Electric Rollerdoor 6/4

Ref.

Width

Height

RDE2531 RDE2541 RDE2551 RDE3031 RDE3041 RDE3051 RDE3531 RDE3541 RDE3551 RDE4031 RDE4041 RDE4051 RDE4531 RDE4541 RDE4551 RDE5031 RDE5041 RDE5051 RDE5531 RDE5541 RDE6031 RDE6041

2.5 m 2.5 m 2.5 m 3.0 m 3.0 m 3.0 m 3.5 m 3.5 m 3.5 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.5 m 4.5 m 4.5 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.5 m 5.5 m 6.0 m 6.0 m

3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m

Type Top Steel Cowling 2.5 Top Steel Cowling 3.0 Top Steel Cowling 3.5 Top Steel Cowling 4.0 Top Steel Cowling 4.5 Top Steel Cowling 5.0 Top Steel Cowling 5.5 Top Steel Cowling 6.0

Ref.

Width

335090 335091 335092 335093 335094 335095 335096 335097

2.5 m 3.0 m 3.5 m 4.0 m 4.5 m 5.0 m 5.5 m 6.0 m

Height

Surcharge for high performance mesh

+ 10 %

Surcharge for solid material

+ 17.5 %

Surcharge for bottom flap with kador cord Surcharge for bottom flap with kador cord J-Bracket Set, additional (content: 2 pcs)

335050

Guide Rails 3 m Guide Rails 4 m Guide Rails 5 m Parlour Gate 7/3.10 + Motor Parlour Gate 8/3.10 + Motor Parlour Gate 9/3.10 + Motor

505036

per m

34 cm

505037

per m

51 cm

335053 335054 335055

qty 1 qty 1 qty 1

3m 4m 5m

335311

7.0 m

3.1 m

335312

8.0 m

3.1 m

335313

9.0 m

3.1 m

1. Steel tubing All Electric Rollerdoors are delivered with 100 mm diameter tube. 2. Establishing the dimensions The width and height of the ordered Electric Rollerdoor dictate the actual dimensions of the mesh. The tubes are 100 mm longer than the mesh width (50 mm on each side). On Electric Rollerdoors the drive motor is mounted on the right side. 3. Fitting adjustment Minimum width 2.35 m. The height can be varied by the positioning of the tube (superfluous net remains wrapped on the tube). 4. Bottom flap Electric Rollerdoors are delivered with a bottom flap of 14 cm as standard. Bottom flaps of 34 cm and 51 cm can be supplied at a surcharge.

Interior Electric Rollerdoor as parlour door, width up to 9.00 m, height 3.00 m 5. Accessories All Rollerdoors can be equipped with side guide rails. Thereby the fabric width is increased by approx. 80 mm. This ensures a tight closure of the door at the sides and allow the user to operate the door even at high wind speeds. 6. Colour Special mesh available in green, blue, beige, grey, brown and black at no extra charge. The mesh width can be cut to size on site, for height adjustment any remainder can remain wound onto the upper tube.

B265

Wind Protection Systems - Agridoor

Optimum access to buildings Agridoors have side guide rails, and offer protection, ventilation and access to farm buildings. The horizontal tubes offer stabilisation and strengthening of the netting. The door is operated easily and quickly by means of a chain drive.

Sturdy spring for power-assisted door opening and for more safety

Full cowling to protect the rolledup netting (optional)

Robust, rigid steel tube of 100 mm diameter for long life

Long-lasting nylon wind lockers and rugged U-profile rail ensure high stability

Formed steel tubing for highest stability, equipped with nylon end caps for reduced noise

Selection of various materials/ colours - can be easily replaced when accidentally damaged

Semi-automatic locking catch for storm protection in connection with guide rails

The quick, robust and easy-to-operate chain drive - 5 s/m

B266

Wind Protection Systems - Agridoor

Type Agridoor 2.5/3 Agridoor 2.5/4 Agridoor 2.5/5 Agridoor 2.5/6 Agridoor 3/3 Agridoor 3/4 Agridoor 3/5 Agridoor 3/6 Agridoor 3.5/3 Agridoor 3.5/4 Agridoor 3.5/5 Agridoor 3.5/6 Agridoor 4/3 Agridoor 4/ 4 Agridoor 4/5 Agridoor 4/6 Agridoor 4.5/3 Agridoor 4.5/4 Agridoor 4.5/5 Agridoor 4.5/6 Agridoor 5/3 Agridoor 5/4 Agridoor 5/5 Agridoor 5/6 Agridoor 5.5/3 Agridoor 5.5/4 Agridoor 5.5/5 Agridoor 5.5/6 Agridoor 6/3 Agridoor 6/4 Agridoor 6/5 Agridoor 6/6

Ref. AG2531 AG2541 AG2551 AG2561 AG3031 AG3041 AG3051 AG3061 AG3531 AG3541 AG3551 AG3561 AG4031 AG4041 AG4051 AG4061 AG4531 AG4541 AG4551 AG4561 AG5031 AG5041 AG5051 AG5061 AG5531 AG5541 AG5551 AG5561 AG6031 AG6041 AG6051 AG6061

Width Height 2.5 m 2.5 m 2.5 m 2.5 m 3.0 m 3.0 m 3.0 m 3.0 m 3.5 m 3.5 m 3.5 m 3.5 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.5 m 4.5 m 4.5 m 4.5 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.5 m 5.5 m 5.5 m 5.5 m 6.0 m 6.0 m 6.0 m 6.0 m

3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m

Type Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 2.5 Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 3 Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 3.5 Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 4 Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 4.5 Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 5 Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 5.5 Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 6.0

Ref. 335540 335541 335542 335543 335544 335545 335546 335547

Width Height 2.5 m 3.0 m 3.5 m 4.0 m 4.5 m 5.0 m 5.5 m 6.0 m

Surcharge for high performance mesh

+5%

Surcharge for solid material Surcharge for bottom flap with kador cord Surcharge for bottom flap with kador cord

+ 10 % 505036

per m

34 cm

505037

per m

51 cm

1. Establishing the dimensions Establish the clear width ‘A’ of the opening and the planned height ‘B’ to the bottom edge of the installation angle. If the established dimensions fall between 2 sizes in the price list, order the door with the next largest dimensions. When ordering indicate operating side: ‘Option R’ (right) or ‘Option L’ (left). The height of the Agridoor can be reduced in that some material can be left rolled on the uppermost tube. In the open condition Agridoors lose 100 mm in height from bottom edge of the installation angle. E.g., an Agridoor with the ordered height of 4.1 m (Bmax = 4.1 m) allows clear access of 4.00 m when rolled up 2. Checking the installation site Check that there are no obstructions (e.g. gutters, drain pipes, door fittings, etc.) which might interfere with the installation of the top angle or side guide rails 3. Bottom flap Agridoors are delivered with a grey bottom flap of 14 cm as standard 4. Type of drive Chain drive - 5 s/m 5. Colour Special mesh available in green, blue, beige, grey, brown and black at no extra charge

When ordering please request drive right or left (for chain drive only)

The mesh width can be cut to size on site, for height adjustment any remainder can remain wound onto the upper tube. B267

Wind Protection Systems - Electric Agridoor

Sturdy spring for power-assisted door opening and for more safety

Full cowling to protect the rolledup netting (optional)

Robust, rigid steel tube of 100 mm diameter for long life

Long-lasting nylon wind lockers and rugged U-profile rail ensure high stability

Formed steel tubing for highest stability, equipped with nylon end caps for reduced noise

Selection of various materials/ colours - can be easily replaced when accidentally damaged

Patented fully automatic locking catches

Safety edge for remote controlled systems as standard

B268

Wind Protection Systems - Electric Agridoor

Type Agridoor 2.5/3 Agridoor 2.5/4 Agridoor 2.5/5 Agridoor 2.5/6 Agridoor 3/3 Agridoor 3/4 Agridoor 3/5 Agridoor 3/6 Agridoor 3.5/3 Agridoor 3.5/4 Agridoor 3.5/5 Agridoor 3.5/6 Agridoor 4/3 Agridoor 4/ 4 Agridoor 4/5 Agridoor 6/4 Agridoor 4.5/3 Agridoor 4.5/4 Agridoor 4.5/5 Agridoor 4.5/6 Agridoor 5/3 Agridoor 5/4 Agridoor 5/5 Agridoor 5/6 Agridoor 5.5/3 Agridoor 5.5/4 Agridoor 5.5/5 Agridoor 5.5/6 Agridoor 6/3 Agridoor 6/4 Agridoor 6/5 Agridoor 6/6 Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 2.5 Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 3 Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 3.5

Ref.

Width

AGE2531 AGE2541 AGE2551 AGE2561 AGE3031 AGE3041 AGE3051 AGE3061 AGE3531 AGE3541 AGE3551 AGE3561 AGE4031 AGE4041 AGE4051 AGE4061 AGE4531 AGE4541 AGE4551 AGE4561 AGE5031 AGE5041 AGE5051 AGE5061 AGE5531 AGE5541 AGE5551 AGE5561 AGE6031 AGE6041 AGE6051 AGE6061 335540 335541 335542

2.5 m 2.5 m 2.5 m 2.5 m 3.0 m 3.0 m 3.0 m 3.0 m 3.5 m 3.5 m 3.5 m 3.5 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.0 m 4.5 m 4.5 m 4.5 m 4.5 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.5 m 5.5 m 5.5 m 5.5 m 6.0 m 6.0 m 6.0 m 6.0 m 2.5 m 3.0 m 3.5 m

Height 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m

Type Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 4 Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 4.5 Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 5 Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 5.5 Top Steel Cowling for Agridoor 6.0

Ref.

Width

335543 335544 335545 335546 335547

4.0 m 4.5 m 5.0 m 5.5 m 6.0 m

Height

Surcharge for high performance mesh

+5%

Surcharge for solid material

+ 10 %

Bottom Flap for Agridoor with kador cord, height 35 cm Bottom Flap for Agridoor with kador cord, height 50 cm

505033

per m

505034

per m

Electrical Drive 1 switch

335501

Electrical Drive with Control Box, 2 Switches Electrical Drive with Control Box, 2 Switches and Remote Control Set-Up Switch Radio Transmitter, extra Safety Edge Kit 2.5 Safety Edge Kit 3.0 Safety Edge Kit 3.5 Safety Edge Kit 4.0 Safety Edge Kit 4.5 Safety Edge Kit 5.0 Safety Edge Kit 5.5 Safety Edge Kit 6.0

335502 335512 335515 335513 335530 335531 335532 335533 335534 335535 335536 335537

2.5 m 3.0 m 3.5 m 4.0 m 4.5 m 5.0 m 5.5 m 6.0 m

Please order electric motor SEPARATELY

4. Type of drive • 230 V/500 W tube motor (progression speed 9 s/m), friction clutch, control option: rotary drive switch, control box, wireless remote control • When operated with an electrical drive and especially with a remote control the safety edge kit is essential • To programm the electric motor a set-up switch (335515) is necessary. Please order separately

Electric Drive 230 V (9 sec/m) with Rotary Switch (ref. 335501)

Electric Drive 230 V (9 sec/m) with Control Box and Push Button (ref. 335502)

Electric Drive 230 V (9 sec/m) with Set-Up Switch (ref. 335515) Control Box, Switch and Remote Control (ref. 335512). Please order Safety Edge Kit separately.

5. Colour Special mesh available in green, blue, beige, grey, brown and black at no extra charge

The mesh width can be cut to size on site, for height adjustment any remainder can remain wound onto the upper tube. B269

Wind Protection Systems - Electric Agridoor

NEW

Professional solutions for wide openings

maximum door size of 55 m2

The PATURA Agridoor PLUS is particularly well suitable for large openings up to 55 m2 surface. The winding shaft is a robust, rigid octogonal aluminum tube (d = 157 mm). The horizontal tubes offer stabilisation and strengthening of the netting. The door is operated by means of an electric motor (230 V or 400 V - 9 s/m) with different control options. Optional we offer a remote control and a safety edge kit. The Motor is flanchmounted at the side of the winding shaft.

Robust, rigid octagonal aluminum tube of 157 mm diameter for long life

Full cowling to protect the rolledup netting supplied as standard

Emergency operation through chain drive possible

Profiled wind bar for independent sections - ball bearing mounted rollers for a high durability

Selection of various materials/ colours - can be easily replaced when accidentally damaged

Strong guide rails guarantee high stability with long life

B270

Safety edge for remote controlled systems as standard

Wind Protection Systems - Electric Agridoor

Type Agridoor PLUS 5/7 Agridoor PLUS 5/8 Agridoor PLUS 5/9 Agridoor PLUS 5/10 Agridoor PLUS 6/5 Agridoor PLUS 6/6 Agridoor PLUS 6/7 Agridoor PLUS 6/8 Agridoor PLUS 6/9 Agridoor PLUS 7/5 Agridoor PLUS 7/6 Agridoor PLUS 7/7 Agridoor PLUS 7/8 Agridoor PLUS 8/5 Agridoor PLUS 8/6 Agridoor PLUS 8/7 Agridoor PLUS 9/5 Agridoor PLUS 9/6 Agridoor PLUS 10/5

AGPE5070 AGPE5080 AGPE5090 AGPE50100 AGPE6050 AGPE6060 AGPE6070 AGPE6080 AGPE6090 AGPE7050 AGPE7060 AGPE7070 AGPE7080 AGPE8050 AGPE8060 AGPE8070 AGPE9050 AGPE9060 AGPE10050

Ref.

Width

5.0 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 5.0 m 6.0 m 6.0 m 6.0 m 6.0 m 6.0 m 7.0 m 7.0 m 7.0 m 7.0 m 8.0 m 8.0 m 8.0 m 9.0 m 9.0 m 10.0 m

7.0 m 8.0 m 9.0 m 10.0 m 5.0 m 6.0 m 7.0 m 8.0 m 9.0 m 5.0 m 6.0 m 7.0 m 8.0 m 5.0 m 6.0 m 7.0 m 5.0 m 6.0 m 5.0 m

Height

④

① Direct Drive 230 V or 400 V motor ② Indirect Drive 230 V or 400 V motor (optional) ③ Control Box with direction control ④ 2. Switch with direction control

Ref.

Width

Height Price upon request Price upon request

Surcharge for high performance mesh Surcharge for solid material Electrical Drive 230 V 335550 with Control Box and 2 Switches Electrical Drive 400 V 335551 with Control Box and 2 Switches

Price upon request

Electric Drive with Remote Control

Electric Drive with Switch Control ① ②

③

Type

Electric Drive with Remote Control ⑤ ⑥ Please order electric motor SEPARATELY

⑧

⑨

⑦

⑩

⑤ Direct Drive with 230 V or 400 V motor ⑥ Indirect Drive with 230 V or 400 V motor (optional) ⑦ Control Box with direction control and remote control ⑧ 2. Switch with direction control ⑨ Remote Control ⑩ Safety Edge Kit

1. Establishing the dimensions Establish the clear width ‘A’ of the opening and the planned height ‘B’ to the bottom edge of the installation angle. If the established dimensions fall between 2 sizes in the price list, order the door with the next largest dimensions. When ordering indicate operating side: ‘Option R’ (right) or ‘Option L’ (left). The height of the Agridoor can be reduced in that some material can be left rolled on the uppermost tube, otherwise the height `B`is the clear height. 2. Checking the installation site Check that there are no obstructions (e.g. gutters, drain pipes, door fittings, etc.) which might interfere with the installation of the top angle or side guide rails 3. Bottom flap Agridoors PLUS are delivered with a grey bottom flap of 20 cm as standard 4. Type of drive 1. Direct Drive 230 V / 750 W Motor, Control Box and 2.Switch (Ref. 335550) 2. Direct Drive 400 V / 400 W Motor, Control Box and 2.Switch (Ref. 335551) If there isn`t enough space to mount the motor to the side, we can offer an inderect drive for additional charge. 5. Colour Special mesh available in green, blue, beige, grey, brown and black at no extra charge

Watch n ow onfa rm demonst ration vid eo

This is a customised system - local adjustments aren`t possible. Please make sure to get exact dimensions of the clear opening and the correct side for motor installation. B271

Wind Protection Systems - Trackscreens

Ideal for large openings and doors For doors with an opening of more than 6 m, Rollerdoors are not sufficiently wind-safe. For this area of operation the Trackscreen curtain was developed. The entire curtain slides on massive rollers in a track, while being additional stabilised with built-in tensioning straps. Recommended for wind speeds up to 88 km/h.

When open a Trackscreen only requires a small amount of space

Trackscreen curtains for optimal light and climate conditions, the complete front of the indoor riding ring can be opened by sliding the curtain to one side B272

Ratchets ensure firm tensioning even in high winds

Trackscreen curtains â&#x20AC;&#x201C; for an easy opening and closing of large doors

Wind Protection Systems - Trackscreens

Type Trackscreen 4/3 Trackscreen 4/4 Trackscreen 4/5 Trackscreen 5/3 Trackscreen 5/4 Trackscreen 5/5 Trackscreen 6/3 Trackscreen 6/4 Trackscreen 6/5 Trackscreen 7/3 Trackscreen 7/4 Trackscreen 7/5 Trackscreen 8/3 Trackscreen 8/4 Trackscreen 8/5 Trackscreen 9/3 Trackscreen 9/4 Trackscreen 9/5 Trackscreen 10/3 Trackscreen 10/4 Trackscreen 10/5 Trackscreen 11/3 Trackscreen 11/4 Trackscreen 11/5 Trackscreen 12/3 Trackscreen 12/4 Trackscreen 12/5 Trackscreen 13/3 Trackscreen 13/4 Trackscreen 13/5 Trackscreen 14/3 Trackscreen 14/4

Ref. TS4030 TS4040 TS4050 TS5030 TS5040 TS5050 TS6030 TS6040 TS6050 TS7030 TS7040 TS7050 TS8030 TS8040 TS8050 TS9030 TS9040 TS9050 TS10030 TS10040 TS10050 TS11030 TS11040 TS11050 TS12030 TS12040 TS12050 TS13030 TS13040 TS13050 TS14030 TS14040

Width Height 4m 4m 4m 5m 5m 5m 6m 6m 6m 7m 7m 7m 8m 8m 8m 9m 9m 9m 10 m 10 m 10 m 11 m 11 m 11 m 12 m 12 m 12 m 13 m 13 m 13 m 14 m 14 m

Type Trackscreen 14/5 Trackscreen 15/3 Trackscreen 15/4 Trackscreen 15/5 Trackscreen 16/3 Trackscreen 16/4 Trackscreen 16/5 Trackscreen 17/3 Trackscreen 17/4 Trackscreen 17/5 Trackscreen 18/3 Trackscreen 18/4 Trackscreen 18/5 Trackscreen 19/3 Trackscreen 19/4 Trackscreen 19/5 Trackscreen 20/3 Trackscreen 20/4 Trackscreen 20/5

to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m

Ref. TS14050 TS15030 TS15040 TS15050 TS16030 TS16040 TS16050 TS17030 TS17040 TS17050 TS18030 TS18040 TS18050 TS19030 TS19040 TS19050 TS20030 TS20040 TS20050

Width Height 14 m 15 m 15 m 15 m 16 m 16 m 16 m 17 m 17 m 17 m 18 m 18 m 18 m 19 m 19 m 19 m 20 m 20 m 20 m

to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m

Surcharge for high performance mesh

+ 15 %

Surcharge for solid material

+ 25 %

Extra Opening Post Extra Opening Post Extra Opening Post

335700 335701 335702

to 3 m to 4 m to 5 m

When ordering please request opening bar left or right!

1. Netting fitments: All Trackscreens have welded-in webbing straps (25 mm x 2000 kg). Strap quantity: qty 2 (2 m height), qty 3 (to 3 m height), qty 3 (to 4 m height), qty 4 (to 5 m height). The lower webbing strap ends 75 mm above the ground, the bottom flap is 35 cm. For opening doors up to 3 m height 2 ratchets (50 mm x 5000 kg) and for doors over 3.10 m height 3 ratchets are installed on the free end. 2. Arrangement and installation: Trackscreen can be made to any length and height. A later height adjustment is not possible. Trackscreen can be installed to open to the left or to the right. Additional sliding post option allows access from both ends. The pushed-back trackscreen takes up some 10 % of the total opening (e.g., for a curtain length of 12.0 m, the pushed-back trackscreen takes about 1.8 m, leaving an opening of 10.2 m). 3. Checking the installation site: Ensure that there are no obstructions (e.g., rain gutters, drain pipes, posts) since the trackscreen folds up to approx. 50 cm on the inside and outside. Ensure that there is sufficient room on the opening end to attach the 50 mm tensioning ratchets (a minimum of 36 cm). Ensure that there is sufficient room on the fixed end to attach the 25 mm ratchets (a minimum of 20 cm). 4. Establishing the dimensions 1. Measure width A – clear opening dimension – for widths under a full metre take the next complete metre, the width of the net can be reduced on site. 2. Measure height B - clear opening dimension – for heights between full metres take the next largest height, on ordering, the exact height must be given – it is not possible later to shorten it. 3. Necessary information: C D Tracking under the beam – Option C Tracking in front of the beam – Option D 4. The tracking must definitely be level. 5. Colour Special mesh available in green, blue, beige, grey, brown and black at no extra charge





The mesh width can be cut to size on site, but the height must be correctly stated in the order. B273

Wind Protection System – Maxidoor

Maxidoor – ideal for large openings and doors For an operational width up to 20 m the door folds from the bottom up. It operates between two building IPE-beams (right and left boundaries of the doors). The Maxidoor is an economical solution for wide openings in stables and barns. The total opening width will be retained. Heights up to 9.1 m are possible, the clearance (access) height is reduced by 20 %. Electrical and manual version available.

The Maxidoor allows the complete building front to be accessible. Ideal for straw and grain storage.

Wind protection – Maxidoor provides optimum interior light and climate conditions.

300 mm

The guide rollers are pulled from bottom to top thereby folding the Maxidoor together

Maxidoor - manual

B274

Maxidoor – electric drive (8 s/m) with counterweights and safety edge kit

The guide rollers run in vertical guides e.g. IPE-beams or U-profiles (min. 70 x 110 mm inside dimension)

Wind Protection System â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Maxidoor

Type Maxidoor 8/5.1 Maxidoor 8/6.1 Maxidoor 8/7.1 Maxidoor 8/8.1 Maxidoor 8/9.1 Maxidoor 9.1/3.1 Maxidoor 9.1/4.1 Maxidoor 9.1/5.1 Maxidoor 9.1/6.1 Maxidoor 9.1/7.1 Maxidoor 9.1/8.1 Maxidoor 9.1/9.1 Maxidoor 10/3.1 Maxidoor 10/4.1 Maxidoor 10/5.1 Maxidoor 10/6.1 Maxidoor 10/7.1 Maxidoor 10/8.1 Maxidoor 10/9.1 Maxidoor 11/3.1 Maxidoor 11/4.1 Maxidoor 11/5.1 Maxidoor 11/6.1 Maxidoor 11/7.1 Maxidoor 11/8.1 Maxidoor 11/9.1 Maxidoor 12.2/3.1 Maxidoor 12.2/4.1 Maxidoor 12.2/5.1 Maxidoor 12.2/6.1 Maxidoor 12.2/7.1 Maxidoor 12.2/8.1 Maxidoor 12.2/9.1 Maxidoor 13.7/3.1 Maxidoor 13.7/4.1 Maxidoor 13.7/5.1 Maxidoor 13.7/6.1 Maxidoor 13.7/7.1 Maxidoor 13.7/8.1 Maxidoor 13.7/9.1 Maxidoor 15.2/3.1 Maxidoor 15.2/4.1 Maxidoor 15.2/5.1 Maxidoor 15.2/6.1 Maxidoor 15.2/7.1 Maxidoor 15.2/8.1 Maxidoor 15.2/9.1

Ref. Y8051 Y8061 Y8071 Y8081 Y8091 Y9131 Y9141 Y9151 Y9161 Y9171 Y9181 Y9191 Y10031 Y10041 Y10051 Y10061 Y10071 Y10081 Y10091 Y11031 Y11041 Y11051 Y11061 Y11071 Y11081 Y11091 Y12231 Y12241 Y12251 Y12261 Y12271 Y12281 Y12291 Y13731 Y13741 Y13751 Y13761 Y13771 Y13781 Y13791 Y15231 Y15241 Y15251 Y15261 Y15271 Y15281 Y15291

Width Height 8m 8m 8m 8m 8m 9.1 m 9.1 m 9.1 m 9.1 m 9.1 m 9.1 m 9.1 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 10 m 11 m 11 m 11 m 11 m 11 m 11 m 11 m 12.2 m 12.2 m 12.2 m 12.2 m 12.2 m 12.2 m 12.2 m 13.7 m 13.7 m 13.7 m 13.7 m 13.7 m 13.7 m 13.7 m 15.2 m 15.2 m 15.2 m 15.2 m 15.2 m 15.2 m 15.2 m

5.1 m 6.1 m 7.1 m 8.1 m 9.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 7.1 m 8.1 m 9.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 7,1 m 8.1 m 9.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 7.1 m 8.1 m 9.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 7.1 m 8.1 m 9.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 7.1 m 8.1 m 9.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 7.1 m 8.1 m 9.1 m

Type

Ref.

Maxidoor 16.1/3.1 Maxidoor 16.1/4.1 Maxidoor 16.1/5.1 Maxidoor 16.1/6.1 Maxidoor 16.1/7.1 Maxidoor 16.1/8.1 Maxidoor 16.1/9.1 Maxidoor 17/3.1 Maxidoor 17/4.1 Maxidoor 17/5.1 Maxidoor 17/6.1 Maxidoor 17/7.1 Maxidoor 17/8.1 Maxidoor 17/9.1 Maxidoor 18.3/3.1 Maxidoor 18.3/4.1 Maxidoor 18.3/5.1 Maxidoor 18.3/6.1 Maxidoor 18.3/7.1 Maxidoor 18.3/8.1 Maxidoor 18.3/9.1 Maxidoor 19/3.1 Maxidoor 19/4.1 Maxidoor 19/5.1 Maxidoor 19/6.1 Maxidoor 19/7.1 Maxidoor 19/8.1 Maxidoor 19/9.1 Maxidoor 20/3.1 Maxidoor 20/4.1 Maxidoor 20/5.1 Maxidoor 20/6.1 Maxidoor 20/7.1 Maxidoor 20/8.1 Maxidoor 20/9.1

Y16131 Y16141 Y16151 Y16161 Y16171 Y16181 Y16191 Y17031 Y17041 Y17051 Y17061 Y17071 Y17081 Y17091 Y18331 Y18341 Y18351 Y18361 Y18371 Y18381 Y18391 Y19031 Y19041 Y19051 Y19061 Y19071 Y19081 Y19091 Y20031 Y20041 Y20051 Y20061 Y20071 Y20081 Y20091

Electric Motor 230 V Electric Motor 400 V

506010 506020

Width Height 16.1 m 16.1 m 16.1 m 16.1 m 16.1 m 16.1 m 16.1 m 17.0 m 17.0 m 17.0 m 17.0 m 17.0 m 17.0 m 17.0 m 18.3 m 18.3 m 18.3 m 18.3 m 18.3 m 18.3 m 18.3 m 19 m 19 m 19 m 19 m 19 m 19 m 19 m 20 m 20 m 20 m 20 m 20 m 20 m 20 m

3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 7.1 m 8.1 m 9.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 7.1 m 8.1 m 9.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 7.1 m 8.1 m 9.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 7.1 m 8.1 m 9.1 m 3.1 m 4.1 m 5.1 m 6.1 m 7.1 m 8.1 m 9.1 m

Surcharge for high performance mesh

+ 12.5 %

Surcharge for solid material green

+ 17.5 %

Please indicate the clear opening dimensions in your order, because the system will be a custom manufacture. Smaller sizes possible upon request. Please ask for a detailed offer.

1. Colour Special mesh available in green, blue, beige, grey, brown and black at no extra charge

B275

Wind Protection System – Multibay

Multibay side ventilation system - complete opening from bottom to top The side ventilation systems are ideal for calf and dairy barns or storage buildings which in summer with completely raised wind screen offers optimum air flow and easy access. The screen is rolled up above so that beneath there is free building access at the front. Strong guide rails offer high stability even with strong wind conditions.

Bottom rolling tube for systems up to 4 m height (up to 42 m length) and 70 m length (up to 1 m height)

Important dimensions

①

②

B C

A 1. Dimensions (see above) A = building length B = height: top of opening – floor / bottom of opening C = building bay width

③

2. Material selection - screen • Farmflex, special mesh • High performance mesh • Solid material, green or white/translucent 3. Installation options – guide rails • Top: on outside of building front – bottom: on outside of building front/ground • Trolley box on free end (option) 4. Drive options • Electric drive with 230 V tubular motor and rotary switch with dead man control - 16 sec/m B276

① Robust control tubes with noise control profil for a strong wind stability ② Long lasting robust trolley box ③ Long lasting tube motor with switch control

Wind Protection System – Variable Side Ventilation Light

The side ventilation systems are ideal to get free building access The variable side ventilation systems are ideal for calf and dairy barns or storage buildings which in summer with completely raised wind screen offers optimum air flow and easy access. The screen is rolled up above so that beneath there is free building access at the front. Additional locking catches provide for fast and secure locking even with high winds.

Middle rolling tube for systems up to 4.1 m height (up to 39 m length) and up to 6 m height (up to 35 m length)

Middle rolling tube for systems up to 4 m height (up to 42 m length) and 70 m length (up to 1 m height) Important dimensions

①

A 1. Dimensions (see above) A = building length B = height: top of opening – floor / bottom of opening C = building bay width

②

③

2. Material selection - screen • Farmflex, special mesh • High performance mesh • Solid material, green or white/translucent 3. Installation options – guide rails • Top: on outside of building front – bottom: on outside of building front • Top: on outside of building front – bottom: on the ground • Trolley box on free end (option) 4. Drive options • Electric drive with 230 V tubular motor and rotary switch with dead man control - 16 sec/m

① New locking catch storm protection provides fast and secure locking ② Robust control tubes with noise control profil for a strong wind stability ③ Long lasting robust trolley box and tube motor with switch control

B277

Wind Protection System – Multibay

Variable Side Ventilation – opening from top to bottom The variable side ventilation system light is suitable for competitively priced ventilation systems for livestock buildings. In warm or hot conditions, the system can be opened to maximise air flow and ventilation. In wet or cold conditions, the system can be closed to offer optimum weather protection and optimum housing conditions. The mesh is at the bottom of the opening moving upwards to close, this maintains airflow at the optimum height for livestock. This variable side ventilations system is a modual system, that means it is absolutely your choice which options you decide. It is important to pay attention to local requirements and mouning possibilities as well as wind load and control options. VVS systems can be supplied for simple low-budget manually operated installations to fully automated weather controlled multi-curtain multi-building applications. It is totally up to your needs. Please feel free to contact PATURA for all queries to find your suitable system. We would be pleased to assist you to get the best model for you and your needs.

VVS Rolling System

VVS Light Folding Curtain System

System with Cable Drive

System with Torque Drive

System with Cable Drive

Mobile

Bottom Folding System

Bottom Rolling System

Height max. 3.0 m Length max. 70.0 m

Height max. 3.0 m Length max. 140 m

Hand Crank Drive

230 V Motor Drive

Hand Crank 230 V Motor Drive Drive

Bottom Rolling System

Middle Rolling System

230 V Motor Drive

② Rolling Options

Middle Rolling System

Bottom Rolling System

Patented cable retainer system with pulleys

Patented rolling system with drive shaft

④ Guide Options

③ Drive Option

B278

Bottom Rolling System

Height max. 3.5 m Height up to 5 m Height max. 3.0 m Height max. 4.5 m Length max. 140 m Length up to 80 m Length max. 140 m Length max. 80 m

① Rolling Options

Hand Crank Drive

Middle Rolling System

Chain Drive

230 V or 400 V Motor Drive

Long-lasting, well-priced cable guides

Robust control tubes with noise control

Wind Protection System – Variable Side Ventilation Light

Variable Side Ventilation Light – the economical side ventilation The VVS is supplied for basic, low-budget systems for stables and barns. It is a economy folding curtain system. When fully open the curtain folds from the top. Operation: The curtain runs in side guide rails and is tensioned through horizontal webbing straps. The system is composed of 3 panels arranged one above each other which can be lowered with a tension cable. The panels overlap to reduce storage space.

New: dimensions up to 70 x 3 m available

Hand crank drive

Electric motor drive

o pt

de wi

hig

U Side view - folding procedure

Side ventilation system light up to 70 m wide and 3 m high

Important dimensions

E 1. Dimensions (see above) L = length of opening (max. 70 m) B = height of opening (min. 0.5 m / max. 3.0 m) E = height of low wall (min. B/3 + 10 cm) C = building bay width (max. 6 m) H = installation space required – drive side (min. 30 cm) I = installation space required – free end (min. 15 cm)

L 2. Material selection - curtain • Special Mesh • High Performance Mesh • Solid Material 3. Installation options – guide rails • Top and bottom: on outside of building front 4. Drive options • Hand crank drive • 230 V motor drive with rotary switch B279

Wind Protection System – Variable Side Ventilation

VVS with Cable Drive The upper tube is moved upwards or downwards. This happens via vertical cables which are fastened to a horizontal drive shaft that proceeds the complete length. Bottom rolling system for up to 3 m height and up to 70 m length (motor at one end) or 140 m length (middle motor)

Bottom Rolling System

①

Inside and outside guide rails to improve the wind stability. Matured cable retainer system allows precise settings.

B280

②

Heavy-duty corner pulley

③

Patented rolling system

Wind Protection System – Variable Side Ventilation

Control Options ①

②

③

④

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

⑨

⑩

⑪

⑫

Manual

Sensors for automatic controllers

① Hand Crank Drive ② Chain Drive

⑦ Rain Sensor ⑧ Wind Direction Sensor ⑨ Wind Speed Sensor ⑩ Temperatur Sensor

Electric

③ 230 V or 400 V Motor Drive ④ Controller with Rotary Switch ⑤ Control V10 with Proportional Switch (predefined opening positions)⑥ Control Unit V40 (temperature/rain/wind)

Guide Options ⑪ Fast and simple mounting of guide cable ⑫ Robust control tubes with noise control

Important dimensions

1. Dimensions (see left) A = building length B = height: top of opening - floor B1 = height of opening C = building bay width D = height: top of building - floor

B1 D

2. Material selection - screen • Special mesh • High performance mesh • Solid material, green or white/translucent 3. Installation options – guide rails • Top: on outside of building front Bottom: on outside of building front 4. Drive options •Motor drive or manual drive •Weather station options B281

Wind Protection System – Variable Side Ventilation

VVS with Torque Drive The upper tube is moved upward or downward via vertical wire ropes which are fastened to a horizontal drive shaft that proceeds the complete length. It opens from top to the bottom. The screen then is rolled up on the bottom rolling tube. Bottom rolling system for up to 3.5 m height and up to 70 m length (motor at one end) or up to 140 m length (middle motor)

Bottom Rolling System

Middle rolling system from 3.5 to 5 m height and up to 40 m length (motor at one end) or up to 80 m length (middle motor)

Middle Rolling System

①

B282

②

① Patented rolling system with drive shaft ② Guided roller box at the end of the side ventilation provides high stability even with strong wind

Wind Protection System – Variable Side Ventilation

Control Options ①

②

③

④

⑦

⑧

⑨

⑩

Electric

① 230 V or 400 V Motor Drive ② Controller with Rotary Switch ③ Control V10 with Proportional Switch (predefined opening positions) ④ Control Unit V40 (temperature/rain/wind)

⑤

⑥

Guide Options ⑤ Fast and simple mounting of guide cable ⑥ Robust control tubes with noise control

Sensors for automatic controllers ⑦ Rain Sensor ⑧ Wind Direction Sensor ⑨ Wind Speed Sensor ⑩ Temperatur Sensor

Important dimensions

1. Dimensions (see left) A = building length B = height: top of opening - floor B1 = height of opening C = building bay width D = height: top of building - floor

B1 D

B283

Wind Protection System â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Variable Side Ventilation

VVS with torque drive and movable motor The variable side ventilation system for all weather conditions. A movable motor allows to choose various ventilation options: open top - closed bottom, closed top - open bottom, open top - open bottom. This system can be opened or closed to offer optimum weather protection and optimum housing conditions, it even gives shade in sunny conditions. The upper tube is moved upward or downward via vertical wire ropes which are fastened to a horizontal drive shaft that proceeds the complete length. The screen then is rolled up on the bottom (up to 3 m height) rolling tube or on the middle rolling tube (from 3.50 m height).

NEW

Patented rolling system with drive shaft

Guided roller box at the end of the side ventilation provides high stability even with strong wind

Bottom rolling tube systems up to 3 m height and up to 140 m length. Middle rolling tube systems for heights 3.0 - 4.5 m and up to 80 m length.

Bottom Rolling System

Movable Drive provides more ventilation and shading options B284

Middle Rolling System

Wind Protection System – Variable Side Ventilation

Control Options ①

②

③

④

Electric

① 230 V or 400 V Motor Drive ② Controller with Rotary Switch ③ Control V10 with Proportional Switch (predefined opening positions) ④ Control Unit V40 (temperature/rain/wind)

⑤

⑥

⑦

⑧

⑨

⑩

Sensors for automatic controllers ⑤ Rain Sensor ⑥ Wind Direction Sensor ⑦ Wind Speed Sensor ⑧ Temperatur Sensor

Guide Options ⑨ Fast and simple mounting of guide cable ⑩ Robust control tubes with noise control

Important dimensions

1. Dimensions (see left) A = building length B = height: top of opening - floor B1 = height of opening C = building bay width D = height: top of building - floor

B1 D

Wind Protection Systems - PVC Strip Doors

With rounded edges!

PVC Strip Doors – protection from wind, cold and flies The decisive advantages • Ideal protection from wind and cold, while still offering optimum access • Reduces the flies in summer • Ideal for boxes and stall with outside areas • Suitable for doors, gates and entrances • Manufactured from 3 mm thick PVC • Rounded edges, therefore no danger of injury • Transparent for optimum sight and light conditions • Fixture material for front and support installation available

3 installation variants ①

②

Calculation example (front mounting) Door opening: 2.50 m wide, 2.50 m high: 30 cm wide strips, 9 cm overlap Width covered: 30 cm – 9 cm = 21 cm 2.5 m (door width) : 0.21 m (width covered) = 11.9 strips Round up = 12 strips 12 strips x 2.55 m length (height + 5 cm) = 30.6 m Round up = 31 m

③

INOX

① Front mounting: inside or outside a door lintel ② Lower mounting: underneath a door lintel ③ Swing mounting: inside or outside a door lintel, swinging suspension, ideal for low entrances

Stockshade – shady places for outdoor animals In recent years a trend has been to rear livestock and poultry outside. Outside, the animals need, above all, protection from excessive sun. Stockshade offers optimum protection from excessive sun, thus leading to an animal-friendly micro-climate in the shaded area.

Stockshade e.g., for open farming of pigs, also suitable for cattle, sheep, horses and outdoor poultry B286

Wind Protection Systems - PVC Strip Doors Type

Ref.

Size

Description

D x W x H (cm)

PVC Strip 300 x 3 mm Blue translucent, suitable up to -35° C PVC Strip 300 x 3 mm Blue translucent, suitable up to -35° C PVC Strip 300 x 3 mm Blue translucent, suitable up to -35° C

503030

per metre

503032

25 m roll

503035

50 m roll

503041

25 m roll

503042

50 m roll

① Clamp Bar, front mounting ① Clamp Bar, front mounting ① Clamp Bar, front mounting

503101 503102 503103

1.15 m 2.20 m 2 x 1.6 m

② Clamp Bar, lower-mounting ② Clamp Bar, lower-mounting ② Clamp Bar, lower-mounting

503111 503112 503113

0.93 m 1.98 m 3.00 m

③ Pendular Rail, made completely of stainless steel 503120

0.98 m

③ Pendular Rail, made completely of stainless steel 503121

1.23 m

③ Pendular Rail, made completely of stainless steel 503122

1.97 m

PVC Strip Compact 300 x 3 mm Green translucent, suitable up to -20° C PVC Strip Compact 300 x 3 mm Green translucent, suitable up to -20° C

Incl. 5 swing plates of 30 cm width Overlapping: 4.1 / 8.2 / 12.3 cm

Incl. 7 swing plates of 30 cm width Overlapping: 4.1 / 8.2 / 12.3 cm

Incl. 11 swing plates of 30 cm width Overlapping: 4.1 / 8.2 / 12.3 cm

• For closing of door openings, while still allowing unhindered animal transit • UV-stabilised, transparent, 3 mm thick PVC • In winter wind and cold are kept away, in summer flies are kept out • Strips installed with 7.5 cm to 15 cm overlap • 3 different, galvanised mountings: 1: Installed inside or outside the lintel (pre-drilled holes for 9 cm overlap) 2: Installed under the lintel (pre-drilled holes for 9 cm overlap) 3: Swing mounting (specially for low entrances)

Stockshade 4.5 x 4 m Stockshade 6 x 4 m

335800 335801

• For shading areas/places for all animal species • Made of UV-stabilised HD polyester, 75 % shade • Belts strips and elastic attachment loops

Ideal for outdoor rearing

Mounting example B287

Product Range for sheep Hay Feeders

B290 – B295

Self feeders

B296 – B297

Plastic Feed Troughs

B298 – B299

Mobile handling systems

B300 – B305

Hurdles, Gates

B306 – B311

Sheep Crates

B312 – B315

Complete handling systems

B316 – B319

Special Product Range for sheep - Hay Feeders

The advantages:

Height adjustable skid-type feet

Solid linkage draw bar adapter for tractor draw bar

The rectangular feeder for sheep offers optimum access to feed on all four sides

Rectangular Feeder

3-point linkage for safe transport

For round bales of hay and silage up to 1.40 m diameter. Adjustable feed fronts allow the feeder to be matched to the different bale sizes, and allow the feeder to be adjusted so that all the feed is consumed. A wide trough ensures minimal feed losses. The side can be completely opened to allow easy replenishment by front loader. The feeder is transportable by its 3-point linkage.

Adjustable feed front with widespaced bars

Low roof for optimum protection

Retractable feed front â&#x20AC;&#x201C; also for rolling in/loading the bales Easy filling with front loader

B290

A clear feed space width of 19 cm enables the animals to thread into the feed front without the risk of getting trapped

Special Product Range for sheep - Hay Feeders

Type

Ref.

Weight

Rectangular Feeder with Roof 20 Feed spaces L x w: 1.60 x 1.50 m

373513

227 kg

Rectangular Feeder without Roof 20 Feed spaces L x w: 1.60 x 1.50 m

373514

183 kg

Description

• For round bales of hay and silage up to 1.40 m • Clear width feed access: 19 cm • One side opens for easy filling by front loader • Adjustable feed front allows complete feed use • Trough for minimal feed loss • Hot-dip galvanised • Delivered in kit form

Watch demon now onfarm video stration

Rectangular Feeder Standard 28 feed spaces L x w: 1.85 x 1.40 m

373515

67 kg

• For round bales up to 1.80 m (silage max 1.40 m) • Clear width feed access: 15 cm • Height adjustable feet • Feeder height (without bracket) 0.95 – 1.15 m • Bracket height 0.50 m • Basket height 0.70 m • Height from ground 0.30 – 0.50 m • Hot-dip galvanised

B291

Special Product Range for sheep - Hay Feeders

Circular Feeder, 28 feed spaces For economical provision of round bales up to Ø 1.40 m for sheep. Bales are laid on their flat sides and the 2-part feeder placed round the bale and joined with 2 connecting rods. Description

①

Type

① Circular Feeder, 28 feed spaces Inner Ø 1.70 m 2-part with connecting rods

Ref.

Weight

373520

48 kg

373521

6.5 kg

• For round bales up to 1.40 m • Clear width feed access: 18 cm • Overall height: 0.90 m • Sheet plate height: 0.30 m • Tube diameter: 25 mm • Frame: 25 x 25 mm • Hot-dip galvanised

② Add-On Feeder Section For 373520 Width 65 cm

Add 2 feeder sections on to enlarge up to 34 feed spaces

②

B292

Special Product Range for sheep - Hay Feeders

Limeted risk that lamps slip through

Circular Feeder, 20 feed spaces For economical provision of round bales up to Ø 1.40 m for sheep. The horizontal feed opening with continuous bars limits the risk of lamb slip through. While placing the round bale to the flat side, the 2-part feeder will be set around and connected with 2 connecting rods.

Type

① Circular Feeder, 20 feed spaces Inner Ø 1.60 m 2-part with connecting rods

Ref.

Weight

373530

59 kg

373531

11 kg

Description

①

• Also suitable for horned sheep • For round bales up to 1.40 m • Clear width feed access: 22 cm • Overall height: 1.20 m • Sheet plate height: 0.40 m • Tube diameter: 25 mm • Hot-dip galvanised

② Add-On Feeder Section For 373530 Width 65 cm

Add 2 feeder sections on to enlarge up to 24 feed spaces

②

B293

Special Product Range for sheep - Hay Feeders

Big Bale Feeder More and more in sheep farming big bales are proivided also. The PATURA big bale feeder is suitable for square bales (silage or hay) up to a length of 2.40 m. In order for the sheep to consume the bale completely it is placed in the feeder in upright position using a front loader.

Description • For square bales up to 2.40 m • Clear width feed access: 15 cm • Height adjustable feet • Feeder height: 1.10 - 1.30 m • Feed front height: 0.85 m • Basket height: 0.70 m • Height from ground: 0.30 – 0.50 m • Hot-dip galvanised

B294

Type Big Bale Feeder 38 feed spaces L x W : 2.78 x 1.09 m

Ref.

Weight

373516

149 kg

Special Product Range for sheep - Hay Feeders

Double Sided Hay Rack The feeder is suitable for hay and concentrate provision to sheep. Small bales or loose feed can be used. The hot-dip galvanisation gives it a much longer life than equivalent wooden feeders. With a roof (optional extra) the feeder can also be used outdoors.

Type

① Double Sided Hay Rack

• L x w x h: 2.56 m x 0.76 m x 1.23 m • Sufficient for approx. 20 sheep • For small bales and loose hay • Clear bar spacing 6.5 cm • With trough for concentrate • For use in stables and on the pasture • Hot-dip galvanised • Delivered in kit form

② Roof for double sided hay rack

Feeder dimensions incl. roof: L x w x h: 3.00 m x 1.48 m x 2.02 m

Ref.

Weight

303605

95 kg

Description

Hay rack for sheep and goats

303606

37 kg

Roof must be ordered separately!

②

①

184 cm

202 cm

①

57 cm

79 cm

B295

Special Product Range for sheep - Lamb Creep Feeders

Lamb Creep Feeder Optimal weight success in the shortest possible time with an optimum carcass quality is only possible by providing concentrate to the lambs. The width of the feed opening is fully adjustable. Consequently it can be adapted optimally to the size of the lambs. The ewes cannot reach the concentrate. A wide roof overhang with gutter prevents feed from becoming damp.

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

① Lamb Creep Feeder 2.45 m

37250

106 kg

② Lamb Creep Feeder 1.26 m

37013

70 kg

Capacity: approx. 300 l, 2 x 12 adjustable feed spaces

Optimum weight through providing supplemental feed!

Capacity: approx. 150 l, 2 x 6 adjustable feed spaces

• Lamb creep feeder with adjustable feed openings • Single axle wheels and hand grip • Fully adjustable feed opening: feed space width 21.5 cm • Neck width adjustable 9 – 18 cm • Container height 48 cm, container width 46 cm

②

①

• Sufficend and permanent feeding supply is absolutely neccessary • For lamb up to 40 kg

B296

Special Product Range for sheep - Lamb Creep Feeders

Round Lamb Creep Feeder Due to the round shape this sheep feeder allows for a maximum number of lambs. Feeding stuff can be individually regulated and allows the same food quantity at each feeding place. It offers top stability by skid-type feet and transportation is easily possible. When filled a front loader can lift the creep feeder at the top ring.

Type Round Lamb Feeder Capacity: 340 l for up to 35 lambs for slaughter

Ref.

Weight

372600

68 kg

Description

• Adjustable trough height 35 - 70 cm • Trough circumference: 380 cm • Total height 1 m • Diameter 1.30 m • Adjustable slot height • Special shape plastic trough – no risk of injury for the animals • Suitable for pellets and bruised grain

Round shape offers a big number of feed spaces

B297

Special Product Range for sheep - Plastic Feed Troughs

Feed troughs for sheep In sheep farming the concentrate is often provided on the ground or in crude troughs. High feed loss and feed contamination are the consequence. PATURA offers various types of troughs for the loss-free provision of concentrate to sheep or lambs in the pen or on the pasture. They are made of acid-proof and rot-resistant plastic and are easy to clean. PATURA feed troughs are an investment that pays off.

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

① Multi-Purpose Feed Trough 1 m

333500

3 kg

② Multi-Purpose Feed Trough 1.5 m

333501

5 kg

③ Multi-Purpose Feed Trough 2 m

333502

6.5 kg

20 litres, w = 32 cm, h = 12 cm

30 litres, w = 32 cm, h = 12 cm

①

40 litres, w = 32 cm, h = 12 cm

② ③

• Made of acid-proof and rot-resistant plastic - ideal for corrosive feeds • Easy to clean due to rounded edges • Absolutely tilt-proof set up on the ground

④ Feed Trough for calves and sheep 2 m

333510

18 kg

⑤ Feed Trough for calves and sheep 2.5 m

333511

22 kg

⑥ Feed Trough for calves and sheep 3 m

333512

24.5 kg

W = 45 cm, d = 19 cm, h = 32 - 50 cm W = 45 cm, d = 19 cm, h = 32 - 50 cm

⑥

W = 45 cm, d = 19 cm, h = 32 - 50 cm

⑤ ④

B298

• Made of acid-proof and rot-resistant plastic - ideal for corrosive feeds • Easy to clean due to rounded edges and integrated drain • Height adjustable with extendable feet

Special Product Range for sheep - Plastic Feed Troughs

Type

Ref. Weight

Description

Plastic Long Trough 13 l For screw attachment D = 26 cm, w = 77 cm, h (back) = 27 cm, h (front) = 11 cm

333115 2.8 kg

Plastic Long Trough 32 l Hanging type D (w/o fixing extension) = 29 cm, d (with fixing extension) = 36 cm, w = 80 cm, h = 23 cm For hanging on tubing up to 2"

333180 4 kg

Plastic Long Trough 50 l Wall mounting D = 29 cm, w = 123 cm, h (w/o fixing extension) = 25 cm, h (with fixing extension) = 34 cm For screw attachment to walls (Screws not supplied)

333120 6.8 kg

Plastic Long Trough 50 l Hanging type D (w/o hook) = 28 cm, d (with hook) = 36 cm, w = 120 cm, h = 23 cm For hanging on tubing up to 2”

333130 5.8 kg

Plastic Long Trough 50 l Hanging type (raised) D (w/o hook) = 29 cm, d (with hook) = 36 cm, w = 123 cm, h (w/o hook) = 26 cm, h (with hook) = 42 cm For hanging on tubing up to 2”

333140 8.2 kg

Plastic Long Trough 100 l Hanging type (raised) D (w/o hook) = 29 cm, d (with hook) = 40 cm, w = 200 cm, h = 23 cm, For hanging on tubing up to 2”

333160 11 kg

① Plastic Salt Block Holder

333200 0.53 kg

② Plastic Salt Block Holder

333210 0.57 kg

③ Plastic Salt Block Holder

333220 0.34 kg

For 10 kg blocks, rectangular For screw attachment to walls For 10 kg blocks, round For screw attachment to walls For 2 kg blocks, small For screw attachment to walls

NEW

②

①

③ B299

Special Product Range for sheep - Mobile Handling Systems

Mobile Handling Systems Mobile handling systems are essential for the quick rounding-up and treating of sheep. Numerous husbandry operations that continue throughout the year, make the handling equipment essential for the sheep owner: animal identification, parasite treatment, hoof care, sorting, and all other kinds of care and monitoring operations.

A mobile handling system allows quick and easy sorting of sheep into two groups

B300

Special Product Range for sheep - Mobile Handling Systems

Quick and effective sorting with 2-way stop and sorting gate

Rope-operated guillotine gate

Crowding pen with a guillotine/swing and slide gate

Sheep in the V-formed race

B301

Special Product Range for sheep - Hurdles

The following hurdles and components simplify the construction of a handling system: All hurdles on this page are joined using connecting rods, have a frame of 20 x 40 mm square tubing and vertical bars of Ă&#x2DC; 21.3 mm tubing.

Description

Type Hurdle with Adjustable Lamb Creep Section Width 1.83 m, height 91 cm Entry width up to 25 cm Entry height 58 â&#x20AC;&#x201C; 43 cm

Ref.

Weight

370180

27.7 kg

Hurdle with Adjustable Lamb Creep Section: for constructing a separate section for lambs, with 6 adjustable entrance openings

Hurdle 1.83 m 6 rails, height 91 cm

37683

14 kg

Hurdle 2.75 m 6 rails, height 91 cm

37675

20 kg

Hurdle 3.00 m 6 rails, height 91 cm

37676

21 kg

Hurdle with 6 horizontal bars: strengthened version for use in the sheep race or in the holding pen Sheeted Hurdle 1.37 m Height 91 cm

37137

16 kg

Sheeted Hurdle 1.83 m Height 91 cm

37183

21 kg

Sheeted Hurdle 2.75 m Height 91 cm

37275

29 kg

Sheeted hurdle: strengthened version, especially for use in the sheep race

Swing and Slide Gate Width 1.83 m, height 91 cm

91 cm

B302

37034

33 kg

Swing and slide gate with frame: for collecting the sheep at the beginning of a race / in the crowding pen. Can be slid through its pivot point, so that it never needs to be swung back against the flow

Special Product Range for sheep - Hurdles

Type

Ref. Weight

Description

Hurdle with Swing Gate 1.83 m Height 91 cm Gate width 63 cm

37025

21 kg

Hurdle with Swing Gate 2.75 m Height 91 cm Gate width 63 cm

37027

27 kg

Hurdle with Swing Gate: allows the farmer fast and easy access to the animals

Gate In Frame 1.83 m Height 91 cm

37006

20 kg

Gate In Frame 2.75 m Height 91 cm

37009

39 kg

5 kg

Gate in frame: for herding the animals in or out

Non-Return Gate (2-part)

37030

Non-Return Gate: prevents from back movements of the animals in the race

Connecting Rod Ă&#x2DC; 14 mm Length 94 cm

37920

2 kg

Connecting rod: for safe and flexible connection of all hurdles and components

Aluminium Hurdle 6 rails, vertical bars on top section Incl. connecting rod Width 2.13 m, height 91 cm

371900

14 kg

Aluminium Hurdle: the extremely light and sturdy hurdle

B303

Special Product Range for sheep - Gates

Description

Type

Ref.

Weight

Frame for working alley Length 9 cm Width 51 cm Height 91 cm

37005

8 kg

Race joiner: prevents the animals pushing the race apart, also for constructing a corridor which gets narrower towards the base

2-Way Stop and Sorting Gate

370210

34 kg 2-way stop and sorting gate: for sorting the animals into two groups with the possibility to stop them simultaneously

2-Way Sorting Gate Length 96 cm Width 51 cm Height 91 cm

37022

20 kg

2-way sorting gate: for sorting the animals into two groups

Stop Gate Length 35 cm Width 56 cm Height 91 cm

37024

25 kg

Stop gate: for securely stopping animals in the race

Guillotine Gate Rope actuated Length 9 cm Width 56 cm Height 205 cm

37035

21 kg

Guillotine gate: the guillotine gate is used to let sheep, either singly or in groups, out of the crowding pen into the race and/or out of the race

B304

Special Product Range for sheep - Hoof Bath

Type

Ref.

Weight

Rubber Wall Cladding Length 300 cm Height 60 cm Incl. shackle 1 set = 2 pieces

37913

35 kg

Hoof Bath, plastic Length 154 cm Width 45 cm Height 20 cm

37914

11.5 kg

Hoof Bath, corrugated Low entrance and exit Length 300 cm Width 47 cm Height 18 cm

37912

10 kg

37911

4.5 kg

Description

• Low entrance and exit • Corrugated floor

Hoof Bath, plastic Length 154 cm Width 57 cm Height 14 cm

B305

Special Product Range for sheep - Steckfix Hurdles

Tried and tested a 100 000 times over, hot-dip galvanised

The Steckfix System – for quick combining of hurdles without tools

• Versatile and flexible to use • Easy set-up of single or group pens • Best employed in constructing a holding or crowding pen • Handy, sturdy and more durable than wooden hurdles • Usable as flexible stall divider •The Steckfix hurdle the handy, sturdy and long-lived replacement for your wooden hurdles

Watch demonsnow onfarm video tration

172 mm 159 mm

Tube spacings optimised for improved safety!

102 mm 89 mm 79 mm 79 mm 84 mm

Steckfix hurdle, versatile use, e.g., for constructing single or group pens

B306

Special Product Range for sheep - Steckfix Hurdles

Type

Ref.

Weight

Steckfix Hurdle 1.37 m 7 rails, height 0.92 m

371400

13 kg

Steckfix Hurdle 1.83 m 7 rails, height 0.92 m

371800

16 kg

Description

Rail Ø 21.3 mm (1/2”), top rail Ø 25.0 mm

Steckfix Hurdle 2.75 m 7 rails, height 0.92 m

372700

24 kg

Rail Ø 21.3 mm (1/2”), top rail Ø 25.0 mm

Steckfix Hurdle with Gate 1.83 m 7 rails, height 0.92 m

371501

21 kg

Steckfix Hurdle 2.75 m 7 rails, height 0.92 m

371502

28 kg

Steckfix Hurdle with Lamb Creep Width 1.83 m Height 0.92 m Lamb creep width adjustable from 18 – 25 cm Lamb creep height 41 cm

371500

587 mm

16 kg

B307

Special Product Range for sheep - Steckfix Hurdles

Description

Type Additional Connecting Rod For Steckfix hurdle, with 2 junction plates (Needed for the attachment of Steckfix hurdle to hurdle with poles)

Ref.

Weight

379000

1.20 kg

Hook Over Hay Rack 373510 For mounting onto hurdles or tubing up to 35 mm Length 60 cm Width 50 cm Height 40 cm

① Bucket Holder, simple

334028

1.80 kg

② Bucket Holder, double

334029

2.80 kg

361450

0.3 kg

361440

0.4 kg

Ø 280 mm For mounting onto hurdles and panels or tubing up to 35 mm

①

8 kg

②

③ Feeding Bowl 5 l, Ø 28 cm ④ Feeding Bowl 8 l, Ø 28 cm ③ ③

B308

④

Special Product Range for sheep - Steckfix Hurdles

Ref.

Weight

Steckfix Hurdle XL 1.37 m 8 rails, height 1.10 m

371410

15 kg

Steckfix Hurdle XL 1.83 m 8 rails, height 1.10 m

371411

19 kg

Description

110 mm

Type

NEW

371412

27 kg

110 mm

Steckfix Hurdle XL 2.75 m 8 rails, height 1.10 m

Recommended for tall breeds!

All Steckfix hurdles XL can be joined with standard Steckfix hurdles

371413

24 kg

110 mm

Steckfix Hurdle XL with Gate 1.83 m 8 rails, height 1.10 m

NEW

371414

32 kg

157 mm

587 mm

176 mm 159 mm 102 mm

110 mm

Steckfix Hurdle XL with Gate 2.75 m 8 rails, height 1.10 m

Recommended for tall breeds!

89 mm 79 mm 79 mm 84 mm

B309

Special Product Range for sheep - Mini-Panels

Mini-Panel, versatile use, e.g., for constructing single or group pens for the most diverse types of animals

The Mini-Panel for quick assembly of hurdles – even on rough ground - without tools • Versatile and flexible to use • Easy set-up of single or group pens • Best employed in constructing a holding or crowding pen • Handy, sturdy and more durable than wooden hurdles • Usable as flexible stall divider

155 mm

NEW

Tube spacings optimised for improved safety!

157 mm

157 mm 98 mm 94 mm 78 mm 79 mm 104 mm

Mini-Panel with its practical chain lock, for easy and secure connections – even in the field

B310

Special Product Range for sheep - Mini-Panels

Type

Ref.

Weight

Mini-Panel 1.37 m 8 rails, height 1.10 m

370200

16.4 kg

Mini-Panel 1.83 m 8 rails, height 1.10 m

370201

20.3 kg

370202

28.8 kg

370211

27 kg

Description

Rail Ø 21.3 mm (1/2”), top rail Ø 26.9 mm

Mini-Panel 2.75 m 8 rails, height 1.10 m

Rail Ø 21.3 mm (1/2”), top rail Ø 26.9 mm

Mini-Panel with Gate 1.83 m 8 rails, height 1.10 m

Watch demonsnow onfarm video tration

B311

Special Product Range for sheep - Sheep Crates

Turnover Crate for sheep With the turnover crate, sheep are automatically caught and turned sideways out of the race. The crate is available in 2 basic sizes, and by means of various adjustments, be made suitable for just about all breeds of sheep. Using the sheep turnover crate leaves both hands free for tasks such as hoof care, udder checks, crutching, parasite treatment, and further routine tasks. The sheep are safely caught and reliably held. This crate offers an enormous reduction in workload â&#x20AC;&#x201C; and not just for large flocks. For efficient operation, the crate can be built into every sheep race. Experienced personnel tailored the PATURA turnover crate to the needs of the sheep owner in order to perform almost all tasks fast and easily. Notable features are the unique automatic neck fixture, and the swinging of the sheep out of the race before it is turned. This allows access to both sides of the animal.

The advantages:

Optimal neck fixing prevents back and forth movement

Height-adjustable crate with extendable back grid to adjust to all animal sizes

Swinging out the sheep for optimal leg freedom on turning

Easy turning about its own axis

Optimum access to both sides of the animal by virtue of swing-out facility

Easy tail shearing

Optimal hoof care

Safe work on the head

B312

Special Product Range for sheep - Sheep Crates

Technical data • Sturdy frame of 50 x 30 mm steel tube, can be integrated effortlessly into any sheep race • Base of anti-slip steel mesh • Adjustable neck yoke for automatic capture • Multiple adjustments: - Height of the capture and turning mechanism - Back grid - Holding arms • Gate at back of crate • Swing-out and turning facility for non-tiring work: before turning, the sheep is swung out of the stand for optimum leg freedom, and then, without lifting, turned on its own axis • Single axle wheels with long extractable lifting handle

Type

Ref. Weight

Description

Turnover Crate Type L For sheep, incl. wheels

37001

150 kg

156 kg

Dimensions model L: • Internal dimensions: length 1.66 m, width 0.51 m, height 0.84 m • Frame dimensions in sheep race: length 1.80 m, width 0.51 m, height 0.98 m • F ree transit height (adjustable) 73.0 or 78.5 cm • External dimensions: length 1.87 m, (lifting handle stowed), width 0.95 m, height 1.12 m

Turnover Crate Type XL For sheep, incl. wheels

37100

Dimensions model XL: • Internal dimensions: length 1.84 m, width 0.51 m, height 0.84 m • Frame dimensions in sheep race: length 2.05 m, width 0.51 m, height 0.98 m • Free transit height (adjustable) 81.0 or 86.5 cm • External dimensions: length 2.10 m, (lifting handle stowed), width 0.95 m, height 1.19 m

B313

Special Product Range for sheep - Sheep Crates

Automated sorting of sheep PATURA with its 3-way drafter crates offers the possibility to automatically sort sheep herds. The sorting to different criteria such as animal number, weight, sex or other variable criteria is possible. The animals are electronically identified by their ear tags. All data is stored and available for further use on the PC. For manual sorting PATURA offers a manual drafter.

B314

Special Product Range for sheep - Sheep Crates

Type

Ref.

Weight

3-Way Drafter/Weigh Crate Pneumatic operation

372000

166 kg

Two-Wheeler with Ball Hitch For 3-way drafter/weigh crate

372020

176 kg

Description

Automatic sorting of animals in 3 directions

• No scaring the animals due to especially quiet pneumatic operation • Lightweight aluminium gates also provide more quiet operation • Manual drafting via remote control is possible if required • High performance: up to 700 sheep per hour

For full automatic operation, the following accessories are necessary (see "Weighing Systems"): 1. Automatic animal identification (Panel-reader, ref. 400018 + 400019 must be ordered separately) • The panel-reader identifies electronic ear tags conforming to ISO standard 11784/85 • Direct connection and direct communication with the weighing unit 2. Electronic weighing of animals (Loadbars, ref. 400600 and indicator ID/XR5000, must be ordered separately) • The exact weight measurement is displayed fully automatically in seconds • Animal number, weight and up to 10 additional measurements are automatically stored • The data can be evaluated in the weighing unit or via interface on a PC 3-Way Drafter/Weigh Crate Manual

372010

150 kg

Manual sorting of animals in 3 directions

• Lightweight aluminium gates for fast sorting in 3 directions

The following accessories are optional (see "Weighing Systems"): 1. Automatic animal identification (Panel-reader, ref. 400018 + 400019 must be ordered separately) • The panel-reader identifies electronic ear tags conforming to ISO standard 11784/85 • Direct connection and direct communication with the weighing unit 2. Electronic weighing of animals (Loadbars, ref. 400600 and indicator EziWeigh 7 must be ordered separately) • The exact weight measurement is displayed fully automatically in seconds • Animal number, weight and up to 10 additional measurements are automatically stored • The data can be evaluated in the weighing unit or via interface on a PC

B315

Special Product Range for sheep - Complete Handling System 1

③

①

④ The complete handling system 1 is suitable for catching, treating and sorting of sheep using the turnover crate.

Holding pen for approx. 100 ewes

This handling system is made up of the following individual parts: 11x ①

371800

Steckfix Hurdles 1.83 m

②

379000

Additional Connecting Rod

③

37034

Swing and Slide Gate

④

37137

Sheeted Hurdle 1.37 m

⑤

37275

Sheeted Hurdle 2.75 m

⑥

37035

Guillotine Gate

⑦

37001

Cattle Crush

⑧

37024

Stop Gate

⑨

37022

2-Way Sorting Gate

22x ⑩

37920

Connecting Rod

⑪

371800

Steckfix Hurdles 1.83 m

⑫

379000

Additional Connecting Rod

②

⑥

⑦

⑫

Please note that this installation can be re-arranged as required within the requirements of the modular design. The holding pen accommodates approx. 100 ewes.

⑤ ⑧

⑩

⑨ ⑪

B316

nal ofessio For pr handling sheep

Special Product Range for sheep - Complete Handling System 2

The complete handling system 2 is suitable for catching, treating and sorting of sheep without a special crate. This handling system is made up of the following individual parts: 11x ①

371800

Steckfix Hurdles 1.83 m

②

379000

Additional Connecting Rod

③

37034

Swing and Slide Gate

④

37275

Sheeted Hurdle 2.75 m

⑤

37035

Guillotine Gate

⑥

370210

2-Way Stop and Sorting Gate

13x ⑦

37920

Connecting Rod

11x ⑧

371800

Steckfix Hurdles 1.83 m

379000

Additional Connecting Rod

⑨

⑧

⑨ ⑥

Please note that this installation can be re-arranged as required within the requirements of the modular design. The holding pen accommodates approx. 100 ewes.

④

②

⑦

⑤

③

Holding pen for approx. 100 ewes

①

ndling nal ha ecialists io s s e f Pro ue sp s for tr system

B317

Special Product Range for sheep - Hoof Care Installation

Hoof Care Installation Consisting of: • Plastic Hoof Bath, l x w x h: 300 x 45 x 13 cm • 2 x Guillotine Gates • 2 x Hurdles 3.00 m • 1 x Rubber Wall Cladding 3.00 m (1 set = 2 pieces)

④

②

③ ①

This hoof bath installation is made up of the following individual parts:

⑤

2x ① 37676

Hurdle 3 m

1x ② 37913

Rubber Wall Cladding

2x ③ 37035

Guillotine Gate

4x ④ 37920

Connecting Rod

1x ⑤ 37912

Plastic Hoof Bath

Please note that this installation can also be extended and easily integrated into any sheep race system.

B318

Special Product Range for sheep - Complete Handling System 3

The following system is suitable for catching, handling and sorting sheep using the 3-way drafter/weigh crate

For fully automated operation select the 3-way drafter/ weigh crate, ref. 372000 with pneumatic operation

372010

optional

The complete handling system 3 is made up of the following individual parts: 16x ①

371800

Steckfix Hurdles 1.83 m

②

379000

Additional Connecting Rod

③

37034

Swing and Slide Gate

④

37275

Sheeted Hurdle 2.75 m

⑤

37035

Guillotine Gate

⑥

372010

3-Way Drafter/Weigh Crate

22x ⑦

37920

Connecting Rod

11x ⑧

371800

Steckfix Hurdles 1.83 m

379000

Additional Connecting Rod

⑨

Please note that the installation can be re-arranged as required within the requirements of the modular design. The holding pen accommodates approx. 100 ewes. For weighing you also need the load bars MP600, ref. 400600 and the indicator XR5000, ref. 480023. For automatic animal identification you also need the panel-reader, ref. 400018 + 400019.

372000

⑥

⑨ ④

⑦

⑧

①

⑤

Holding pen for approx. 100 ewes ②

③

ndling nal ha ecialists io s s e f Pro ue sp s for tr system

B319

Impressions Electric Fence Building World Championships 2015

B320

Our range New ncing Electric Fe e Catalogu

2016arge

Free of Ch

Complete Programme for Electric Fencing

• Electric fence • Feeding technology • Watering systems

• Handling systems • Panels • Pasture gates

• Weighing systems • Stable equipment • Wind netting

Sales through specialist dealers only. All data will be provided barring typesetting and printing errors. Subject to price changes and errors. Our programme is constantly being modified to the newest technical standards. Therefore we reserve the right to modify the product specifications without prior notice. Copying of this catalogue, including extracts thereof, is permitted only by written permission of PATURA KG.

Your local specialist dealer:

w w w. p a t u r a . c o m PATURA KG Mainblick 1 â&#x20AC;˘ 63925 Laudenbach Germany Phone 0049 9372 9474 242 Fax 0049 9372 9474 169 info@patura.com www.patura.com